e424b3
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
File
No. 333-167719
PROSPECTUS
Gray Television, Inc.
Offer to Exchange up to
$365,000,000
Aggregate Principal Amount of
Newly
Issued
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015
For
a Like Principal Amount of
Outstanding
Restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015
Issued in April 2010
On April 29, 2010, we issued $365.0 million aggregate
principal amount of restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 in a private placement exempt
from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of
1933 (the Securities Act). We refer to these as the
original notes.
We are offering to exchange a new issue of
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 (the exchange
notes) for our outstanding restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015. We sometimes refer to the
original notes and the exchange notes in this prospectus
together as the notes. The terms of the exchange
notes are substantially identical to the terms of the original
notes, except that the exchange notes will be issued in a
transaction registered under the Securities Act, and the
transfer restrictions and registration rights and related
special interest provisions applicable to the original notes
will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be
exchanged for original notes in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We will not
receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the
exchange offer.
You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time prior to
the expiration of the exchange offer.
The exchange offer expires at 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on August 6, 2010, unless extended, which we refer to
as the expiration date.
We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any national
securities exchange or to seek approval through any automated
quotation system, and no active public market for the exchange
notes is anticipated.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the registered exchange offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of exchange notes. The letter of transmittal
accompanying this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes
received in exchange for original notes where the original notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for
a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the
date on which the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part is declared effective and (ii) the
date on which a broker-dealer is no longer required to deliver a
prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading
activities, we will make this prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with these resales. See
Plan of Distribution.
You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on
page 12 of this prospectus before deciding whether to
participate in the exchange offer.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) nor any state securities commission or other
similar authority has approved these exchange notes or
determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is July 9, 2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to make the
exchange offer and by a broker-dealer for resales of exchange
notes acquired in the exchange offer where it is legal to do so.
DISCLOSURE
REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
From time to time, including in this prospectus and in the
documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, we make
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
federal and state securities laws. Disclosures that use words
such as believes, expects,
anticipates, estimates,
will, may or should and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking
statements, as defined under the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our
then-current expectations and are based upon data available to
us at the time the statements are made. Such statements are
subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from expectations. The most
material, known risks are detailed in the section titled
Risk Factors in this prospectus. All forward-looking
statements in, and incorporated by reference into, this
prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements and are
made only as of the date of this prospectus. Any such
forward-looking statements, whether made in this prospectus or
elsewhere, should be considered in context with the various
disclosures made by us about our business. These forward-looking
statements fall under the safe harbors of Section 27A of
the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). The
following risks, among others, could cause actual results to
differ materially from those described in any forward-looking
statements:
|
|
|
|
|
we have a significant amount of debt, and have the ability to
incur additional debt, any of which could restrict our future
operating and strategic flexibility and expose us to the risks
of financial leverage;
|
|
|
|
the agreements governing our various debt and other obligations
restrict our business and limit our ability to act;
|
|
|
|
our ability to meet our debt service obligations on the exchange
notes and our other debt will depend on our future performance,
which is, and will be, subject to many factors that are beyond
our control;
|
|
|
|
we are dependent on advertising revenues, which are seasonal and
may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including a
continuation of the economic downturn;
|
|
|
|
we are highly dependent upon a limited number of advertising
categories;
|
|
|
|
we are highly dependent on network affiliations and may lose a
significant amount of television programming if a network
terminates or significantly changes its affiliation with us;
|
|
|
|
we purchase television programming in advance of earning any
related revenue, and may not earn sufficient revenue to offset
the costs thereof;
|
|
|
|
we are subject to risks of competition from other local stations
as well as from cable systems, the Internet and other providers;
|
|
|
|
we may incur significant capital and operating costs;
|
|
|
|
we may incur impairment charges related to our assets; and
|
|
|
|
we are subject to risks and limitations due to government
regulation of the broadcasting industry, including Federal
Communications Commission (FCC or the
Commission) control over the renewal and transfer of
broadcasting licenses, which could materially adversely affect
our operations and growth strategy.
|
We urge you to review carefully the information under the
heading Risk Factors included elsewhere in this
prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in
this prospectus for a more complete discussion of the risks of
participating in the exchange offer.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Gray furnishes and files annual, quarterly and special reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may
read and copy materials that we have furnished to or filed with
the SEC at the SECs public reference room located at
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC
filings are also available to the public on the SECs
Internet website at
http://www.sec.gov.
Those filings are also available to the public on our corporate
website at
http://www.gray.tv.
The information contained in our website is not part of or
incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
ii
INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial
information about Gray Television, Inc. from documents that are
not included in or delivered with this prospectus. You should
rely only on the information contained or incorporated by
reference into this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to
provide you with information that is different. You should not
assume that the information contained in this prospectus is
accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover
of this prospectus and that any information we have incorporated
by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of
the document incorporated by reference.
We incorporate by reference the documents listed below that we
have filed with the SEC (File
No. 1-13796)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as any filing
that we make with the SEC on or after the date of this
prospectus (unless such filing expressly states that it is not
incorporated by reference herein) until the expiration date:
|
|
|
|
|
our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
(the 2009
Form 10-K)
filed on April 7, 2010;
|
|
|
|
the portions of our proxy statement for our 2010 annual meeting
of shareholders incorporated by reference into the 2009
Form 10-K,
which proxy statement was filed on April 26, 2010;
|
|
|
|
our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q,
filed on May 10, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
our Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
filed on April 1, 2010; April 12, 2010; April 20,
2010; April 22, 2010; April 30, 2010; and
June 28, 2010.
|
Any statement contained in a document all or a portion of which
is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein
will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this
prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in
any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed
to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes
such statement. Any statement so modified will not be deemed to
constitute a part of this prospectus, except as so modified, and
any statement so superseded will not be deemed to constitute a
part of this prospectus.
The information related to us contained in this prospectus
should be read together with the information contained in the
documents incorporated by reference. We will provide without
charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is
delivered, upon the written or oral request of any such person,
a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated into this
prospectus by reference, other than exhibits to those documents
unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference
into those documents, or referred to in this prospectus.
Requests should be directed to:
Gray Television, Inc.
4370 Peachtree Road, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30319
(404) 504-9828
In order to receive timely delivery of any requested
documents in advance of the expiration date of the exchange
offer, you should make your request no later than July 30,
2010, which is five full business days before you must make a
decision regarding the exchange offer.
INDUSTRY
AND MARKET DATA
This prospectus includes industry data regarding station rank,
in-market share and television household data that we obtained
from periodic reports published by A.C. Nielsen Company.
Industry publications generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable. We have not independently verified any of the data
from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying
economic assumptions relied upon therein.
iii
SUMMARY
This summary contains basic information about our Company and
the exchange offer. This summary highlights selected information
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not
complete and does not contain all of the information that you
should consider before deciding whether or not to invest in the
exchange notes. For a more complete understanding of our Company
and the exchange offer, you should read this entire prospectus
and the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus,
including the information under the heading Risk
Factors. The summary contains forward looking statements
that involve risk and uncertainties. Our actual results may
differ based upon certain factors, including those set forth
under the caption Risk Factors herein and the
documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Unless
otherwise indicated or required by the context, the terms
Gray, we, our,
us and the Company refer to Gray
Television, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our discussion of the
television (or TV) stations that we own and operate
does not include our minority equity interest in the television
and radio stations owned by Sarkes Tarzian, Inc.
Our
Company
General
We are a television broadcast company operating 36 television
stations serving 30 markets. Seventeen of our stations are
affiliated with CBS Inc. (CBS), ten are affiliated
with the National Broadcasting Company, Inc. (NBC),
eight are affiliated with the American Broadcasting Company
(ABC), and one is affiliated with FOX Entertainment
Group, Inc. (FOX). Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations
make us the largest independent owner of CBS affiliates in the
United States. In addition, we currently operate 39 digital
second channels including one affiliated with ABC, four
affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with The CW Network, LLC
(CW), 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc.
(MyNetworkTV or MyNet.), two affiliated
with the Universal Sports Network (Universal Sports)
and seven local news/weather channels, in certain of our
existing markets. We created our digital second channels to
better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately
6.3% of total United States households.
We were incorporated in 1897, initially to publish the Albany
Herald in Albany, Georgia, and entered the broadcasting industry
in 1953. We have a dedicated and experienced senior management
team.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and the first
quarter ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of
$270.4 million and $70.5 million, respectively.
Markets
Gray operates in designated market areas (DMAs)
ranked between
51-200 and
primarily focuses its operations on university towns and state
capitals. Our markets include 17 university towns, representing
enrollment of approximately 469,000 students, and eight state
capitals. We believe university towns and state capitals provide
significant advantages as they generally offer more favorable
advertising demographics, more stable economics and a stronger
affinity between local stations and university sports teams.
We have a strong, market leading position in our markets. Our
combined station group has 23 markets with stations
ranked #1 in local news audience and 21 markets with
stations ranked #1 in overall audience within their
respective markets, based on the results of the average of the
Nielsen March, May, July and November 2009 ratings reports. Of
the 30 markets that we serve, we operate the #1 or #2
ranked station in 29 of those markets. We believe a key
driver for our strong market position is the strength of our
local news and information programs. Our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with nearly twice the Nielsen Station Index
(NSI) national average market share in November 2009
for both 6 p.m. and late night news. We believe that our
market position and our strong local revenue stream have enabled
us to better preserve our revenues in softer economic conditions
compared to many of our peers.
1
We are diversified across our markets and network affiliations.
Our largest market by revenue is Charleston/Huntington, WV,
which contributed approximately 7% of our revenues in 2009. Our
top 10 markets by revenue contributed 53% of our revenues in
2009. Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations accounted for 49% of our
revenues, our 10 NBC-affiliated stations accounted for 36% of
our revenues, our 8 ABC-affiliated stations accounted for 15% of
our revenues and our 1 FOX-affiliated station accounted for less
than 1% of our revenues, for 2009, respectively.
Business
Strategy
Our success has been based on the following strategies for
growing our revenues and our operating cash flow:
Maintain and Grow our Market Leadership
Position. We have the #1 ranking in overall
audience in 21 of the 30 markets in which we operate. We
are ranked #2 in audience in all of our other markets,
except Albany, GA. We have the #1 ranking in local news
audience in 23 of our markets and our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with nearly twice the NSI national average market share in
November 2009 for both 6 p.m. and late night news.
We believe there are significant advantages in operating
the #1 or #2 television broadcasting stations. Strong
audience and market share allows us enhance our advertising
revenues through price discipline and leadership. We believe a
top-rated news platform is critical to capturing incremental
sponsorship and political advertising revenue. Our high-quality
station group improves our cash flow and allows us additional
opportunities to reinvest in our business to further strengthen
our network and news ratings. Furthermore, we believe operating
the top ranking stations in our various markets allows us to
attract and retain top talent.
We also believe that our leadership position in the markets we
serve gives us additional leverage to negotiate retransmission
contracts with multiple system operators (MSOs), and
we believe it will help us in our potential negotiations with
networks upon expiration of our current contracts with them. Our
primary network affiliation agreements expire at various dates
through January 1, 2016.
We intend to maintain our market leadership position through
prudent continued investment in our news and syndicated
programs, as well as continued technological advances and
program improvements. We are in the process of converting our
local studios to be able to provide high definition digital
broadcasting (HD) in select markets to further
enhance the visual quality of our local programs, which we
believe can drive incremental viewership, and expect to continue
to invest in local HD conversion over the next few years.
Pursue New Media Opportunities. We currently
operate web, mobile and desktop applications in all of our
markets. We have focused on expanding the applicable local
content, such as news, weather and sports, on our websites to
drive increased traffic. We have experienced strong growth in
internet page views in the past, with page views growing at a
57% compound annual growth rate from 2003 and 2009, and
anticipate continued growth in the future.
Our aggregate internet revenues are derived from two sources.
The first source is advertising or sponsorship opportunities
directly on our websites. We call this direct internet
revenue. The other revenue source is television
advertising time purchased by our clients to directly promote
their involvement in our websites. We refer to this internet
revenue source as internet-related commercial time
sales. In the future, we anticipate our direct internet
revenue will grow at a faster pace relative to our
internet-related commercial time sales.
We are a member of the open mobile video coalition
(OMVC), which aims to accelerate the development and
rollout of mobile DTV products and services, maximizing the full
potential of the digital television spectrum. We are currently
testing mobile television in the Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska
markets.
Monetize Digital Spectrum. We currently
operate 39 digital second channels, including one affiliated
with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with CW, 18
affiliated with MyNetworkTV, two affiliated with the Universal
Sports Network and seven local news/weather channels, in certain
of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels
to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital
second
2
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels, except
that our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated
$7.1 million in revenues from our digital second channels.
Our strategy is to expand upon our digital offerings, evaluating
potential opportunities from time to time either on our own
and/or in
partnership with other companies, as such opportunities present
themselves. We intend to aggressively pursue the use of our
spectrum for additional opportunities such as local video on
demand, music on demand and other digital downloads. We also
intend to evaluate opportunities to use spectrum for future
delivery of television broadcasts to handheld and other mobile
devices.
Prudent Cost Management. Historically, we have
closely managed our costs to maintain our margins. We believe
that our market leadership position gives us additional
negotiating leverage to enable us to lower our syndicated
programming costs. We have increased the efficiency of our
stations by automating processes as a part of the conversion of
local studios to digital. As of December 31, 2009, we had
reduced our total number of employees by 241, or 9.9%, since
December 31, 2007. We also lowered our syndicated
programming costs by $1.1 million during the year ended
December 31, 2009. We intend to continue to seek and
implement additional cost saving opportunities in the future.
Selected
2010 Developments
Amendment
to Senior Credit Facility
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our senior
credit facility (the 2010 amendment) to provide for,
among other things: (i) an increase in the maximum total
net leverage ratio covenant under the senior credit facility
through March 30, 2011 and (ii) a potential issuance
of certain capital stock
and/or
senior or subordinated debt securities, with the proceeds to be
used to repay amounts outstanding under our senior credit
facility. The amendment to our senior credit facility also
provided for a reduction in the revolving loan commitment under
the senior credit facility from $50.0 million to
$40.0 million.
Pursuant to the 2010 amendment, from March 31, 2010 until
we completed the offering of the original notes on
April 29, 2010 and repaid not less than $200.0 million
of the term loan outstanding under our senior credit facility
using the proceeds from that offering: (i) we were required
to pay an annual incentive fee equal to 2.0%, which fee was
eliminated upon the consummation of the offering of original
notes and related repayment of amounts under our senior credit
facility; (ii) the then-existing annual facility fee
remained at 3.0%, but, following such repayment, was reduced to
1.25% per year, with a potential for further reductions in
future periods; and (iii) we remained subject to the
then-existing maximum total net leverage ratio, but, following
such repayment, that ratio was replaced by a first lien leverage
test. In addition, from and after such repayment, we became
subject to a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 0.90x to
1.0x.
Immediately after giving effect to the completion of the
offering of the original notes and the repayment of
$300.0 million of the term loan outstanding under our
senior credit facility, the related reduction in the annual
facility fee and the elimination of the incentive fee
thereunder, our effective interest rate under our senior credit
facility was LIBOR plus 4.25% per year.
For additional information regarding the amendment to our senior
credit facility, see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources and
Description of Other Indebtedness and Certain Other
Obligations included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Repurchase
of a Portion of the Outstanding Shares of Our Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
On April 19, 2010, we entered into an agreement (the
Exchange Agreement) with holders of shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. Pursuant to the
Exchange Agreement, concurrently with the completion of the
offering of the original notes, we repurchased
$75.59 million of Series D perpetual preferred stock,
including accrued dividends, in exchange for $50.0 million
in cash and 8.5 million shares of our common stock.
3
Corporate
Information
Gray Television, Inc. is a Georgia corporation. Our executive
offices are located at 4370 Peachtree Road, NE, Atlanta, GA
30319, and our telephone number at that location is
(404) 504-9828.
Our website address is
http://www.gray.tv.
The information on our website is not a part of or incorporated
by reference into this prospectus.
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange up to (i) $365,000,000
aggregate principal amount of our registered
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 (the exchange
notes) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding
restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 (the original
notes) that were issued in April 2010. The terms of the
exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those
of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will be
issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act, and
the transfer restrictions, registration rights and related
special interest provisions relating to the original notes do
not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be of
the same class as the outstanding original notes. Holders of
original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters
rights in connection with the exchange offer. |
|
Purpose of the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange notes are being offered to satisfy our obligations
under the registration rights agreement entered into at the time
we issued and sold the original notes. |
|
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tenders; Return of Original Notes
Not Accepted for Exchange |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on August 6, 2010, or on a later date and time to
which we extend it (the expiration date). Tenders of
original notes in the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any
time prior to the expiration date. As soon as practicable
following the expiration date, we will exchange the exchange
notes for validly tendered original notes. Any original notes
that are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after
the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Original Notes |
|
Each holder of original notes wishing to participate in the
exchange offer must complete, sign and date the accompanying
letter of transmittal, or its facsimile, in accordance with its
instructions, and mail or otherwise deliver it, or its
facsimile, together with the original notes and any other
required documentation to the exchange agent at the address in
the letter of transmittal. Original notes may be physically
delivered, but physical delivery is not required if a
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the original notes to
the exchange agents account at DTC is delivered in a
timely fashion. A holder may also tender its original notes by
means of DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program
(ATOP), subject to the terms and procedures of that
program. See The Exchange Offer Procedures for
Tendering Original Notes. |
4
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of original notes being tendered for exchange.
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which may
be waived by us in our discretion. We currently expect that all
of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be
necessary. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
U.S. Bank National Association. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations |
|
Your exchange of an original note for an exchange note will not
constitute a taxable exchange. The exchange will not result in
taxable income, gain or loss being recognized by you or by us.
Immediately after the exchange, you will have the same adjusted
basis and holding period in each exchange note received as you
had immediately prior to the exchange in the corresponding
original note surrendered. See Certain U.S. Federal Income
Tax Considerations. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on
page 12 of this prospectus before deciding whether to
participate in the exchange offer. |
THE
EXCHANGE NOTES
The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material
aspects to those of the original notes, except for the transfer
restrictions and registration rights and related special
interest provisions relating to the original notes that do not
apply to the exchange notes.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Gray Television, Inc. |
|
Notes Offered |
|
$365,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
101/2% senior
secured second lien notes due 2015. The new notes offered hereby
will be of the same class as the original notes. |
|
Maturity Date |
|
June 29, 2015. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest on the exchange notes will accrue at a rate of 10.5%
per annum, payable semi-annually, in cash in arrears, on May 1
and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2010. |
|
Guarantees |
|
The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior secured basis by all of our existing and future
domestic restricted subsidiaries. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be our and the
guarantors senior secured obligations and will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to our and the
guarantors existing and future debt and other obligations
that expressly provide for their subordination to the exchange
notes and the guarantees;
|
|
|
|
be effectively senior to our and the
guarantors existing and future unsecured debt to the
extent of the value of the collateral securing the exchange
notes, after giving effect to first-priority liens on the
collateral and permitted liens;
|
|
|
|
be effectively junior to our and the
guarantors obligations that are either (i) secured by
first priority liens on the collateral, including indebtedness
under our senior credit facility or
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) secured by assets that are not part of the collateral
that is securing the exchange notes, in each case to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing such debt; and |
|
|
|
be structurally subordinated to all of the existing
and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, if any, that do not
guarantee the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
After giving effect to the issuance of the original notes and
the use of proceeds from the original notes, at March 31,
2010, the Company and the guarantors would have had
approximately $879.4 million aggregate principal amount of
total indebtedness (excluding intercompany indebtedness), of
which $879.0 million would have been senior debt (including
the original notes), and of which approximately
$514.0 million would have ranked effectively senior to the
exchange notes to the extent of the assets securing such debt. |
|
Security |
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by a
second priority lien on substantially all of the assets owned by
us and the guarantors, which assets also secure obligations
under our senior credit facility, subject to certain exceptions
and permitted liens. Under the security documents we and the
guarantors have, subject to certain exceptions, granted security
interests in substantially all of our and their real, personal
and fixture property, including (i) all present and future
shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit
interests in) each of our present and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries, held by us or any subsidiary guarantor (but,
(a) as to the voting stock of any foreign subsidiary, not
to exceed 66% of the outstanding voting stock and
(b) excluding any capital stock of a subsidiary to the
extent necessary for such subsidiary not to be subject to any
requirement to file separate financial statements with the SEC
pursuant to
Rule 3-16
or
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act, due to the fact that such
subsidiarys capital stock secured the exchange notes or
guarantees); (ii) all present and future intercompany debt
owed to us or any subsidiary guarantor; (iii) substantially
all of our and each subsidiary guarantors present and
future property and assets, real and personal, including, but
not limited to, machinery and equipment, inventory and other
goods, accounts receivable, owned real estate, leaseholds,
fixtures, bank accounts, general intangibles, financial assets,
investment property, license rights, patents, trademarks, trade
names, copyrights, other intellectual property, chattel paper,
insurance proceeds, contract rights, hedge agreements,
documents, instruments, indemnification rights, tax refunds and
cash; (iv) all FCC licenses except to the extent (but only
to the extent) and for so long as that at such time the
collateral agent may not validly possess a security interest
directly in the FCC license pursuant to applicable Federal law,
including the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the
Communications Act), and the rules, regulations and
policies promulgated thereunder, as in effect at such time, but
including at all times all proceeds incident or appurtenant to
the FCC licenses and all proceeds of the FCC licenses, and the
right to receive all monies, consideration and proceeds derived
from or in connection |
6
|
|
|
|
|
with the sale, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of the
FCC licenses; and (v) all proceeds and products of the
property and assets described in clauses (i), (ii), and
(iv) above. For more details, see Description of
Notes Security. |
|
|
|
The value of collateral at any time will depend on market and
other economic conditions, including the availability of
suitable buyers for the collateral. The liens on the collateral
may be released without the consent of the holders of the
exchange notes if collateral is disposed of in a transaction
that complies with the indenture and the related security
documents or in accordance with the provisions of an
intercreditor agreement to be entered into relating to the
collateral securing the exchange notes and our senior credit
facility. See Risk Factors Risks Related to
the Exchange Notes It may be difficult to realize
upon the value of the collateral securing the exchange
notes and Description of Notes
Security and Description of Notes
Intercreditor Agreement. |
|
|
|
Certain security interests, including those granted or to be
granted pursuant to mortgages on certain of our owned and leased
real properties intended to constitute collateral that secures
the original notes and the exchange notes, were not in place on
the date of issuance of the original notes, and may not be in
place on the date of issuance of the exchange notes. We are
required to file or cause to be filed UCC financing statements
to perfect the security interests in the collateral that can be
perfected by such filings on the date of the issuance of the
original notes. With respect to the portion of the collateral
securing the exchange notes for which a valid and perfected
security interest in favor of the collateral agent was not
created or perfected on or prior to the date of issuance of the
original notes and which cannot be perfected by the filing of
UCC financing statements, we have agreed to use our commercially
reasonable efforts to complete those actions required to create
and perfect such security interest within 150 days
following the date of issuance of the original notes. |
|
Intercreditor Agreement |
|
Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the liens securing the
exchange notes will be second priority liens that will be
expressly junior in priority to the liens that secure
obligations under our senior credit facility and obligations
under certain hedging and cash management arrangements. The
rights of holders of the exchange notes to the collateral and
their ability to enforce rights will be materially limited by
the intercreditor agreement. The holders of the first priority
lien obligations will receive all proceeds from any realization
of the collateral or from the collateral or proceeds thereof in
any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case until the
first priority lien obligations are paid in full. See
Description of Notes Intercreditor
Agreement. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
On or after November 1, 2012, we may redeem the exchange
notes, in whole or in part, at any time, at the redemption
prices described under Description of Notes
Redemption Optional Redemption. In addition,
we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the
exchange notes before November 1, 2012 with the net cash
proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption |
7
|
|
|
|
|
price of 110.500% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. We may also
redeem some or all of the exchange notes before November 1,
2012 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date,
plus a make whole premium. |
|
Change of Control |
|
If we experience certain kinds of changes of control, we will be
required to offer to purchase the exchange notes at 101% of
their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. For
more details, see Description of Notes Change
of Control. |
|
Mandatory Offer to Purchase Following Certain Asset Sales and
Certain Events of Loss |
|
If we sell certain assets, or upon certain events of loss, under
certain circumstances we will be required to use the net
proceeds resulting from such events to offer to purchase the
exchange notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, as described under Description of
Notes Certain Covenants Limitation on
Asset Sales and Description of Notes
Certain Covenants Events of Loss. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things,
our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other
distributions to stockholders;
|
|
|
|
make investments;
|
|
|
|
create liens or use assets as security in other
transactions;
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements restricting our or our
subsidiaries ability to pay dividends or make certain
other payments;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or
dispose of substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
sell or transfer assets.
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to a number of important
qualifications and limitations. See Description of
Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes. See Use of Proceeds. |
You should refer to the section entitled Risk
Factors beginning on page 12 for an explanation of
certain risks of participating in the exchange offer.
8
Summary
Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
We have derived the following summary historical consolidated
financial and other data for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. We have derived the following summary historical
consolidated financial and other data for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2009 from our unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial and
other data presented below does not contain all of the
information you should consider before deciding whether or not
to participate in the exchange offer, and should be read in
conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not consider our
results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 or 2009
to be indicative of results to be achieved for any future
interim or full-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (less agency commissions)(1)
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
Operating expenses before depreciation, amortization,
impairment, and gains on disposal of assets, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
47,567
|
|
|
|
45,654
|
|
|
|
187,583
|
|
|
|
199,572
|
|
|
|
199,687
|
|
Corporate and administrative
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
14,168
|
|
|
|
14,097
|
|
|
|
15,090
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
7,975
|
|
|
|
8,261
|
|
|
|
32,595
|
|
|
|
34,561
|
|
|
|
38,558
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposals of assets, net
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
|
|
(7,628
|
)
|
|
|
(1,632
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
58,542
|
|
|
|
56,588
|
|
|
|
227,295
|
|
|
|
586,071
|
|
|
|
253,912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
(258,895
|
)
|
|
|
53,376
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous income (expense), net
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
972
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(19,611
|
)
|
|
|
(10,113
|
)
|
|
|
(69,088
|
)
|
|
|
(54,079
|
)
|
|
|
(67,189
|
)
|
Loss from early extinguishment of debt(3)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,981
|
)
|
|
|
(13,687
|
)
|
|
|
(34,307
|
)
|
|
|
(313,027
|
)
|
|
|
(35,694
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
|
(4,767
|
)
|
|
|
(11,260
|
)
|
|
|
(111,011
|
)
|
|
|
(12,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
Preferred stock dividends (includes accretion of issuance cost
of $301, $301, $1,202, $576 and $439, respectively)
|
|
|
4,551
|
|
|
|
4,051
|
|
|
|
17,119
|
|
|
|
6,593
|
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(9,294
|
)
|
|
|
(12,971
|
)
|
|
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
|
(208,609
|
)
|
|
|
(24,777
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
13,664
|
|
|
$
|
14,857
|
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,649
|
|
|
$
|
15,338
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
14,163
|
|
|
|
13,388
|
|
|
|
11,712
|
|
|
|
19,645
|
|
|
|
21,872
|
|
Net intangible assets, broadcast licenses and goodwill
|
|
|
990,697
|
|
|
|
991,247
|
|
|
|
990,819
|
|
|
|
991,396
|
|
|
|
1,330,869
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,235,815
|
|
|
|
1,248,442
|
|
|
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
|
1,278,265
|
|
|
|
1,625,969
|
|
Total debt and long-term accrued facility fees
|
|
|
814,034
|
|
|
|
798,359
|
|
|
|
810,116
|
|
|
|
800,380
|
|
|
|
925,000
|
|
Redeemable preferred stock(4)
|
|
|
93,687
|
|
|
|
92,484
|
|
|
|
93,386
|
|
|
|
92,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
88,140
|
|
|
|
107,154
|
|
|
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
337,845
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used for):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,986
|
|
|
$
|
(1,296
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,903
|
|
|
$
|
73,675
|
|
|
$
|
28,360
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(3,185
|
)
|
|
|
(5,469
|
)
|
|
|
(17,531
|
)
|
|
|
(16,340
|
)
|
|
|
(25,662
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(6,137
|
)
|
|
|
(9,027
|
)
|
|
|
(16,021
|
)
|
|
|
(42,024
|
)
|
|
|
7,899
|
|
Other Financial and Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
|
|
5,183
|
|
|
|
17,756
|
|
|
|
15,019
|
|
|
|
24,605
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, in
accordance with, among other things, increased political
advertising expenditures in even-numbered years. |
|
(2) |
|
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. As of this testing date, we believed events had
occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not
reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill
below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in
the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued
decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common
stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of
television stations; (iii) the decline in local and
national advertising revenues excluding political advertising
revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit
margins of some of our stations. |
|
(3) |
|
In 2010 and 2009, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of
debt related to an amendment of our senior credit facility. In
2007, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related
to a refinancing of our senior credit facility and the
redemption of our 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
(9.25% Notes). |
|
(4) |
|
On June 26, 2008, we issued 750 shares of
Series D perpetual preferred stock and on July 15,
2008, we issued an additional 250 shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. We generated net cash
proceeds from such issuances of approximately $91.6 million
after a 5.0% original issue discount, transaction fees and
expenses. The Series D perpetual preferred stock has a
liquidation value of $100,000 per share, for a total liquidation
value of $75.0 million. The $8.4 million of original
issue discount, transaction fees and expenses is being accreted
over a seven-year period ending June 30, 2015. |
|
|
|
Amounts exclude unamortized original issuance costs and accrued
and unpaid dividends. Such costs and dividends aggregated
$29.5 million, $14.3 million, $25.5 million and
$10.8 million as of March 31, 2010, March 31,
2009, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. |
10
|
|
|
(5) |
|
For purposes of this ratio: |
|
|
|
The term fixed charges means the sum of:
(i) interest expensed and capitalized, (ii) amortized
premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to
indebtedness, (iii) an estimate of the interest within
rental expense, and (iv) preference security dividend
requirements of consolidated subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
The term preference security dividend is the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities. The dividend requirement is computed as
the amount of the dividend divided by (1 minus the effective
income tax rate applicable to continuing operations). |
|
|
|
The term earnings is the amount resulting from
adding and subtracting the following items. We add the
following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations
before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees;
(ii) fixed charges; (iii) amortization of capitalized
interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and
(v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for
which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed
charges. From the total of the added items, we subtract the
following: (i) interest capitalized; (ii) preference
security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and
(iii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of
subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Equity
investees are investments that we account for using the equity
method of accounting. |
|
|
|
Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was 1.21:1.00. |
|
|
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2005, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately
$15.7 million, $59.9 million, $323.2 million,
$38.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. |
11
RISK
FACTORS
The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material
aspects to those of the original notes, except for the transfer
restrictions and registration rights and related special
interest provisions relating to the original notes that do not
apply to the exchange notes. However, you should carefully
consider the following risks before deciding whether or not to
participate in the exchange offer. These risks are not the only
ones we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that
we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business
operations, financial condition and results of operations. Our
business, financial condition or results of operations could be
materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The value
of the exchange notes could decline due to any of these risks,
and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus
also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from
those anticipated in forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including the occurrence of one or more of the
factors described in the following risk factors.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Offer
The
lien on the collateral securing the exchange notes and the
guarantees will be junior and subordinate to the lien on the
collateral securing our senior credit facility.
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by second
priority liens granted by us and the existing guarantors and any
future guarantor on our assets and the assets of the guarantors
that secure obligations under our senior credit facility,
subject to certain permitted liens, exceptions and encumbrances
described in the indenture governing the exchange notes and the
security documents relating to the exchange notes. As set out in
more detail under Description of Notes, the lenders
under our senior credit facility will be entitled to receive all
proceeds from the realization of the collateral under certain
circumstances, including upon default in payment on, or the
acceleration of, any obligations under our senior credit
facility, or in the event of our, or any of our subsidiary
guarantors, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation,
dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding, to repay such
obligations in full before the holders of the exchange notes
will be entitled to any recovery from such collateral. We cannot
assure you that, in the event of a foreclosure, the proceeds
from the sale of all of such collateral would be sufficient to
satisfy the amounts outstanding under the exchange notes and
other obligations secured by the second priority liens, if any,
after payment in full of the obligations secured by the first
priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not
sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the exchange
notes, then holders of the exchange notes (to the extent not
repaid from the proceeds of sale of the collateral) would only
have an unsecured claim against our remaining assets, which
claim would rank equal in priority to the unsecured claims with
respect to any unsatisfied portions of the obligations secured
by the first priority liens and other unsecured senior
indebtedness. In addition, the indenture governing the exchange
notes will permit us and the guarantors to create additional
liens under specified circumstances, including liens senior in
priority to, or ranking on a pari passu basis with, the liens
securing the exchange notes. Any obligations secured by such
liens may further limit the recovery from the realization of the
collateral available to satisfy holders of the exchange notes.
The
collateral securing the exchange notes may be diluted under
certain circumstances.
The collateral that will secure the exchange notes also secures
obligations under our senior credit facility. This collateral
may secure on a first priority basis additional indebtedness
that we incur in the future, subject to restrictions on our
ability to incur debt and liens governing the exchange notes and
the senior credit facility. Your rights to the collateral would
be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured on a
parity basis by this collateral.
The
rights of holders of the exchange notes to the collateral and
their ability to enforce rights will be materially limited by
the terms of the intercreditor agreement.
The lenders under our senior credit facility, as holders of
first priority lien obligations, will control substantially all
matters related to the collateral pursuant to the terms of the
intercreditor agreement. The holders of the first priority lien
obligations may cause the collateral agent thereunder (the
first lien agent) to
12
dispose of, release, foreclose on, or take other actions with
respect to, the collateral (including amendments of and waivers
under the security documents) with which holders of the exchange
notes may disagree or that may be contrary to the interests of
holders of the exchange notes, even after a default under the
exchange notes. To the extent collateral is released from
securing the first priority lien obligations, the intercreditor
agreement will provide that in certain circumstances, the second
priority liens securing the exchange notes will also be
released. In addition, the security documents related to the
second priority lien generally provide that, so long as the
first priority lien obligations are in effect, the holders of
the first priority lien obligations may change, waive, modify or
vary the security documents governing such first priority liens
without the consent of the holders of the exchange notes (except
under certain limited circumstances) and that the security
documents governing the second priority liens will be
automatically changed, waived and modified in the same manner.
Further, the security documents governing the second priority
liens may not be amended in any manner adverse to the holders of
the first-priority obligations without the consent of the first
lien agent until the first priority lien obligations are paid in
full. The security agreement governing the second priority liens
will prohibit second priority lienholders from foreclosing on
the collateral until payment in full of the first priority lien
obligations. We cannot assure you that in the event of a
foreclosure by the holders of the first priority lien
obligations, the proceeds from the sale of collateral would be
sufficient to satisfy all or any of the amounts outstanding
under the exchange notes after payment in full of the
obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral.
In addition, there can be no assurance that the first lien agent
has taken all actions necessary to create properly perfected
security interests in the collateral securing the exchange
notes, which, as a result of the intercreditor agreement, may
result in the loss of the priority of the security interest in
favor of the holders of exchange notes to which they would have
been entitled as a result of such non-perfection.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the collateral agent may exercise
rights and remedies with respect to the security interests after
the passage of a period of 180 days from the date on which
the collateral agent has notified the administrative agent under
our senior credit facility that an event of default has
occurred, the obligations under the exchange notes have been
accelerated and a demand for payment has been made, but only to
the extent that the first lien administrative agent is not
diligently pursuing the exercise of its rights and remedies with
respect to a material portion of its security interests.
The
right of the collateral agent to foreclose upon and sell the
collateral after an event of default has occurred may also be
subject to limitations under the Communications Act and the
regulations under the FCC.
Under the Communications Act and implementing rules and
regulations of the FCC, the consent of the FCC must be obtained
prior to any change in direct or indirect control of an entity
holding licenses issued by the FCC. We and certain of our
subsidiaries hold licenses issued by the FCC. The foreclosure of
our capital stock or of the capital stock of our subsidiaries
which directly or indirectly hold such licenses could result in
a transfer of control of an entity holding FCC licenses. In the
event of default, the collateral agent may be required to obtain
the consent of the FCC prior to exercising foreclosure rights or
selling the collateral securing the exchange notes and the
guarantees. Furthermore, security interests in FCC licenses are
limited to the extent such security interests are prohibited by
law or regulation. This limitation could complicate the ability
of the second lien collateral agent to foreclose upon and sell
the collateral. We can give no assurance that such consent can
be obtained by the second lien collateral agent.
Security
over all of the collateral was not in place on the date of
issuance of the original notes or was not perfected on such date
and may not yet be in place or perfected, as the case may be,
and any unresolved issues may impact the value of the
collateral.
Certain security interests were not in place on the date of
issuance of the original notes or were not perfected on such
date and may not yet be in place or perfected, as the case may
be. We are required to file or cause to be filed financing
statements under the Uniform Commercial Code to perfect the
security interests that can be perfected by such filings. We are
required to use commercially reasonable efforts to have all
security interests that are required to be perfected by the
security documents to be in place no later than 150 days
after the date of issuance of the original notes, except to the
extent any such security interest cannot
13
be perfected with commercially reasonable efforts. Any issues
that we are not able to resolve in connection with the delivery
and recordation of such security interests may negatively impact
the value of the collateral.
Certain
mortgages or title insurance securing the original notes and the
exchange notes were not in place on the date of issuance of the
original notes and may not yet be in place, and any unresolved
issues in connection with the issuance of such mortgages and
title policies may impact the value of the
collateral.
Certain mortgages on the properties intended to secure the
original notes and the exchange notes were not in place at the
time of the issuance of the original notes and may not yet be in
place. Title insurance may not be obtained for leasehold
properties and title insurance policies may not yet be in place
to insure, among other things, (i) that valid title or
leasehold interest to such properties is held in the name of the
entity represented by us to be the owner or tenant thereof and
that such title or interest is not encumbered by unpermitted
liens and (ii) the validity and second lien priority of the
mortgage granted to the collateral agent for the benefit of the
holders of the exchange notes.
We have agreed to grant mortgage liens in favor of the
collateral agent for the benefit of the trustee and the holders
of the exchange notes on all our interests, as tenants, in
certain real property leases (a) upon which a broadcast
tower is located, (b) upon which a studio or other facility
related to the operation of a station is located or
(c) that has an estimated fair market value (determined by
us in good faith) in excess of $500,000, in each case, to the
extent that the landlords consent is obtained with respect
to any such lease where such consent is required to grant such
mortgage lien or otherwise to the extent any landlords
consent is not necessary pursuant to the provisions of the
applicable lease. To the extent the landlord of any lease shall
fail or refuse to grant such consent after we have used
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent, the
leasehold interest pursuant thereto shall not constitute
collateral securing the exchange notes.
With
respect to our real properties mortgaged or to be mortgaged as
security for the exchange notes, no surveys or legal opinions
have been or will be delivered. There will, therefore, be no
independent assurance that the mortgages securing the exchange
notes are enforceable under applicable state law to encumber the
correct real properties.
In connection with the issuance of the original notes and this
exchange offer, we were not, and are not, required to provide
surveys or legal opinions with respect to our real properties
intended to constitute collateral. Therefore, we can provide no
independent assurance that: (i) the real property
encumbered by the mortgages includes all of the property
intended to be included in the collateral; and (ii) such
property is not subject to any encroachments, claims or other
matters that would only be revealed by a survey. In addition, as
legal opinions are not being delivered with respect to such
properties in connection with this exchange offer, there can be
no independent assurance that the mortgages create and
constitute valid and enforceable liens on the property intended
to be encumbered thereby under the laws of each jurisdiction in
which such property is located.
It may
be difficult to realize upon the value of the collateral
securing the exchange notes.
The collateral securing the exchange notes will be subject to
any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other
imperfections as may be accepted by the trustee for the exchange
notes and the second lien collateral agent and any other
creditors that have the benefit of first liens on the collateral
securing the exchange notes from time to time. The existence of
any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other
imperfections could adversely affect the value of the collateral
securing the exchange notes as well as the ability of the second
lien collateral agent to realize upon or foreclose on such
collateral.
No appraisals of any of the collateral have been prepared by us
or on behalf of us in connection with this exchange offer. The
value of the collateral at any time will depend on market and
other economic conditions, including the availability of
suitable buyers. By their nature, some or all of the pledged
assets may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable
market value. We cannot assure you that the fair market value of
the collateral as of the date of this prospectus exceeds the
principal amount of the debt secured thereby. There also can be
no assurance that the collateral will be saleable and, even if
saleable, the timing of the liquidation
14
thereof would be uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or
easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on
property owned by us, such third parties have or may exercise
rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such
liens that could adversely affect the value of the collateral
and the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose
on the collateral. The value of the assets pledged as collateral
for the exchange notes could be impaired in the future as a
result of changing economic conditions, our failure to implement
our business strategy, competition, unforeseen liabilities and
other future events. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient
collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the exchange
notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any,
realized by holders of the exchange notes from the sale of the
collateral securing the exchange notes and the obligations under
the exchange notes will rank equally in right of payment with
all of our other unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness and other
obligations. Additionally, in the event that a bankruptcy case
is commenced by or against us, if the value of the collateral is
less than the amount of principal and accrued and unpaid
interest on the exchange notes and all other senior secured
obligations, interest may cease to accrue on the exchange notes
from and after the date the bankruptcy petition is filed.
In the future, the obligation to grant additional security over
assets, or a particular type or class of assets, whether as a
result of the acquisition or creation of future assets or
subsidiaries, the designation of a previously unrestricted
subsidiary or otherwise, is subject to the provisions of the
intercreditor agreement. The intercreditor agreement sets out a
number of limitations on the rights of the holders of the
exchange notes to require security in certain circumstances,
which may result in, among other things, the amount recoverable
under any security provided by any subsidiary being limited
and/or
security not being granted over a particular type or class of
assets. Accordingly, this may affect the value of the security
provided by us and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, upon
enforcement against any collateral or in insolvency, under the
terms of the intercreditor agreement the claims of the holders
of the exchange notes to the proceeds of such enforcement will
rank behind the claims of the holders of obligations under our
senior credit facility, which are first priority obligations,
and holders of additional secured indebtedness (to the extent
permitted to have priority by the indenture).
The security interest of the second lien collateral agent will
be subject to practical problems generally associated with the
realization of security interests in collateral. For example,
the second lien collateral agent may need to obtain consents of
third parties to obtain or enforce security interests in
contracts and other collateral, and make additional filings. We
cannot assure you that the collateral agent will be able to
obtain any such consents or make any such filings. We also
cannot assure you that the consents of any third parties will be
given when required, or at all, to facilitate a foreclosure on
such assets. Accordingly, the second lien collateral agent may
not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and, in such
event, the holders will not be entitled to the collateral or any
recovery with respect thereto.
These requirements may also limit the number of potential
bidders for certain collateral in any foreclosure and may delay
any sale, either of which events may have an adverse effect on
the sale price of the collateral. Therefore, the practical value
of realizing on the collateral, without the appropriate consents
and filings, may be limited.
Bankruptcy
laws may limit your ability to realize value from the
collateral.
The right of the second lien collateral agent to repossess and
dispose of the collateral upon the occurrence of an event of
default under the indenture governing the exchange notes is
likely to be significantly impaired (or at a minimum delayed) by
applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be
commenced by or against us before the second lien collateral
agent repossessed and disposed of the collateral. Upon the
commencement of a case under the bankruptcy code, a secured
creditor such as the second lien collateral agent is prohibited
from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy
case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such
debtor, without bankruptcy court approval, which may not be
given. Moreover, the bankruptcy code permits the debtor to
continue to retain and use collateral even though the debtor is
in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided
that the secured creditor is given adequate
protection. The meaning of the term adequate
protection may vary according to circumstances, but it is
intended in general to protect the value of the secured
creditors interest in the collateral as of the
commencement of the
15
bankruptcy case and may include cash payments or the granting of
additional or replacement security if and at such times as the
bankruptcy court in its discretion determines that the value of
the secured creditors interest in the collateral is
declining during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A
bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may not
require compensation for a diminution in the value of its
collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds the debt it
secures.
In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
adequate protection and the broad discretionary
power of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict:
|
|
|
|
|
how long payments under the exchange notes could be delayed
following commencement of a bankruptcy case;
|
|
|
|
whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or dispose
of the collateral;
|
|
|
|
the value of the collateral at the time of the bankruptcy
petition; or
|
|
|
|
whether or to what extent holders of the exchange notes would be
compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the
collateral through the requirement of adequate
protection.
|
In addition, the intercreditor agreement provides that, in the
event of a bankruptcy, the trustee and the second lien
collateral agent may not object to a number of important matters
following the filing of a bankruptcy petition so long as any
first priority lien obligations are outstanding. After such a
filing, the value of the collateral securing the exchange notes
could materially deteriorate and the holders of the exchange
notes would be unable to raise an objection. The right of the
holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the
collateral to foreclose upon and sell the collateral upon the
occurrence of an event of default also would be subject to
limitations under applicable bankruptcy laws if we or any of our
subsidiaries become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding.
Any disposition of the collateral during a bankruptcy case would
also require permission from the bankruptcy court. Furthermore,
in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the
collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on first
priority lien debt and, thereafter, the exchange notes, the
holders of the exchange notes would hold a secured claim only to
the extent of the value of the collateral to which the holders
of the exchange notes are entitled and unsecured claims with
respect to such shortfall. The bankruptcy code only permits the
payment and accrual of post-petition interest, costs and
attorneys fees to a secured creditor during a
debtors bankruptcy case to the extent the value of its
collateral is determined by the bankruptcy court to exceed the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations
secured by the collateral.
In
certain instances, the trustee may determine not to foreclose on
certain collateral.
The trustee and the collateral agent may need to evaluate the
impact of the potential liabilities before determining to
foreclose on collateral consisting of real property, if any,
because secured creditors that hold or enforce a security
interest in real property may be held liable under environmental
laws for the costs of remediating or preventing the release or
threatened releases of hazardous substances at such real
property. Consequently, the collateral agent may decline to
foreclose on such collateral or exercise remedies available in
respect thereof if it does not receive indemnification to its
satisfaction from the holders of the exchange notes.
A
court could void our subsidiaries guarantees of the
exchange notes and the liens securing such guarantees under
fraudulent transfer laws.
Although the guarantees provide holders of the exchange notes
with a direct claim against the assets of the subsidiary
guarantors and the guarantees will be secured by the collateral
owned by the guarantors, under the federal bankruptcy laws and
comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a
guarantee or lien could under certain circumstances be voided,
or claims with respect to a guarantee or lien could be
subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor. In addition,
a bankruptcy court could potentially void (i.e., cancel)
any payments by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee and
require those payments and enforcement proceeds from the
collateral to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the
benefit of the other creditors
16
of the guarantor. Each guarantee will contain a provision
intended to limit the guarantors liability to the maximum
amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of
obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer.
This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees
from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may
eliminate a guarantors obligations or reduce a
guarantors obligations to an amount that effectively makes
the guarantee worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case,
this kind of provision was found to be ineffective to protect
the guarantees.
The bankruptcy court might take these actions if it found, among
other things, that when a subsidiary guarantor executed its
guarantee or granted its lien (or, in some jurisdictions, when
it became obligated to make payments under its guarantee):
|
|
|
|
|
such subsidiary guarantor received less than reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of its
guarantee or granting of the lien; and
|
|
|
|
such subsidiary guarantor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
was (or was rendered) insolvent by the incurrence of the
guarantee;
|
|
|
|
was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for
which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital to carry
on its business;
|
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, obligations
beyond its ability to pay as those obligations matured; or
|
|
|
|
was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a
judgment for money damages docketed against it and, in either
case, after final judgment, the judgment was unsatisfied.
|
A bankruptcy court would likely find that a subsidiary guarantor
received less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent
value for its guarantee or lien to the extent that it did not
receive a direct or indirect benefit from the issuance of the
exchange notes. A bankruptcy court could also void a guarantee
or lien if it found that the subsidiary issued its guarantee or
granted its lien with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud
creditors.
Although courts in different jurisdictions measure solvency
differently, in general, an entity would be deemed insolvent if
the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated
debts, exceeds the fair value of its assets, or if the present
fair salable value of its assets is less than the amount that
would be required to pay the expected liability on its debts,
including contingent and unliquidated debts, as they become due.
If a court voided a guarantee or lien, it could require that
holders of exchange notes return any amounts previously paid
under such guarantee or enforcement proceeds from the
collateral. If any guarantee or lien were voided, holders of
exchange notes would cease to have a direct claim against the
applicable subsidiary guarantor, but would retain their rights
against us and any other subsidiary guarantors, although there
is no assurance that those entities assets would be
sufficient to pay the exchange notes in full.
In the
event of a future bankruptcy of us or any of the guarantors,
holders of the exchange notes may be deemed to have an unsecured
claim to the extent that our obligations in respect of the
exchange notes exceed the fair market value of the collateral
securing the exchange notes.
In any future bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of
the guarantors, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee, the
debtor in possession or competing creditors will assert that the
fair market value of the collateral with respect to the exchange
notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the
then-current principal amount of the exchange notes. Upon a
finding by the bankruptcy court that the exchange notes are
under-collateralized, the claims in the bankruptcy proceeding
with respect to the exchange notes would be bifurcated between a
secured claim in an amount equal to the value of the collateral
and an unsecured claim with respect to the remainder of its
claim which would not be entitled to the benefits of security in
the collateral. Other consequences of a finding of
under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of
entitlement on the part of the exchange notes to receive
post-petition interest or applicable fees, costs or charges and
a lack of entitlement on the part of the unsecured portion of
the exchange notes to receive
17
adequate protection under federal bankruptcy laws.
In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been
made at any time prior to such a finding of
under-collateralization, those payments would be recharacterized
by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount
of the secured claim.
The
Company has a significant amount of indebtedness and other
obligations, including the exchange notes, that become due over
a relatively short period of time.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness, including the
exchange notes, and other obligations that will, or may, become
due between December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015. These
obligations include any potential exercise of optional
redemption rights held by the holders of our Series D
perpetual preferred stock, which those holders may exercise at
any time from and after June 30, 2015. Our ability to make
required payments on our indebtedness, or other obligations,
depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. If we
cannot generate sufficient cash to repay our indebtedness,
including the exchange notes, at maturity or if we are not able
to satisfy our other financial obligations as they come due, or
if we are unable to refinance all or a portion of such
indebtedness, or obtain financing sufficient to enable us to
meet such other obligations, at times, and on terms, which are
acceptable to us, then we may have to take such actions as
reducing or delaying capital investments, selling assets,
restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional
capital through alternative sources. We may not be able to
complete any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms,
or at all. Our inability to repay or refinance our indebtedness
and other obligations as they become due, or the violation of
any covenants which may impair, restrict or limit our ability to
do so, could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations. Furthermore, in the event
that we were unable to repay or refinance our indebtedness or
other obligations, and a bankruptcy case were to be commenced
under the bankruptcy code, we could be subject to claims, with
respect to any payments made within 90 days prior to
commencement of such a case, that we were insolvent at the time
any such payments were made and that all or a portion of such
payments, which could include repayments of amounts due under
the exchange notes, might be deemed to constitute a preference,
under the bankruptcy code, and that such payments should be
voided by the bankruptcy court and recovered from the recipients
for the benefit of the entire bankruptcy estate.
The
collateral is subject to casualty risks.
We maintain insurance or otherwise insure against certain
hazards. There are, however, losses that may not be insured. If
there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged
collateral, we cannot assure you that any insurance proceeds
received by us will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured
obligations, including the exchange notes and the guarantees.
The
exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to the claims of
the creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
We conduct a substantial portion of our business through our
subsidiaries, all of which initially will be guarantors of the
exchange notes. However, the indenture governing the exchange
notes in certain circumstances permits non-guarantor
subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of any non-guarantor
subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will generally have
priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such
subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company,
including holders of the exchange notes. The indenture governing
the exchange notes permits the incurrence of certain additional
indebtedness by our non-guarantor subsidiaries in the future.
See Description of Notes Subsidiary
Guarantees and Description of Notes
Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness.
We may
be unable to purchase the exchange notes upon a change of
control.
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the
indenture governing the exchange notes, we are required to offer
to purchase the exchange notes in cash at a price equal to 101%
of the principal amount of the exchange notes, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any. A change of control constitutes an
event of default under our senior credit facility that permits
the lenders to accelerate the maturity of the borrowings
thereunder and may trigger similar rights under our other
indebtedness then outstanding. Our senior credit
18
facility may prohibit us from repurchasing any exchange notes.
The failure to repurchase the exchange notes would result in an
event of default under the exchange notes. In the event of a
change of control, we may not have sufficient funds to purchase
all of the exchange notes and to repay the amounts outstanding
under our new senior credit facility or other indebtedness.
We
cannot be sure that a market for the exchange notes, if any,
will develop or continue.
We cannot assure you as to:
|
|
|
|
|
the liquidity of any trading market for the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
your ability to sell your exchange notes; or
|
|
|
|
the price at which you may be able to sell your exchange notes.
|
The exchange notes may trade at a discount from their initial
price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for
similar securities and other factors, including general economic
conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects
and prospects for companies in our industry generally. In
addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the exchange
notes and the market prices quoted for the exchange notes may be
adversely affected by changes in the overall market for
high-yield securities.
Certain of the initial purchasers of the original notes have
advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange
notes as permitted by applicable law. They are not obligated,
however, to make a market in the exchange notes and any such
market-making may be discontinued at any time at the sole
discretion of the initial purchasers of the original notes. As a
result, you cannot be sure that an active trading market will
develop for the exchange notes.
The
capital stock securing the exchange notes will automatically be
released from the collateral to the extent the pledge of such
collateral would require the filing of separate financial
statements for any of our subsidiaries with the
SEC.
The indenture governing the exchange notes and the security
documents provides that, to the extent that any rule would be,
or is, adopted, amended or interpreted which would require the
filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of
separate financial statements of any of our subsidiaries due to
the fact that such subsidiarys capital stock or other
securities secure the exchange notes, then such capital stock or
other securities will automatically be deemed, for so long as
such requirement would be in effect, not to be part of the
collateral securing the exchange notes to the extent necessary
not to be subject to such requirement. In such event, the
security documents may be amended, without the consent of the
holders of the exchange notes, to the extent necessary to
evidence the absence of any liens on such capital stock or other
securities. As a result, holders of the exchange notes could
lose their security interest in such portion of the collateral
if and for so long as any such rule is in effect. In addition,
the absence of a lien on a portion of the capital stock of a
subsidiary pursuant to this provision in certain circumstances
could result in less than a majority of the capital stock of a
subsidiary being pledged to secure the exchange notes, which
could impair the ability of the collateral agent, acting on
behalf of the holders of the exchange notes, to sell a
controlling interest in such subsidiary or to otherwise realize
value on its security interest in such subsidiarys stock
or assets.
If you
fail to exchange your original notes, they will continue to be
restricted securities and may become less liquid.
Original notes that you do not tender or we do not accept will,
following the exchange offer, continue to be restricted
securities, and you may not offer to sell them except pursuant
to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We will
issue exchange notes in exchange for the original notes pursuant
to the exchange offer only following the satisfaction of the
procedures and conditions set forth in The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Original Notes
and The Exchange Offer Conditions to the
Exchange Offer. These procedures and conditions include
timely receipt by the exchange agent of such original notes (or
a confirmation of book-entry transfer) and of a
19
properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or
an agents message from The Depository Trust Company).
Because we anticipate that all or substantially all holders of
original notes will elect to exchange their original notes in
this exchange offer, we expect that the liquidity of the market
for any original notes remaining after the completion of the
exchange offer will be substantially limited. Any original notes
tendered and exchanged in the exchange offer will reduce the
aggregate principal amount of the original notes outstanding.
Following the exchange offer, if you do not tender your original
notes, you generally will not have any further registration
rights, and your original notes will continue to be subject to
certain transfer restrictions. Accordingly, the liquidity of the
market for the original notes could be adversely affected.
Risks
Related to Our Indebtedness
We
have substantial debt and have the ability to incur additional
debt. The principal and interest payment obligations of such
debt may restrict our future operations and impair our ability
to meet our obligations under the exchange notes.
After giving effect to the issuance of the original notes and
the use of proceeds thereof, at March 31, 2010, we and the
guarantors would have had approximately $879.4 million
aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness
(excluding intercompany indebtedness), substantially all of
which would have constituted senior debt (including the original
notes and the exchange notes), and of which approximately
$514.0 million would have effectively ranked senior to the
original notes and the exchange notes, to the extent of the
assets securing such debt. In addition, the terms of our senior
credit facility and the indenture governing the exchange notes
permit us to incur additional indebtedness, subject to our
ability to meet certain borrowing conditions.
Our substantial debt may have important consequences to you. For
instance, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial
obligations, including those relating to the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow
from operations to the payment of interest and principal due
under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other
business purposes, including capital expenditures and
acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our
competitors that may have less debt and better access to capital
resources; and
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to
fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other
general corporate purposes.
|
We have significant financial obligations outstanding. Our
ability to service our debt and these other obligations depends
on our ability to generate significant cash flow. This is
partially subject to general economic, financial, competitive,
legislative and regulatory, and other factors that are beyond
our control. We cannot assure you that our business will
generate cash flow from operations, that future borrowings will
be available to us under our senior credit facility, or that we
will be able to complete any necessary financings, in amounts
sufficient to enable us to fund our operations or pay our debts
and other obligations, or to fund other liquidity needs. If we
are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our
debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our
debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek
to raise additional capital. Additional debt or equity financing
may not be available in sufficient amounts, at times or on terms
acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to implement one
or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to service our
debt or other obligations, which could result in us being in
default thereon, in which circumstances our lenders could cease
making loans to us and accelerate and declare due all
outstanding obligations under our senior credit facility, which
could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common
stock. In addition, the current volatility in the capital
markets may also impact our ability to obtain additional
financing, or to refinance our existing debt, on terms or at
times favorable to us.
20
The
agreements governing our various debt obligations impose
restrictions on our business and limit our ability to undertake
certain corporate actions.
The agreements governing our various debt obligations, including
the indenture governing the exchange notes and the agreements
governing our senior credit facility, include covenants imposing
significant restrictions on our business. These restrictions may
affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our
ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as
they arise. These covenants place restrictions on our ability
to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other
distributions to stockholders;
|
|
|
|
make investments or acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;
|
|
|
|
issue guarantees;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of
substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
amend our articles of incorporation or bylaws;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
purchase, sell or transfer certain assets.
|
Our senior credit facility also requires us to comply with a
number of financial ratios and covenants.
Our ability to comply with these agreements may be affected by
events beyond our control, including prevailing economic,
financial and industry conditions. These covenants could have an
adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take
advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other
corporate opportunities. The breach of any of these covenants or
restrictions could result in a default under the indenture
governing the exchange notes or our senior credit facility. An
event of default under any of our debt agreements could permit
some of our lenders, including the lenders under our senior
credit facility, to declare all amounts borrowed from them to be
immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, which could, in turn, trigger defaults under other
debt obligations and the commitments of the lenders to make
further extensions of credit under our senior credit facility
could be terminated. If we were unable to repay debt to our
lenders, or are otherwise in default under any provision
governing our outstanding secured debt obligations, our secured
lenders could proceed against us and the subsidiary guarantors
and against the collateral securing that debt. In addition,
acceleration of our other indebtedness may cause us to be unable
to make interest payments on the exchange notes and repay the
principal amount of or repurchase the exchange notes or may
cause the subsidiary guarantors to be unable to make payments
under the guarantees.
Our
variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk,
which could cause our annual debt service obligations to
increase significantly.
Borrowings under our senior credit facility are at variable
rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our
variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount
borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
depend on advertising revenues, which are seasonal, and also may
fluctuate as a result of a number of factors.
Our main source of revenue is sales of advertising time and
space. Our ability to sell advertising time and space depends on:
|
|
|
|
|
economic conditions in the areas where our stations are located
and in the nation as a whole;
|
|
|
|
the popularity of our programming;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the population demographics in the areas where our
stations are located;
|
|
|
|
local and national advertising price fluctuations, which can be
affected by the availability of programming, the popularity of
programming, and the relative supply of and demand for
commercial advertising;
|
|
|
|
our competitors activities, including increased
competition from other forms of advertising-based mediums,
particularly network, cable television, direct satellite
television and internet;
|
|
|
|
the duration and extent of any network preemption of regularly
scheduled programming for any reason, including as a result of
the outbreak or continuance of military hostilities or terrorist
attacks, and decisions by advertisers to withdraw or delay
planned advertising expenditures for any reason, including as a
result of military action or terrorist attacks; and
|
|
|
|
other factors that may be beyond our control. For example, a
labor dispute or other disruption at a major national
advertiser, programming provider or network, or a recession
nationally
and/or in a
particular market, might make it more difficult to sell
advertising time and space and could reduce our revenue.
|
Our results are also subject to seasonal fluctuations. Seasonal
fluctuations typically result in higher broadcast operating
income in the second and fourth quarters than first and third
quarters of each year. This seasonality is primarily
attributable to (i) advertisers increased
expenditures in the spring and in anticipation of holiday season
spending and (ii) an increase in viewership during this
period. Furthermore, revenues from political advertising are
significantly higher in even-numbered years, particularly during
presidential election years.
Our
dependence upon a limited number of advertising categories could
adversely affect our business.
We derive a material portion of our advertising revenue from the
automotive and restaurant industries. In 2009, we earned
approximately 17% and 12% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. In 2008, we
earned approximately 19% and 10% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. Our business
and operating results could be materially adversely affected if
automotive- or restaurant-related advertising revenues decrease.
Our business and operating results could also be materially
adversely affected if revenue decreased from one or more other
significant advertising categories, such as the communications,
entertainment, financial services, professional services or
retail industries.
We are
highly dependent upon our network affiliations, and may lose a
large amount of television programming if a network
(i) terminates its affiliation with us,
(ii) significantly changes the economic terms and
conditions of any future affiliation agreements with us or
(iii) significantly changes the type, quality or quantity
of programming provided to us under an affiliation
agreement.
Our business depends in large part on the success of our network
affiliations. Each of our stations is affiliated with a major
network pursuant to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation
agreement provides the affiliated station with the right to
broadcast all programs transmitted by the affiliated network.
Our primary network affiliation agreements expire at various
dates through January 1, 2016. See
Business Our Stations and Their Markets
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
If we can not enter into affiliation agreements to replace our
expiring agreements, we may no longer be able to carry the
affiliated networks programming. This loss of programming
would require us to obtain replacement programming. Such
replacement programming may involve higher costs and may not be
as attractive to our target audiences, thereby reducing our
ability to generate advertising revenue. Furthermore, our
concentration of CBS
and/or NBC
affiliates makes us particularly sensitive to adverse changes in
our business relationship with, and the general success of, CBS
and/or NBC.
In addition, if we are unable to renew or replace our existing
affiliation agreements, we may be unable to satisfy certain
obligations under our existing or any future retransmission
consent agreements with cable,
22
satellite and telecommunications providers (MVPDs).
Furthermore, if in the future a network limited or removed our
ability to retransmit network programming to MVPDs, we may be
unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any
future retransmission consent agreements. In either case, such
an event could have a material adverse effect on our business
and results of operations.
We
must purchase television programming in advance but cannot
predict whether a particular show will be popular enough to
cover its cost.
One of our most significant costs is television programming. If
a particular program is not sufficiently popular among audiences
in relation to its costs, we may not be able to sell enough
advertising time to cover the costs of the program. Since we
purchase programming content from others, we have little control
over programming costs. We usually must purchase programming
several years in advance, and may have to commit to purchase
more than one years worth of programming. We may also
replace programs that are performing poorly before we have
recaptured any significant portion of the costs we incurred or
fully expensed the costs for financial reporting purposes. Any
of these factors could reduce our revenues, result in the
incurrence of impairment charges or otherwise cause our costs to
escalate relative to revenues. For instance, during the year
ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a television program
impairment expense of $0.2 million.
We
operate in a highly competitive environment. Competition occurs
on multiple levels (for audiences, programming and advertisers)
and is based on a variety of factors. If we are not able to
successfully compete in all relevant aspects, our revenues will
be materially adversely affected.
As described elsewhere herein, television stations compete for
audiences, certain programming (including news) and advertisers.
Signal coverage and assigned frequency also materially affect a
television stations competitive position. With respect to
audiences, stations compete primarily based on broadcast program
popularity. Because we purchase or otherwise acquire, rather
than produce, programs, we cannot provide any assurances as to
the acceptability by audiences of any of the programs we
broadcast. Further, because we compete with other broadcast
stations for certain programming, we cannot provide any
assurances that we will be able to obtain any desired
programming at costs that we believe are reasonable.
Cable-originated programming and increased access to cable and
satellite TV has become a significant competitor for broadcast
television programming viewers. Cable networks advertising
share has increased due to the growth in cable/satellite
penetration (the percentage of television households that are
connected to a cable or satellite system), which reduces
viewers. Further increases in the advertising share of cable or
satellite networks could materially adversely affect the
advertising revenue of our television stations.
In addition, technological innovation and the resulting
proliferation of programming alternatives, such as home
entertainment systems, wireless cable services,
satellite master antenna television systems, LPTV stations,
television translator stations, DBS, video distribution
services,
pay-per-view
and the internet, have further fractionalized television viewing
audiences and resulted in additional challenges to revenue
generation.
Our inability or failure to broadcast popular programs, or
otherwise maintain viewership for any reason, including as a
result of significant increases in programming alternatives,
could result in a lack of advertisers, or a reduction in the
amount advertisers are willing to pay us to advertise, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The
required phased-in introduction of digital television will
continue to require us to incur significant capital and
operating costs and may expose us to increased
competition.
The 2009 requirement to convert from analog to digital
television services in the United States may require us to incur
significant capital expenditures in replacing our stations
equipment to produce local programming, including news, in
digital format. We cannot be certain that increased revenues
will offset these additional capital expenditures.
In addition, we also may incur additional costs to obtain
programming for the additional channels made available by
digital technology. Increased revenues from the additional
channels may not offset the conversion
23
costs and additional programming expenses. Multiple channels
programmed by other stations may further increase competition in
our markets.
Any
potential hostilities or terrorist attacks, or similar events
leading to broadcast interruptions, may affect our revenues and
results of operations.
If the United States engages in additional foreign hostilities,
experiences a terrorist attack or experiences any similar event
resulting in interruptions to regularly scheduled broadcasting,
we may lose advertising revenue and incur increased broadcasting
expenses. Lost revenue and increased expenses may be due to
pre-emption, delay or cancellation of advertising campaigns, and
increased costs of covering such events. We cannot predict the
(i) extent or duration of any future disruption to our
programming schedule, (ii) amount of advertising revenue
that would be lost or delayed or (iii) amount by which our
broadcasting expenses would increase as a result. Any such loss
of revenue and increased expenses could negatively affect our
future results of operations.
We
have, in the past, incurred impairment charges on our goodwill
and/or broadcast licenses, and any such future charges may have
a material effect on the value of our total
assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a
non-cash impairment charge to our broadcast licenses of
$240.1 million and a non-cash impairment charge to our
goodwill of $98.6 million. As of March 31, 2010, the
book value of our broadcast licenses was $819.0 million and
the book value of our goodwill was $170.5 million, in
comparison to total assets of $1.2 billion. Not less than
annually, and more frequently if necessary, we are required to
evaluate our goodwill and broadcast licenses to determine if the
estimated fair value of these intangible assets is less than
book value. If the estimated fair value of these intangible
assets is less than book value, we will be required to record a
non-cash expense to write-down the book value of the intangible
asset to the estimated fair value. We cannot make any assurances
that any required impairment charges will not have a material
effect on our total assets.
Our
operating and financial flexibility is limited by the terms of
our Series D perpetual preferred stock.
In addition to the limitations imposed by our various debt
obligations as described under The agreements governing
our various debt obligations impose restrictions on our business
and limit our ability to undertake certain corporate
actions above, our Series D perpetual preferred stock
prevents us from taking certain actions and requires us to
comply with certain requirements. Among other things, this
includes limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
amendments to our by-laws and articles of incorporation;
|
|
|
|
our ability to issue equity securities having liquidation
preferences senior or equivalent to the liquidation preferences
of the Series D perpetual preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
mergers and the sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
guarantees;
|
|
|
|
investments and acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends and the redemption of our capital
stock; and
|
|
|
|
related-party transactions.
|
These restrictions may prevent us from taking action that could
increase the value of our business, or may require actions that
decrease the value of our business.
24
Risks
Related to Regulatory Matters
Federal
broadcasting industry regulation limits our operating
flexibility.
The FCC regulates all television broadcasters, including us. We
must obtain FCC approval whenever we (i) apply for a new
license, (ii) seek to renew or assign a license,
(iii) purchase a new station or (iv) transfer the
control of one of our subsidiaries that holds a license. Our FCC
licenses are critical to our operations, and we cannot operate
without them. We cannot be certain that the FCC will renew these
licenses in the future or approve new acquisitions. Our failure
to renew any licenses upon the expiration of any license term
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Federal legislation and FCC rules have changed significantly in
recent years and may continue to change. These changes may limit
our ability to conduct our business in ways that we believe
would be advantageous and may affect our operating results.
The
FCCs duopoly restrictions limit our ability to own and
operate multiple television stations in the same market and our
ability to own and operate a television station and newspaper in
the same market.
The FCCs ownership rules generally prohibit us from owning
or having attributable interests in television
stations located in the same markets in which our stations are
licensed. Accordingly, those rules constrain our ability to
expand in our present markets through additional station
acquisitions. Current FCC cross-ownership rules prevent us from
owning and operating a television station and newspaper in the
same market.
The
FCCs National Television Station Ownership Rule limits the
maximum number of households we can reach.
A single television station owner can reach no more than
39 percent of U.S. households through commonly owned
television stations. Accordingly, these rules constrain our
ability to expand through additional station acquisitions.
Federal legislation and FCC rules have changed significantly in
recent years and may continue to change. These changes may limit
our ability to conduct our business in ways that we believe
would be advantageous and may affect our operating results.
The
FCCs National Broadband Plan could result in the
reallocation of broadcast spectrum for wireless broadband use,
which could materially impair our ability to provide competitive
services.
On March 16, 2010, the FCC delivered to Congress a
National Broadband Plan. The National Broadband
Plan, inter alia, makes recommendations regarding the use of
spectrum currently allocated to television broadcasters,
including seeking the voluntary surrender of certain portions of
the television broadcast spectrum and repacking the currently
allocated spectrum to make portions of that spectrum available
for other wireless communications services. If some or all of
our television stations are required to change frequencies or
reduce the amount of spectrum they use, our stations could incur
substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of
over-the-air
signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition
programming and additional program streams, including mobile
video services. Prior to implementation of the proposals
contained in the National Broadband Plan, further action by the
FCC or Congress or both is necessary. We cannot predict the
likelihood, timing or outcome of any Congressional or FCC
regulatory action in this regard nor the impact of any such
changes upon our business.
Our
ability to successfully negotiate future retransmission consent
agreements may be hindered by the interests of networks with
whom we are affiliated and by potential legislative or
regulatory changes to the framework under which these agreements
are negotiated.
Our affiliation agreements with some broadcast networks include
certain terms that may affect our future ability to permit MVPDs
to retransmit network programming, and in some cases, we may be
unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any
future retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs. In
25
addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate future
retransmission consent agreements with the MVPDs in our local
markets if the broadcast networks withhold their consent to the
retransmission of those positions of our stations signals
containing network programming, or the networks may require us
to pay compensation in exchange for permitting redistribution of
network programming by MVPDs. If we are required to make
payments to networks in connection with signal retransmission,
those payments may adversely affect our operating results. If we
are unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or
future retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs, there could
be a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The FCC is currently examining proposals that, if adopted as
currently proposed, would change the current rules for
conducting negotiations with cable and satellite companies,
including requiring mandatory arbitration in some instances. If
Congress or the FCC were to require mandatory arbitration and
maintenance of signal carriage during any such negotiation and
until any arbitration is completed, our ability to generate
revenue for these services could be materially adversely
affected.
26
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose
of the Exchange Offer
In connection with the offer and sale of the original notes, we
and the guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement
with the initial purchasers of the original notes. We are making
the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the
registration rights agreement.
Terms of
the Exchange
We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying
letter of transmittal, exchange notes for an equal principal
amount of original notes. The terms of the exchange notes are
identical in all material respects to those of the original
notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and
special interest provisions relating to the original notes that
will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be
entitled to the benefits of the indenture under which the
original notes were issued. See Description of Notes.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of original notes being tendered or accepted
for exchange. As of the date of this prospectus,
$365.0 million aggregate principal amount of the original
notes was outstanding. Original notes tendered in the exchange
offer must be tendered in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof.
Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the
SEC to third parties in unrelated transactions, holders of
original notes, except any holder who is an
affiliate of ours within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who exchange their
original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer
generally may offer the exchange notes for resale, resell the
exchange notes and otherwise transfer the exchange notes without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the
exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the
holders business and such holders are not participating
in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes
were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the
exchange notes as described in Plan of Distribution.
In addition, to comply with the securities laws of individual
jurisdictions, if applicable, the exchange notes may not be
offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified
for sale in the jurisdiction or an exemption from registration
or qualification is available and complied with. We have agreed,
pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to file with the
SEC a registration statement (of which this prospectus forms a
part) with respect to the exchange notes. If you do not exchange
such original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange
offer, your original notes will continue to be subject to
restrictions on transfer.
If any holder of the original notes is an affiliate of ours, is
engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, the
holder would not be able to rely on the applicable
interpretations of the SEC and would be required to comply with
the registration requirements of the Securities Act, except for
resales made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the registration requirement of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws.
Expiration
Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments
The exchange offer expires on the expiration date, which is
9:00 a.m., New York City time, on August 6, 2010
unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the period during
which the exchange offer is open.
We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer at any time
and from time to time prior to the expiration date by giving
written notice to U.S. Bank National Association, the
exchange agent, and by public announcement communicated by no
later than 9:00 a.m. on the next business day following the
previously
27
scheduled expiration date, unless otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation, by making a release to PR Newswire
or other wire service. During any extension of the exchange
offer, all original notes previously tendered will remain
subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange
by us.
The exchange date will be as soon as practicable following the
expiration date. We expressly reserve the right to:
|
|
|
|
|
terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any
original notes for any reason, including if any of the events
set forth below under Conditions to the
Exchange Offer shall have occurred and shall not have been
waived by us; and
|
|
|
|
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, whether
before or after any tender of the original notes.
|
If any termination or material amendment occurs, we will notify
the exchange agent in writing and will either issue a press
release or give written notice to the holders of the original
notes as promptly as practicable.
Unless we terminate the exchange offer prior to the expiration
date, we will exchange the exchange notes for the tendered
original notes promptly after the expiration date, and will
issue to the exchange agent exchange notes for original notes
validly tendered, not withdrawn and accepted for exchange. Any
original notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after
expiration or termination of the exchange offer. See
Acceptance of Original Notes for
Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes.
This prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal and
other relevant materials will be mailed by us to record holders
of original notes and will be furnished to brokers, banks and
similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees,
appear on the lists of holders for subsequent transmittal to
beneficial owners of original notes.
Procedures
for Tendering Original Notes
The tender of original notes by you pursuant to any one of the
procedures set forth below will constitute an agreement between
you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying
letter of transmittal.
General Procedures. You may tender the
original notes by:
|
|
|
|
|
properly completing and signing the accompanying letter of
transmittal or a facsimile and delivering the letter of
transmittal together with a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of the original notes being tendered, if the procedure
is available, into the exchange agents account at The
Depository Trust Company, or DTC, for that purpose pursuant
to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or
|
|
|
|
complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below.
|
A holder may also tender its original notes by means of
DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP),
subject to the terms and procedures of that system. If delivery
is made through ATOP, the holder must transmit an agents
message to the exchange agents account at DTC. The term
agents message means a message, transmitted to
DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a
book-entry transfer, that states that DTC has received an
express acknowledgement that the holder agrees to be bound by
the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of
transmittal against the holder.
If tendered original notes are registered in the name of the
signer of the accompanying letter of transmittal and the
exchange notes to be issued in exchange for those original notes
are to be issued, or if a new note representing any untendered
original notes is to be issued, in the name of the registered
holder, the signature of the signer need not be guaranteed. In
any other case, the tendered original notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to us and duly executed by the registered holder
and the signature on the endorsement or instrument of transfer
must be guaranteed by a
28
commercial bank or trust company located or having an office or
correspondent in the United States or by a member firm of a
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a member of a signature medallion
program such as STAMP. If the exchange notes
and/or
original notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an address
other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note
register for the original notes, the signature on the letter of
transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution.
Any beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the
name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee and who wishes to tender original notes should
contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the
registered holder to tender original notes on the beneficial
owners behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender
the original notes itself, the beneficial owner must, prior to
completing and executing the accompanying letter of transmittal
and delivering the original notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in the
beneficial owners name or follow the procedures described
in the immediately preceding paragraph. The transfer of record
ownership may take considerable time.
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date
when:
|
|
|
|
|
the tendering holders properly completed and duly signed
letter of transmittal accompanied by a book-entry confirmation
is received by the exchange agent; or
|
|
|
|
notice of guaranteed delivery or letter or facsimile
transmission to similar effect from an eligible institution is
received by the exchange agent.
|
Issuances of exchange notes in exchange for original notes
tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery or letter
or facsimile transmission to similar effect by an eligible
institution will be made only against deposit of the letter of
transmittal and book-entry confirmation and any other required
documents.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including
time of receipt, and acceptance for exchange of any tender of
original notes will be determined by us and will be final and
binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all
tenders not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of
which may, upon advice of our counsel, be unlawful. We also
reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions to the
exchange offer or any defects or irregularities in tenders of
any particular holder, whether or not similar defects or
irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. Neither
we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any
duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in
tenders or will incur any liability for failure to give any such
notification. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of
the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and its
instructions, will be final and binding.
The method of delivery of all documents is at the election and
risk of the tendering holders, and delivery will be deemed made
only when actually received and confirmed by the exchange agent.
If the delivery is by mail, it is recommended that registered
mail properly insured with return receipt requested be used and
that the mailing be made sufficiently in advance of the
expiration date to permit delivery to the exchange agent prior
to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to
consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases,
sufficient time should be allowed to ensure delivery to the
exchange agent prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on
the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or other document
should be sent to us. Beneficial owners may request their
respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies
or nominees to effect the above transactions for them.
Book-Entry Transfer. The exchange agent will
make a request to establish an account with respect to the
original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within
two business days after this prospectus is mailed to holders,
and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may
make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to
transfer the original notes into the exchange agents
account at DTC in accordance with DTCs procedures for
transfer.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. If the
procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a
timely basis, a tender may be effected if the exchange agent has
received at its office a letter or facsimile transmission from
an eligible institution setting forth the name and address of
the tendering holder, the names
29
in which the original notes are registered, the principal amount
of the original notes being tendered and stating that the tender
is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New
York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date a
book-entry confirmation together with a properly completed and
duly executed letter of transmittal and any other required
documents, will be delivered by the eligible institution to the
exchange agent in accordance with the procedures outlined above.
Unless original notes being tendered by the above-described
method are deposited with the exchange agent, including through
a book-entry confirmation, within the time period set forth
above and accompanied or preceded by a properly completed letter
of transmittal and any other required documents, we may, at our
option, reject the tender. Additional copies of a notice of
guaranteed delivery which may be used by eligible institutions
for the purposes described in this paragraph are available from
the exchange agent.
Terms and
Conditions Contained in the Letter of Transmittal
The accompanying letter of transmittal contains, among other
things, the following terms and conditions, which are part of
the exchange offer.
The transferring party tendering original notes for exchange
will be deemed to have exchanged, assigned and transferred the
original notes to us and irrevocably constituted and appointed
the exchange agent as the transferors agent and
attorney-in-fact to cause the original notes to be assigned,
transferred and exchanged. The transferor will be required to
represent and warrant that it has full power and authority to
tender, exchange, assign and transfer the original notes and to
acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of the
tendered original notes and that, when the same are accepted for
exchange, we will acquire good and unencumbered title to the
tendered original notes, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, other than restrictions on transfer, charges and
encumbrances and that the tendered original notes are not and
will not be subject to any adverse claim. The transferor will be
required to also agree that it will, upon request, execute and
deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or
us to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange,
assignment and transfer of tendered original notes. The
transferor will be required to agree that acceptance of any
tendered original notes by us and the issuance of exchange notes
in exchange for tendered original notes will constitute
performance in full by us of our obligations under the
registration rights agreement and that we will have no further
obligations or liabilities under the registration rights
agreement, except in certain limited circumstances. All
authority conferred by the transferor will survive the death,
bankruptcy or incapacity of the transferor and every obligation
of the transferor will be binding upon the heirs, legal
representatives, successors, assigns, executors, administrators
and trustees in bankruptcy of the transferor.
By tendering original notes and executing the accompanying
letter of transmittal, the transferor certifies that:
|
|
|
|
|
it is not an affiliate of ours or our subsidiaries or, if the
transferor is an affiliate of ours or our subsidiaries, it will
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of
business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or
not the person is the registered holder;
|
|
|
|
the transferor has not entered into an arrangement or
understanding with any other person to participate in the
distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the
exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
the transferor is not a broker-dealer who purchased the original
notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities
Act; and
|
|
|
|
the transferor will be able to trade the exchange notes acquired
in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities
Act.
|
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for original notes where such original notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution.
30
Withdrawal
Rights
Original notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written letter or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the
exchange agent at its address set forth in the accompanying
letter of transmittal not later than the expiration date. Any
notice of withdrawal must specify the person named in the letter
of transmittal as having tendered original notes to be
withdrawn, the principal amount of original notes to be
withdrawn, that the holder is withdrawing its election to have
such original notes exchanged and the name of the registered
holder of the original notes, and must be signed by the holder
in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of
transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or be
accompanied by evidence satisfactory to us that the person
withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the ownership of the
original notes being withdrawn. Properly withdrawn original
notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures
described under Procedures for Tendering Original
Notes above at any time on or prior to the expiration
date. Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number
of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original
notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC. All
questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals,
including time of receipt, will be determined by us, and will be
final and binding on all parties.
Acceptance
of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange
Notes
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange
offer, the acceptance for exchange of original notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the exchange
notes will be made on the exchange date. For purposes of the
exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted for exchange
validly tendered original notes when and if we have given
written notice to the exchange agent.
The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
of original notes for the purposes of receiving exchange notes
from us and causing the original notes to be assigned,
transferred and exchanged. Original notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the exchange agents account at DTC pursuant
to the procedures described above will be credited to an account
maintained by the holder with DTC for the original notes,
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of
the exchange offer.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or
any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to
issue exchange notes in exchange for any properly tendered
original notes not previously accepted and may terminate the
exchange offer, by oral or written notice to the exchange agent
and by timely public announcement communicated, unless otherwise
required by applicable law or regulation, to PR Newswire or
other wire service, or, at our option, modify or otherwise amend
the exchange offer, if, in our reasonable determination:
|
|
|
|
|
there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or
proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have
been issued by, any court or governmental agency or other
governmental regulatory or administrative agency or of the SEC:
|
|
|
|
seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of
the exchange offer,
|
|
|
|
assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or
|
|
|
|
resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for
exchange or exchange some or all of the original notes pursuant
to the exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer violates any applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
|
These conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by
us with respect to all or any portion of the exchange offer
regardless of the circumstances, including any action or
inaction by us, giving rise to the condition or may be waived by
us in whole or in part at any time or from time to time in our
sole discretion.
31
The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing
rights will not be deemed a waiver of any right, and each right
will be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time
or from time to time. We reserve the right, notwithstanding the
satisfaction of these conditions, to terminate or amend the
exchange offer.
Any determination by us concerning the fulfillment or
non-fulfillment of any conditions will be final and binding upon
all parties.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes
tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for
any original notes, if at such time, any stop order has been
issued or is threatened with respect to the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part, or with respect to
the qualification of the indenture under which the original
notes were issued under the Trust Indenture Act, as amended.
Exchange
Agent
U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as the
exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions relating to the
procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional
copies of this prospectus, the accompanying letter of
transmittal or a notice of guaranteed delivery, should be
directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail, Overnight Courier or Hand
Delivery:
|
|
Facsimile Transmission Number:
|
|
Confirm by Telephone or for Information:
|
U.S. Bank National Association
West Side Flats Operations Center
Attn: Specialized Finance
60 Livingston Avenue
Mail Station EP-MN-WS2N
St. Paul MN
55107-2292
|
|
(651) 495-8158
Attention: Specialized Finance
|
|
(800) 934-6802
|
Delivery of the accompanying letter of transmittal to an address
other than as set forth above, or transmission of instructions
via facsimile other than as set forth above, will not constitute
a valid delivery.
The exchange agent also acts as trustee under the indenture
under which the original notes were issued and the exchange
notes will be issued.
Solicitation
of Tenders; Expenses
We have not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in
connection with the exchange offer and we will not make any
payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the
exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services
and will reimburse it for actual and reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the
exchange offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange
agent and printing, accounting and legal fees, will be paid by
us.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make
any representations in connection with the exchange offer other
than those contained in this prospectus. If given or made, the
information or representations should not be relied upon as
having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this
prospectus nor any exchange made in the exchange offer will,
under any circumstances, create any implication that there has
been no change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus
or any earlier date as of which information is given in this
prospectus.
The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of, holders of original notes in any
jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the
acceptance would not be in compliance with the laws of the
jurisdiction. However, we may, at our discretion, take any
action as we may deem necessary to make the exchange offer in
any jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction where its securities laws
or blue sky laws require the exchange offer to be made by a
licensed broker or dealer, the exchange offer is being made on
our behalf by one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed
under the laws of the jurisdiction.
32
Appraisal
Rights
You will not have dissenters rights or appraisal rights in
connection with the exchange offer.
Accounting
Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the carrying value of the
original notes as reflected on our accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for
accounting purposes will be recognized by us upon the exchange
of exchange notes for original notes. Expenses incurred in
connection with the issuance of the exchange notes will be
amortized over the term of the exchange notes.
Transfer
Taxes
If you tender your original notes, you will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection with the exchange offer
unless you instruct us to register exchange notes in the name
of, or request original notes not tendered or not accepted in
the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the
registered holder, in which case you will be responsible for the
payment of any applicable transfer tax.
Income
Tax Considerations
We advise you to consult your own tax advisers as to your
particular circumstances and the effects of any state, local or
foreign tax laws to which you may be subject.
The discussion herein is based upon the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations,
rulings and judicial decisions thereunder, in each case as in
effect on the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject
to change.
The exchange of an original note for an exchange note will not
constitute a taxable exchange. The exchange will not result in
taxable income, gain or loss being recognized by you or by us.
Immediately after the exchange, you will have the same adjusted
basis and holding period in each exchange note received as you
had immediately prior to the exchange in the corresponding
original note surrendered. See Certain U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations for more information.
Consequences
of Failure to Exchange
As a consequence of the offer or sale of the original notes
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws, holders of original notes who
do not exchange original notes for exchange notes in the
exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of the original notes. In general, the original
notes may not be offered or sold unless such offers and sales
are registered under the Securities Act, or exempt from, or not
subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws.
Upon completion of the exchange offer, due to the restrictions
on transfer of the original notes and the absence of similar
restrictions applicable to the exchange notes, it is highly
likely that the market, if any, for original notes will be
relatively less liquid than the market for exchange notes.
Consequently, holders of original notes who do not participate
in the exchange offer could experience significant diminution in
the value of their original notes compared to the value of the
exchange notes.
33
RATIO OF
EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For purposes of this ratio: |
|
|
|
The term fixed charges means the sum of:
(i) interest expensed and capitalized, (ii) amortized
premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to
indebtedness, (iii) an estimate of the interest within
rental expense, and (iv) preference security dividend
requirements. |
|
|
|
The term preference security dividend is the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities. The dividend requirement is computed as
the amount of the dividend divided by (1 minus the effective
income tax rate applicable to continuing operations). |
|
|
|
The term earnings is the amount resulting from
adding and subtracting the following items. We add the
following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations
before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees;
(ii) fixed charges; (iii) amortization of capitalized
interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and
(v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for
which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed
charges. From the total of the added items, we subtract the
following: (i) interest capitalized; (ii) preference
security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and
(iii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of
subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Equity
investees are investments that we account for using the equity
method of accounting. |
|
(2) |
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2005, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately
$15.7 million, $59.9 million, $323.2 million,
$38.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. |
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under
the registration rights agreement relating to the original
notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance
of the exchange notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange
notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive, in
exchange, an equal principal amount of outstanding original
notes. The form and terms of the exchange notes are identical in
all material respects to the form and terms of the original
notes, except with respect to the transfer restrictions and
registration rights and related special interest provisions
relating to the original notes. The original notes surrendered
in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cannot be
reissued.
34
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our actual cash and cash
equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2010, and as
adjusted to give effect to the completion of the offering of
original notes and the use of net proceeds therefrom. This table
should be read in conjunction with Selected Consolidated
Financial and Other Data as well as the consolidated
financial statements, and notes thereto, included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
|
$
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Term loans
|
|
|
789.8
|
|
|
|
489.8
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee(2)
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
Original notes(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion) and accrued facility
fee
|
|
$
|
814.0
|
|
|
$
|
879.0
|
|
Less current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(5.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt and accrued facility fee
|
|
|
805.9
|
|
|
|
874.0
|
|
Series D perpetual preferred stock (at liquidation value,
including accrued dividends)(4)
|
|
|
123.2
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
Total stockholders equity(4)
|
|
|
88.1
|
|
|
|
113.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
1,017.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,035.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The maximum available borrowing capacity under the revolving
credit facility was $40.0 million as of March 31, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes $24.2 million of accrued facility fee. Affiliates
of certain of the initial purchasers of the original notes are
lenders under our senior credit facility and, accordingly,
received a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the
original notes. |
|
(3) |
|
Reflects $365.0 million aggregate principal amount of
original notes, before deducting $7.0 million of
unamortized original issue discount. |
|
(4) |
|
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, concurrently with the
completion of the offering of original notes, we issued holders
of our Series D perpetual preferred stock 8.5 million
shares of our common stock, together with $50.0 million in
cash, in exchange for $75.59 million of Series D
perpetual preferred stock, including accrued dividends. |
35
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
We have derived the following selected consolidated financial
and other data for each of the five years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 from our
audited consolidated financial statements. We have derived the
following selected consolidated financial and other data for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 from our
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The
selected consolidated financial and other data below for each of
the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and
for the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009
should be read in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the consolidated financial statements, and
notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006(1)
|
|
|
2005(2)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (less agency commissions)(3)
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
|
$
|
332,137
|
|
|
$
|
261,553
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
(258,895
|
)
|
|
|
53,376
|
|
|
|
87,991
|
|
|
|
60,861
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(5)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,853
|
)
|
|
|
(347
|
)
|
|
|
(6,543
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(7,981
|
)
|
|
|
(13,687
|
)
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
|
|
11,711
|
|
|
|
4,604
|
|
Loss from discontinued publishing and wireless operations, net
of income tax of $0, $0, $0, $0, $0, $0 and $3,253
respectively(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,242
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
|
|
11,711
|
|
|
|
3,362
|
|
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(9,294
|
)
|
|
|
(12,971
|
)
|
|
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
|
(208,609
|
)
|
|
|
(24,777
|
)
|
|
|
8,464
|
|
|
|
(2,286
|
)
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations available to common
stockholders per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders per common
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)
|
Cash dividends declared per common share(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,235,815
|
|
|
$
|
1,248,442
|
|
|
$
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
$
|
1,278,265
|
|
|
$
|
1,625,969
|
|
|
$
|
1,628,287
|
|
|
$
|
1,525,054
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
|
789,789
|
|
|
|
798,359
|
|
|
|
791,809
|
|
|
|
800,380
|
|
|
|
925,000
|
|
|
|
851,654
|
|
|
|
792,509
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee(8)
|
|
|
24,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable preferred stock(9)
|
|
|
93,687
|
|
|
|
92,484
|
|
|
|
93,386
|
|
|
|
92,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,451
|
|
|
|
39,090
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
88,140
|
|
|
|
107,154
|
|
|
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
337,845
|
|
|
|
379,754
|
|
|
|
380,996
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects the acquisition of
WNDU-TV on
March 3, 2006 as of the acquisition date. For further
information concerning this acquisition, see
Business included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
36
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Reflects the acquisitions of
KKCO-TV on
January 31, 2005,
WSWG-TV on
November 10, 2005 and
WSAZ-TV on
November 30, 2005, as of their respective acquisition dates. |
|
(3) |
|
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, consistent
with, among other things, increased political advertising
expenditures in even-numbered years. |
|
(4) |
|
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. As of this testing date, we believe events had
occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not
reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill
below their carrying amounts. These events which accelerated in
the fourth quarter of 2008 included: (i) the continued
decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common
stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of
television stations; (iii) the decline in local and
national advertising revenues excluding political advertising
revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit
margins of some of our stations. |
|
(5) |
|
In 2010 and 2009, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of
debt related to an amendment of our senior credit facility. In
2007, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related
to a refinancing of our senior credit facility and the
redemption of our 9.25% Notes. In 2006, we recorded a loss
on early extinguishment of debt related to the repurchase of a
portion of our 9.25% Notes. In 2005, we recorded a loss on
early extinguishment of debt related to two amendments to our
then existing senior credit facility and the repurchase of a
portion of our 9.25% Notes. |
|
(6) |
|
On December 30, 2005, we completed (i) the
contribution of all of our membership interests in Gray
Publishing, LLC, which included our Gray Publishing and Graylink
Wireless businesses and certain other assets, to Triple Crown
Media, Inc. (TCM) and (ii) the spinoff of all
the common stock of TCM to our shareholders. The selected
financial information for 2005 reflects the reclassification of
the results of operations of those businesses as discontinued
operations, net of income tax. |
|
(7) |
|
Cash dividends for 2007 and 2006 include a cash dividend of
$0.03 per share approved in the fourth quarters of 2007 and
2006, respectively, and paid in the first quarters of 2008 and
2007, respectively. |
|
(8) |
|
On March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility.
Effective on that date, we began to incur an annual facility fee
equal to 3% multiplied by the outstanding balance under our
senior credit facility. See Note 3. Long-term Debt
and Accrued Facility Fee of our notes to our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for further information regarding our accrued
facility fee. |
|
(9) |
|
On June 26, 2008, we issued 750 shares of
Series D perpetual preferred stock and on July 15,
2008, we issued an additional 250 shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. We generated net cash
proceeds from such issuances of approximately
$91.6 million, after a 5.0% original issue discount,
transaction fees and expenses. The Series D perpetual
preferred stock has a liquidation value of $100,000 per share,
for a total liquidation value of $100.0 million. The
$8.4 million of original issue discount, transaction fees
and expenses is being accreted over a seven-year period ending
June 30, 2015. |
|
|
|
On May 22, 2007, we redeemed all outstanding shares of our
Series C preferred stock. |
|
|
|
Amounts exclude unamortized original issuance costs and accrued
and unpaid dividends. Such costs and dividends aggregated
$29.5 million, $14.3 million, $25.5 million and
$10.8 million as of March 31, 2010, March 31,
2009, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,
respectively. |
|
(10) |
|
For purposes of this ratio: |
|
|
|
The term fixed charges means the sum of:
(i) interest expensed and capitalized, (ii) amortized
premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to
indebtedness, (iii) an estimate of the interest within
rental expense, and (iv) preference security dividend
requirements. |
|
|
|
The term preference security dividend is the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities. The dividend requirement is computed as
the amount of the dividend divided by (1 minus the effective
income tax rate applicable to continuing operations). |
37
|
|
|
|
|
The term earnings is the amount resulting from
adding and subtracting the following items. We add the
following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations
before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees;
(ii) fixed charges; (iii) amortization of capitalized
interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and
(v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for
which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed
charges. From the total of the added items, we subtract the
following: (i) interest capitalized; (ii) preference
security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and
(iii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of
subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Equity
investees are investments that we account for using the equity
method of accounting. |
|
|
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2005, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately
$15.7 million, $59.9 million, $323.2 million,
$38.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. |
38
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Executive
Overview
Introduction
The following analysis of the financial condition and results of
operations of Gray Television, Inc. (we,
us, or our) should be read in
conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements
and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, and
notes thereto, included elsewhere herein.
Overview
We are a television broadcast company operating 36 television
stations serving 30 markets. Seventeen of our stations are
affiliated with CBS Inc. (CBS), ten are affiliated
with the National Broadcasting Corporation, Inc.
(NBC), eight are affiliated with the American
Broadcasting Corporation (ABC), and one is
affiliated with FOX Entertainment Group, Inc. (FOX).
Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations make us the largest independent
owner of CBS affiliates in the United States. In addition, we
currently operate 39 digital second channels including one
affiliated with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated
with CW, 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc.
(MyNetworkTV), two affiliated with Universal Sports
Network and seven local news/weather channels in certain of our
existing markets. We created our digital second channels to
better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately
6.3% of total United States households.
Our operating revenues are derived primarily from broadcast and
internet advertising and from other sources such as production
of commercials, tower rentals, retransmission consent fees and
management fees.
Broadcast advertising is sold for placement either preceding or
following a television stations network programming and
within local and syndicated programming. Broadcast advertising
is sold in time increments and is priced primarily on the basis
of a programs popularity among the specific audience an
advertiser desires to reach, as measured by Nielsen. In
addition, broadcast advertising rates are affected by the number
of advertisers competing for the available time, the size and
demographic makeup of the market served by the station and the
availability of alternative advertising media in the market
area. Broadcast advertising rates are the highest during the
most desirable viewing hours, with corresponding reductions
during other hours. The ratings of a local station affiliated
with a major network can be affected by ratings of network
programming.
We sell internet advertising on our stations websites.
These advertisements are sold as banner advertisements on the
websites, pre-roll advertisements or video and other types of
advertisements.
Most advertising contracts are short-term and generally run only
for a few weeks. Approximately 66% of the net revenues of our
television stations for the three months ended March 31,
2010 were generated from local advertising (including political
advertising revenues), which is sold primarily by a
stations sales staff directly to local accounts, and the
remainder was represented primarily by national advertising,
which is sold by a stations national advertising sales
representatives. The stations generally pay commissions to
advertising agencies on local, regional and national advertising
and the stations also pay commissions to the national sales
representatives on national advertising.
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the
second and fourth quarters each year, due in part to increases
in advertising in the spring and in the period leading up to and
including the holiday season. In addition, broadcast advertising
revenues are generally higher during even numbered years due to
increased spending by political candidates and special interest
groups in advance of upcoming elections, which spending
typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter of such years.
39
Our primary broadcast operating expenses are employee
compensation, related benefits and programming costs. In
addition, broadcasting operations incur overhead expenses, such
as maintenance, supplies, insurance, rent and utilities. A large
portion of our operating expenses for broadcasting operations is
fixed.
During the recent economic recession, many of our advertising
customers have reduced their advertising spending, which has in
turn reduced our revenue. Specifically, automotive dealers and
manufacturers, which have traditionally accounted for a
significant portion of our revenues have suffered
disproportionately during the recent recession and have
therefore, significantly reduced their advertising expenditures,
which has further negatively impacted our revenues. Our revenues
have also come under pressure from the internet as a competitor
for advertising spending. We continue to enhance and market our
internet websites in order to generate additional revenue.
Revenue
Set forth below are the principal types of revenue, less agency
commissions, earned by us for the periods indicated and the
percentage contribution of each to our total revenues (dollars
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
$
|
43,511
|
|
|
|
61.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
39,286
|
|
|
|
64.0
|
%
|
National
|
|
|
13,951
|
|
|
|
19.8
|
%
|
|
|
12,875
|
|
|
|
21.0
|
%
|
Internet
|
|
|
3,072
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
Political
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Retransmission consent
|
|
|
4,639
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
Production and other
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
Network compensation
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Consulting revenue
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year End December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
$
|
170,813
|
|
|
|
63.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
186,492
|
|
|
|
57.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
200,686
|
|
|
|
65.3
|
%
|
National
|
|
|
53,892
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
68,417
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
%
|
|
|
77,365
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
Internet
|
|
|
11,413
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
11,859
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
9,506
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
Political
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
|
48,455
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
|
|
7,808
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
Retransmission consent
|
|
|
15,645
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
|
3,046
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
2,436
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Production and other
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
8,155
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
8,719
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
Network compensation
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Consulting revenue
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
Risk
Factors
The broadcast television industry relies primarily on
advertising revenues and faces increased competition. For a
discussion of certain other presently known, significant factors
that may affect our business, see Risk Factors.
Results
of Operations
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (2010 three
month period) Compared To Three Months Ended
March 31, 2009 (2009 three month period)
Revenue
Total revenues increased $9.1 million, or 15%, to
$70.5 million in the 2010 three month period reflecting
increased local, national, internet and political advertising
revenue, retransmission revenue and other revenue, partially
offset by decreased network compensation revenues. Local
advertising revenue increased $4.2 million, or 11%, to
$43.5 million and national advertising revenue increased
$1.1 million, or 8%, to $14.0 million. Internet
advertising revenues increased $0.5 million, or 20%, to
$3.1 million. Local, national and internet advertising
revenue increased due to increased spending by advertisers in an
improving economic environment. Political advertising revenues
increased $1.8 million, or 176%, to $2.8 million
reflecting increased advertising from political candidates and
special interest groups. Net advertising revenue associated with
the broadcast of the 2010 Super Bowl on our seventeen
CBS-affiliated stations approximated $860,000 which was an
increase from our approximately $750,000 of Super Bowl revenues
earned in 2009 on our ten NBC-affiliated stations. In addition,
the 2010 three month period benefited from approximately
$2.8 million of net revenues earned from the broadcast of
the 2010 Winter Olympic Games on our NBC-affiliated stations.
There was no corresponding broadcast of Olympic Games during the
2009 three month period.
Advertising from the automotive sector improved significantly,
increasing by 43% in the 2010 three month period when compared
to the 2009 three month period. Other categories demonstrating
significant improvement in advertising revenues during the 2010
three month period compared to the 2009 three month period were:
supermarkets, increasing 27%; financial and insurance services,
increasing 23%; medical services, increasing 16%; and legal
services, increasing 15%. Retransmission revenue increased
$1.0 million, or 27%, to $4.6 million due to the
improved terms of our retransmission contracts compared to those
of the 2009 three month period. We earned consulting revenue of
$0.6 million due to our agreement with Young Broadcasting,
Inc.
Broadcast
Expenses
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization and gain
on disposal of assets, net) increased $1.9 million, or 4%,
to $47.6 million in the 2010 three month period, due
primarily to increases in compensation expense of
$1.4 million and non-compensation expense of
$0.5 million. Compensation expense increased primarily due
to increases in sales incentive compensation of
$0.7 million due to the increase in net advertising revenue
discussed above and an increase in pension expense of
$0.3 million. As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, we
employed 2,172 and 2,218 full and part-time employees,
respectively, in our broadcast operations. Since
December 31, 2007, we have decreased the total number of
employees in our broadcast operations by 253 persons, a
decrease of 10.4%. Non-compensation related expenses increased
primarily due to an increase in sales related costs of
$0.5 million, which were attributable to the increased net
advertising revenue discussed above. The increase in sales
related costs were partially offset by a decrease in electricity
expenses due to the discontinuance of our analog broadcasts.
Corporate
and Administrative Expenses
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation,
amortization and gain on disposal of assets, net) decreased
$1.1 million, or 28%, to $2.9 million. The decrease in
corporate and administrative expenses was due primarily to
decreased compensation and legal expenses. Compensation expense
decreased due to a decrease in relocation expenses of
$0.4 million and non-cash stock-based compensation of
$0.2 million. We incurred expenses related to the
relocation of several general managers during the 2009 three
month period
41
due to routine personnel changes. We did not have similar
expenses in the 2010 three month period. During the 2010 three
month period and the 2009 three month period, we recorded
non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $155,000 and
$353,000, respectively. We incurred higher legal fees during the
2009 three month period due to our renegotiation of many of our
retransmission consent contracts. These negotiations were
largely completed in 2009 and, as a result, our legal fees
decreased $0.3 million in the 2010 three month period
compared to the 2009 three month period.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $8.0 million
and $8.3 million for the 2010 three month period and the
2009 three month period, respectively. The decrease in
depreciation was the result of reduced capital expenditures in
recent years compared to that of prior years.
Gain on
Disposal of Assets, net
Gain on disposal of assets, net decreased $1.5 million
during the 2010 three month period as compared to 2009 three
month period. The Federal Communications Commission (the
FCC) has mandated that all broadcasters operating
microwave facilities on certain frequencies in the 2 GHz
band relocate to other frequencies and upgrade their equipment.
The spectrum being vacated by broadcasters has been reallocated
to third parties who, as part of the overall FCC-mandated
spectrum reallocation project, must provide affected
broadcasters with new digital microwave replacement equipment at
no cost to the broadcaster and also reimburse them for certain
associated
out-of-pocket
expenses. During the three month periods ended March 31,
2010 and 2009, we recognized gains of $0.1 million and
$1.6 million, respectively, on the disposal of assets
associated with this spectrum reallocation project.
Interest
Expense
Interest expense increased $9.5 million, or 94%, to
$19.6 million for the 2010 three month period compared to
the 2009 three month period. This increase was attributable to
an increase in average interest rates, partially offset by a
decrease in average principal outstanding. Average interest
rates have increased due to our amendment of our senior credit
facility on March 31, 2009. This amendment included an
increase in annual interest rates from the London Interbank
Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.5% to LIBOR plus 6.5%.
Our debt balance decreased as a result of scheduled quarterly
principal repayments. Our average outstanding debt balance was
$791.1 million and $799.7 million during the 2010
three month period and the 2009 three month period,
respectively. The average interest rates on our total
outstanding debt balances was 9.8% and 4.9% during the 2010
three month period and the 2009 three month period,
respectively. These interest rates include the effects of our
interest rate swap agreements.
Loss from
Early Extinguishment of Debt
On March 31, 2010, we amended our senior credit facility.
In order to obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance
costs of approximately $4.4 million, including legal and
professional fees. These fees were funded from our cash
balances. In connection with this transaction, we reported a
loss from early extinguishment of debt of $0.3 million in
the 2010 three month period. Also, on March 31, 2009, we
amended our senior credit facility. In order to obtain this
amendment, we incurred loan issuance costs of approximately
$7.5 million, including legal and professional fees. These
fees were also funded from our cash balances. In connection with
this transaction, we reported a loss on early extinguishment of
debt of $8.4 million in the 2009 three month period.
42
Income
Tax Benefit
For the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009,
our effective tax rates were 40.6% and 34.8%, respectively. Our
effective tax rates differ from the statutory tax rate due to
the impact of the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Adjustments to valuation allowance of deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
34.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,767
|
)
|
Year
ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Revenue
Total revenues decreased $56.8 million, or 17%, to
$270.4 million due primarily to decreased local, national,
political and internet advertising revenue, decreased network
compensation revenue and decreased production and other revenue.
These decreases were partially offset by increased
retransmission consent revenue and consulting revenue in the
year ended December 31, 2009. Retransmission consent
revenue increased $12.6 million, or 414%, to
$15.6 million reflecting the more profitable terms of our
current contracts that we finalized earlier in 2009. Consulting
revenue increased to $0.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 due to revenue from an agreement with
Young Broadcasting, Inc. that was effective August 10,
2009. Local advertising revenues, excluding political
advertising revenues, decreased $15.7 million, or 8%, to
$170.8 million. National advertising revenues, excluding
political advertising revenues, decreased $14.5 million, or
21%, to $53.9 million. The decrease in local and national
advertising revenue was due to reduced spending by advertisers
in the continued recessionary economic environment. Our
automotive advertising revenue decreased approximately 31%
compared to the prior year. In addition, during the year ended
December 31, 2008, we earned a total of $3.4 million
of net revenue from local and national advertisers during the
broadcast of the 2008 Summer Olympics on our ten NBC stations.
There were no Olympic Game broadcasts during 2009. The negative
effects of the recession were partially offset by increased
advertising during the 2009 Super Bowl. Net advertising revenue
associated with the broadcast of the 2009 Super Bowl on our ten
NBC affiliated stations approximated $750,000, which was an
increase from the approximate $130,000 of Super Bowl revenue
earned in 2008 on our then six Fox affiliated channels.
Political advertising revenues decreased $38.5 million, or
79%, to $10.0 million reflecting reduced advertising from
political candidates during the off year of the
two-year political advertising cycle. However, we did recognize
political advertising revenue in the three months ended
December 31, 2009 related to increased spending on the
national healthcare debate.
Broadcast
expenses
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization,
impairment expense and gain on disposal of assets) decreased
$12.0 million, or 6%, to $187.6 million due primarily
to a reduction in compensation expense of $3.4 million,
professional service expense of $2.2 million, facility fees
of $1.1 million, bad debt expense of $0.9 million and
syndicated programming expense of $1.1 million.
Compensation expenses included payroll and benefit expenses.
Payroll expense decreased primarily due to a reduction in the
number of employees and reduced commissions. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we employed 2,184 and 2,253
total employees in our broadcast operations which included
full-time and part-time employees. This reduction in total
employees is a decrease of 3.1% or 69 total employees. Since
December 31, 2007, we have reduced our total number of
employees by 241, or 9.9%. Our reduction in payroll expense
resulting from the reduced
43
number of employees was partially offset by an increase in
pension expense of $1.9 million. Pension expense increased
due to the use of a lower discount rate in 2009 compared to the
discount rate used to calculate the 2008 pension expense and due
to the performance of our pension plans assets in 2009 and
2008. Professional service expense decreased primarily due to
lower national representation fees, which are paid based upon a
percentage of our national and political revenue, both of which
decreased as discussed above. Facility fees decreased primarily
due to lower electricity expense resulting from the
discontinuance of our analog broadcasts. Bad debt expense
improved due to an improvement in the average age of our
accounts receivable balances. Syndicated programming expense
decreased primarily due to a lower impairment expense in the
current year compared to the prior year. We recorded impairment
expenses related to our syndicated television programming during
the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 of
$0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Corporate
and administrative expenses
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation,
amortization, impairment and (gain) loss on disposal of assets)
increased $0.1 million, or 1%, to $14.2 million during
the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due
primarily to an increase in pension expense of
$0.2 million, an increase in relocation expense of
$0.2 million and an increase in legal expense of
$0.5 million. These increases were partially offset by a
decrease in market research expense of $0.6 million and
severance expense of $0.1 million. We currently believe the
relocation cost incurred in 2009 will not recur in future years
to the same extent as 2009. Also, approximately
$0.4 million of the increased legal costs were attributable
to the negotiation and documentation of our new retransmission
consent agreements, and such costs are currently not anticipated
to recur in future periods to the same extent. Corporate and
administrative expenses included non-cash stock-based
compensation expense during the years ended 2009 and 2008 of
$1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled
$32.6 million and $34.6 million for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The decrease in depreciation was the result of
reduced capital expenditures in recent years compared to that of
prior years. As a result, more assets acquired in prior years
have become fully depreciated than were purchased in recent
years.
Amortization
of intangible assets
Amortization of intangible assets was $0.6 million for 2009
as compared to $0.8 million for 2008. Amortization expense
decreased in the current year compared to that of the prior year
as a result of certain assets becoming fully amortized in the
current year.
Impairment
of goodwill and broadcast licenses
As of December 31, 2009, we evaluated the recorded value of
our goodwill and broadcast licenses for potential impairment and
concluded that they were reasonably stated. As a result, we did
not record an impairment expense for 2009. As of
December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. As of this testing date, we believed events had
occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not
reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill
below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in
the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued
decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common
stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of
television stations; (iii) the decline in local and
national advertising revenues excluding political advertising
revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit
margins of some of our stations.
44
Gain or
loss on disposal of assets
Gain on disposal of assets increased $6.0 million, or 367%,
to $7.6 million during 2009 as compared to 2008. The FCC
has mandated that all broadcasters operating microwave
facilities on certain frequencies in the 2 GHz band
relocate to other frequencies and upgrade their equipment. The
spectrum being vacated by these broadcasters has been
reallocated to third parties who, as part of the overall
FCC-mandated spectrum reallocation project, must provide
affected broadcasters with new digital microwave replacement
equipment at no cost to the broadcaster and also reimburse those
broadcasters for certain associated
out-of-pocket
expenses. During 2009 and 2008, we recognized gains of
$9.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, on the
disposal of equipment associated with the spectrum reallocation
project. The gains from the spectrum reallocation project were
partially offset by losses on disposals of equipment in the
ordinary course of business.
Interest
expense
Interest expense increased $15.0 million, or 28%, to
$69.1 million for 2009 compared to 2008. This increase is
due to the net effect of higher average interest rates and lower
principal balances in 2009 compared to 2008. The average
interest rates were 8.4% and 5.9% for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The total average principal balance was
$796.4 million and $868.3 million for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. These average interest rates and average principal
balances are for the respective period and not the respective
ending balance sheet dates. The average interest rates include
the effects of our interest rate swap agreements.
Loss from
early extinguishment of debt
On March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility.
To obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance costs of
approximately $7.4 million, including legal and
professional fees. These fees were funded from our existing cash
balances. In connection with this transaction, we reported a
loss on early extinguishment of debt of $8.4 million for
2009. There was no comparable loss in 2008.
Income
tax expense or benefit
The effective tax rate decreased to 32.8% for 2009 from 35.5%
for 2008. The effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate
due to the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
32.8
|
%
|
|
|
35.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2007
Revenue
Total revenues increased $19.9 million, or 6%, to
$327.2 million reflecting increased cyclical political
advertising revenues. Political advertising revenues increased
$40.7 million, or 521%, to $48.5 million reflecting
the cyclical influence of the 2008 elections. Local advertising
revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, decreased
$14.2 million, or 7%, to $186.5 million. National
advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues,
decreased $9.0 million, or 12%, to $68.4 million.
Internet advertising revenues, excluding political advertising
revenues, increased $2.4 million, or 25%, to
$11.9 million reflecting increased website traffic and
internet sales initiatives in each of our markets. The increase
in political advertising revenue reflects increased advertising
from political candidates in the 2008 primary and general
45
elections. Spending on political advertising was the strongest
at our stations in Colorado, West Virginia, Wisconsin, Michigan
and North Carolina, accounting for a significant portion of the
total political net revenue for 2008. The decrease in local and
national revenue was largely due to the general weakness in the
economy and due to the change in networks broadcasting the Super
Bowl. During 2008, we earned approximately $130,000 of net
revenue relating to the 2008 Super Bowl broadcast on our six FOX
channels compared to approximately $750,000 of net revenue
relating to the 2007 Super Bowl broadcast on our 17 CBS channels
during 2007. The decrease in local and national revenue was
offset in part by $3.4 million of net revenue earned during
2008 attributable to the broadcast of the 2008 Summer Olympics
on our ten NBC stations.
Broadcast
expenses
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization,
impairment expense and (gain) loss on disposal of assets)
decreased $0.1 million, or approximately 0%, to
$199.6 million. This modest decrease primarily reflected
the impact of increased national sales representative
commissions on the incremental political advertising revenues
and increased syndicated programming expenses offset partially
by decreases in payroll and other operating expenses. We
recorded an impairment expense related to our syndicated
television programming of $0.6 million in 2008. Employee
payroll and related expenses decreased due to a reduction in our
number of employees in 2008 compared to 2007. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we employed 2,253 and 2,425
total employees in our broadcast operations, which included
full-time and part-time employees. This reduction in total
employees was a decrease of 7.1% or 172 total employees.
Corporate
and administrative expenses
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation,
amortization, impairment and (gain) loss on disposal of assets)
decreased $1.0 million, or 7%, to $14.1 million.
During 2008, corporate payroll expenses decreased by $950,000
compared to 2007, due primarily to a decrease in incentive-based
compensation. Corporate and administrative expenses included
non-cash stock-based compensation expense during the years ended
2008 and 2007 of $1.5 million and $1.2 million,
respectively.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled
$34.6 million and $38.6 million for 2008 and 2007,
respectively. The decrease in depreciation was the result of a
large proportion of our stations equipment, which was
acquired in 2002, becoming fully depreciated.
Amortization
of intangible assets
Amortization of intangible assets was $0.8 million for each
of 2008 and 2007. Amortization expense remained consistent to
that of the prior year as a result of no acquisitions or
disposals of definite-lived intangible assets in 2008.
Impairment
of goodwill and broadcast licenses
During 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of
$338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. We tested our unamortized intangible assets for
impairment at December 31, 2008. As of the testing date, we
believe events had occurred and circumstances changed that more
likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses
and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events, which
accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008, included:
(i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock
and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the
current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the
decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding
political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the
operating profit margins of some of our stations.
46
Interest
expense
Interest expense decreased $13.1 million, or 20%, to
$54.1 million for 2008 compared to 2007. This decrease was
primarily attributable to lower average principal balances in
2008 compared to 2007 and lower average interest rates. The
total average principal balance was $868.3 million and
$913.0 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average
interest rates were 5.9% and 7.1% for 2008 and 2007,
respectively. These average principal balances and interest
rates were for the respective period and not the respective
ending balance sheet dates. The average interest rates include
the effects of our interest rate swap agreements.
Loss on
Early Extinguishment of Debt
In 2007, we replaced our former senior credit facility with a
new senior credit facility and redeemed our 9.25% Notes. As
a result of these transactions, we recorded a loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $6.5 million related to the
senior credit facility and $16.4 million related to the
redemption of the 9.25% Notes. The loss related to the
redemption of the 9.25% Notes included $11.8 million
in premiums, the write-off of $4.0 million in deferred
financing costs and $614,000 in unamortized bond discount.
Income
tax expense or benefit
The effective tax rate increased to 35.5% for 2008 from 35.1%
for 2007. The effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate
due to the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
35.5
|
%
|
|
|
35.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
General
The following table presents data that we believe is helpful in
evaluating our liquidity and capital resources (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,986
|
|
|
$
|
(1,296
|
)
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(3,185
|
)
|
|
|
(5,469
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(6,137
|
)
|
|
|
(9,027
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in cash
|
|
$
|
(2,336
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
13,664
|
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
Long-term debt including current portion
|
|
$
|
789,789
|
|
|
$
|
791,809
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
$
|
24,245
|
|
|
$
|
18,307
|
|
Preferred stock, excluding unamortized original issue discount
|
|
$
|
93,687
|
|
|
$
|
93,386
|
|
Borrowing availability under our senior credit facility
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,681
|
|
Leverage ratio as defined under our senior credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
8.43
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
Maximum allowed
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
8.75
|
|
Senior
Credit Facility
The amount outstanding under our senior credit facility as of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was
$789.8 million and $791.8 million, respectively,
consisting solely of the term loan. In addition, we had a
liability resulting from the long-term accrued facility fee
under our term loan of $24.2 million and $18.3 million
as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009,
respectively. This long term accrued facility fee is not due and
payable until December 31, 2014 coincident with the
maturity date of our term loan. Under the revolving loan portion
of our senior credit facility, the maximum borrowing
availability, subject to covenant restrictions, was
$40.0 million and $50.0 million as of March 31,
2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The amount that
we can draw under our revolving loan is further limited by the
restrictive covenants in our senior credit facility. As of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we could have
drawn $40.0 million and $31.7 million, respectively,
of the maximum availability under the revolving loan.
Amendment
of Senior Credit Facility
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our existing
senior credit facility (the 2010 amendment) to
provide for, among other things: (i) an increase in the
maximum total net leverage ratio covenant under the senior
credit facility through March 30, 2011 and (ii) a
potential issuance of capital stock
and/or
senior or subordinated debt securities, which could include
securities with a second lien security interest (the
Replacement Debt). The 2010 amendment to the senior
credit facility also reduced the revolving loan commitment under
the senior credit facility from $50.0 million to
$40.0 million.
Pursuant to the 2010 amendment, from March 31, 2010 until
we completed an offering of Replacement Debt and repaid not less
than $200.0 million of our term loan outstanding under the
senior credit facility using the proceeds from that offering:
(i) we were required to pay an annual incentive fee equal
to 2.0%, which fee would be eliminated upon the consummation of
such offering and repayment, (ii) the then-existing annual
facility fee remained at 3.0%, but would, following such
repayment, be reduced to 1.25% per year, with a potential for
further reductions in future periods, and (iii) we remained
subject to the then-existing maximum total net leverage ratio,
but, following such repayment, that ratio was replaced by a
first lien leverage test, as described in the following
paragraph. In addition, from and after such repayment, we would
be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
of 0.90x to 1.0x.
The 2010 amendment also provided that upon the completion of an
offering of Replacement Debt that resulted in the repayment of
not less than $200.0 million of our term loan outstanding
under the senior credit facility, we would, from the date of
such repayment, be subject to a maximum first lien leverage
ratio covenant, which would replace our maximum total leverage
ratio covenant. The leverage ratio covenant would range from
7.5x to 6.5x, depending upon the amount of any such repayment.
As of March 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all
applicable covenants under our senior credit facility.
The original notes, issued on April 29, 2010 and guaranteed
by all of our subsidiaries, constituted Replacement
Debt under the senior credit facility. We used a portion
of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay
$300.0 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our senior credit facility, to
48
repay interest thereon and to repay certain fees due thereunder.
As a result of the completion of the offering of Notes and the
related repayment of term loans, Gray is, from and after
April 29, 2010, subject to and required to comply with the
terms and conditions of its senior credit facility as set out
under the heading As Amended and After Issuance of
Original Notes and Related Repayment of the Term Loan in
the table below.
The original notes were priced at 98.085% of par, resulting in
gross proceeds to the Company of $358.0 million. The
original notes mature on June 29, 2015. Interest accrues on
the original notes from April 29, 2010, and interest is
payable semi-annually, on May 1 and November 1 of each year
commencing November 1, 2010. We may redeem some or all of
the original notes at any time after November 1, 2012 at
specified redemption prices. We may also redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the original notes using the
proceeds from certain equity offerings completed before
November 1, 2012. In addition, we may redeem some or all of
the original notes at any time prior to November 1, 2012 at
a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a
make whole premium, and accrued and unpaid interest. If we sell
certain of our assets or experience specific kinds of changes of
control, we must offer to repurchase the original notes.
The original notes and the guarantees thereof are secured by a
second priority lien on substantially all of the assets owned by
Gray and its subsidiary guarantors, including, among other
things, all present and future shares of capital stock,
equipment, owned real property, leaseholds and fixtures, in each
case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens
(the Original Notes Collateral). The Original Notes
Collateral also secures obligations under the Companys
senior credit facility on a first priority basis, subject to
certain exceptions and permitted liens.
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior
credit facility (i) before the March 31, 2010
amendment, (ii) as so amended, and (iii) as amended
and after giving effect to the issuance of original notes and
related repayment of $300.0 million in principal amount of
term loans outstanding under the senior credit facility is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to Issuance
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
of Original Notes and
|
|
After Issuance of
|
|
|
|
|
Related
|
|
Original Notes and Related
|
|
|
Prior to Amendment
|
|
Repayment of the
|
|
Repayment of the
|
Description
|
|
on March 31, 2010
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50%
or BASE plus
2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50%
or BASE plus 2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual facility fee rate
|
|
3.00% with a potential
for reduction in future
periods.
|
|
3.00% with a potential
for reduction in future
periods.
|
|
0.75% with a potential
for reduction in future
periods.
|
Annual incentive fee rate
|
|
None
|
|
2.00%
|
|
None
|
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
|
|
0.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Revolving loan commitment
|
|
$50 million
|
|
$40 million
|
|
$40 million
|
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 through June 29, 2010
|
|
7.00x
|
|
9.00x
|
|
Replaced with a first
lien leverage test as
described above.
|
June 30, 2010 through September 29, 2010
|
|
6.50x
|
|
9.50x
|
|
|
September 30, 2010 through March 30, 2011
|
|
6.50x
|
|
9.75x
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
6.50x
|
|
6.50x
|
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
None
|
|
Same
|
|
0.90x to 1.00x
|
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to
calculate net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or first
lien leverage test, as applicable)
|
|
$10.0 million
|
|
Same
|
|
$15.0 million
|
49
Beginning April 30, 2010 and thereafter, all interest and
fees accrued under the senior credit facility are payable in
cash upon their respective due dates, with no portion of such
accrued interest and fees being subject to deferral.
In order to obtain the foregoing amendment, we incurred loan
issuance costs of approximately $4.4 million, including
legal and professional fees. We recorded a loss from early
extinguishment of debt of $0.3 million for the three month
period ended March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, we
had a deferred loan cost balance of $5.6 million.
As a result of the completion of the 2010 amendment and the
issuance of the original notes and application of the proceeds
thereof, we reduced the total interest cost of borrowings under
our senior credit facility from an effective interest rate of
LIBOR plus 8.50% to an effective interest rate of LIBOR plus
4.25% as of April 29, 2010.
Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we had
1,000 shares of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
outstanding. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a
liquidation value of $100,000 per share for a total liquidation
value of $100.0 million as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009. Our accrued Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock dividend balances as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 were $23.2 million and
$18.9 million, respectively.
We have deferred the cash payment of our preferred stock
dividends earned thereon since October 1, 2008. When three
consecutive cash dividend payments with respect to the
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remain unfunded, the
dividend rate increases from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per annum.
Thus, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend began
accruing at 17.0% per annum on July 16, 2009 and will
accrue at that rate as long as at least three consecutive cash
dividend payments remain unfunded.
In connection with the offering of the original notes, on
April 29, 2010, we repurchased approximately
$60.7 million in face amount of our Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock, and $14.9 million in accrued dividends
thereon, in exchange for $50.0 million in cash, using a
portion of the net proceeds from the sale of original notes, and
the issuance of 8.5 million shares of common stock. As a
result of the completion of this exchange, the liquidation value
of outstanding Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock was
reduced to $39.3 million, and the accrued dividends thereon
were reduced to $9.6 million, each as of April 29,
2010.
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend
payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing,
declaring
and/or
paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities
having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in
ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and
Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to
when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated
and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash
dividends presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the
future. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no
mandatory redemption date but may be redeemed at the
stockholders option on or after June 30, 2015.
Income
Taxes
We file a consolidated federal income tax return and such state
or local tax returns as are required. Although we may earn
taxable operating income in future years, as of
December 31, 2009, we anticipate that through the use of
our available loss carryforwards we will not pay significant
amounts of federal income taxes in the next several years.
However, we estimate that we will pay state income taxes in
certain states over the next several years.
Net
Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating, Investing and Financing
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.0 million
in the 2010 three month period compared to net cash used in
operating activities of $1.3 million in the 2009 three
month period. The increase in cash provided by operations is due
primarily to increased revenue.
50
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased
$54.8 million to $18.9 million for 2009 compared to
net cash provided of $73.7 million for 2008. The decrease
in cash provided by operations was due primarily to several
factors, including: (i) a decrease in revenues of
$56.8 million and (ii) a decrease from a net change in
current operating assets and liabilities of $10.9 million
partially offset by a decrease in broadcast expenses of
$12.0 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $3.2 million in
the 2010 three month period compared to net cash used in
investing activities of $5.5 million for the 2009 three
month period. The decrease in cash used in investing activities
was largely due to decreased spending for equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities increased
$1.2 million to $17.5 million for 2009 compared to
$16.3 million for 2008. The increase in cash used in
investing activities was largely due to increases in capital
expenditures for 2009 of $2.8 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $6.1 million in
the 2010 three month period compared to net cash used in
financing activities of $9.0 million in the 2009 three
month period. This decrease in cash used was due primarily to
decreased payments for the amendment of our senior credit
facility in the 2010 three month period compared to the 2009
three month period.
Net cash used in financing activities decreased
$26.0 million to $16.0 million for 2009 compared to
$42.0 million for 2008. In 2008, we issued our
Series D perpetual preferred stock and used the proceeds of
that issuance along with cash generated from operations to repay
a portion of our long-term debt balance. Also, we paid
$8.8 million of dividends in 2008. During 2009, we repaid
$8.6 million of our long-term debt balance, paid
$7.5 million in fees associated with our long-term debt
refinancing and suspended the payment of all dividends.
Capital
Expenditures
Capital expenditures in the 2010 and 2009 three month periods
were $2.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively. The
2009 three month period included, in part, capital expenditures
relating to the conversion of analog broadcasts to digital
broadcasts upon the final cessation of analog transmissions,
while the 2010 three month period did not contain as many
comparable projects. We anticipate that our capital expenditures
for the remainder of 2010 will be $12.1 million.
Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2008 were $17.8 million and $15.0 million,
respectively. The year ended December 31, 2009 included, in
part, capital expenditures relating to the conversion of analog
broadcasts to digital broadcasts upon the final cessation of
analog transmissions, while the year ended December 31,
2008 did not contain comparable projects. Our senior credit
facility limits our capital expenditures to not more than
$15.0 million for the year ending December 31 2010. We
expect to fund future capital expenditures with cash from
operations and borrowings under our senior credit facility.
Other
We file a consolidated federal income tax return and such state
or local tax returns as are required. Although we may earn
taxable operating income in future years, as of March 31,
2010, we anticipate that through the use of our available loss
carryforwards we will not pay significant amounts of federal or
state income taxes for the next several years.
We do not believe that inflation has had a significant impact on
our results of operations nor do we expect it to have a
significant effect upon our business in the near future.
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or
operations, other than our investment in our subsidiaries. The
aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the
subsidiary guarantors (as defined in and for purposes of our
senior credit facility) are substantially equivalent to our
assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated
basis. The subsidiary guarantors are, directly or indirectly,
our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the
subsidiary guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and
several. All of our current and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries are subsidiary guarantors. Accordingly,
51
separate financial statements and other disclosures of each of
the subsidiary guarantors are not presented because we have no
independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and
unconditional and joint and several.
Retirement
Plan
We have three defined benefit pension plans. Two of these plans
were assumed by us as a result of our acquisitions and are
frozen plans. Our active defined benefit pension plan, which we
consider to be our primary pension plan, covers substantially
all our full-time employees. Retirement benefits under such plan
are based on years of service and the employees highest
average compensation for five consecutive years during the last
ten years of employment. Our funding policy is consistent with
the funding requirements of existing federal laws and
regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974.
A discount rate is selected annually to measure the present
value of the benefit obligations. In determining the selection
of a discount rate, we estimated the timing and amounts of
expected future benefit payments and applied a yield curve
developed to reflect yields available on high-quality bonds. The
yield curve is based on an externally published index
specifically designed to meet the criteria of GAAP. The discount
rate selected for determining benefit obligations as of
December 31, 2009 was 6.27% which reflects the results of
this yield curve analysis. The discount rate used for
determining benefit obligations as of December 31, 2008 was
5.79%. Our assumption regarding expected return on plan assets
reflects asset allocations, investment strategy and the views of
investment managers, as well as historical experience. We use an
assumed return of 7.00% for our assets invested in our active
pension plan. Actual asset returns for this plan increased in
value 14.85% in 2009 and decreased in value 25.28% in 2008.
Other significant assumptions include inflation, salary growth,
retirement rates and mortality rates. Our inflation assumption
is based on an evaluation of external market indicators. The
salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual
experience, the near-term outlook and assumed inflation.
Compensation increases over the latest five-year period have
been in line with assumptions. Retirement and mortality rates
are based on actual plan experience.
During the 2010 three month period, we contributed
$1.5 million to our pension plans. During the remainder of
fiscal 2010, we expect to contribute an additional
$2.5 million to our pension plans.
During 2009 and 2008, we contributed $3.5 million and
$2.9 million, respectively, to all three of our pension
plans.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
Operating
Commitments
We have various operating lease commitments for equipment, land
and office space. We also have commitments for various
syndicated television programs.
We have two types of syndicated television program contracts:
first run programs and off network reruns. The first run
programs are programs such as Oprah and the off network programs
are programs such as Friends. A difference between the two types
of syndicated television programming is that the first run
programs have not been produced at the time the contract is
signed and the off network programs have been produced. For all
syndicated television contracts we record an asset and
corresponding liability for payments to be made for the entire
off network contract period and for only the current
year of the first run contract period. Only the
payments in the current year of the first run
contracts are recorded on the current balance sheet, because the
programs for the later years of the contract period have not
been produced and delivered.
Obligation
to UK
On October 12, 2004, the University of Kentucky
(UK) awarded a sports marketing agreement jointly to
a subsidiary of IMG Worldwide, Inc. (IMG) and us
(the UK Agreement). The UK Agreement commenced on
April 16, 2005 and has an initial term of seven years, with
the option to extend for three additional years.
52
On July 1, 2006, the terms of the agreement between IMG and
us were amended and restated. The amended and restated agreement
provides that we will share in profits in excess of certain
amounts specified by the agreement, if any, but not losses. The
agreement also provides that we will separately retain all local
broadcast advertising revenue and pay all local broadcast
expenses for activities under the agreement. Under the amended
and restated agreement, IMG agreed to make all license fee
payments to UK. However, if IMG is unable to pay the license fee
to UK, we will then pay the unpaid portion of the license fee to
UK. As of March 31, 2010, the aggregate license fees to be
paid by IMG to UK over the remaining portion of the full
ten-year term (including the optional three year extension) of
the agreement is approximately $45.4 million. If we make
advances on behalf of IMG, IMG will then reimburse us for the
amount paid within 60 days after the close of each contract
year which ends on June 30th. IMG has also agreed to pay
interest on any advance at a rate equal to the prime rate.
During the three months ended March 31, 2010, and the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did not advance any
amounts to UK on behalf of IMG under this agreement. As of
March 31, 2010, we do not consider the risk of
non-performance by IMG to be high.
Tabular
Disclosure of Contractual Obligations as of December 31,
2009
The following table aggregates our material expected contractual
obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2009 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
2013-2014
|
|
|
after 2014
|
|
|
Contractual obligations recorded in our balance sheet as of
December 3l, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
791,809
|
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
|
$
|
16,160
|
|
|
$
|
767,569
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee(2)
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends currently accrued(3)
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
Programming obligations currently accrued(4)
|
|
|
16,802
|
|
|
|
15,271
|
|
|
|
1,241
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements(5)
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition-related liabilities(6)
|
|
|
1,790
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31,
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest on long-term debt obligations(7)
|
|
|
261,169
|
|
|
|
53,568
|
|
|
|
104,939
|
|
|
|
102,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee(8)
|
|
|
8,189
|
|
|
|
1,136
|
|
|
|
3,487
|
|
|
|
3,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations(9)
|
|
|
8,119
|
|
|
|
1,321
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
Dividends not currently accrued(10)
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
unknown
|
|
Purchase obligations not currently accrued(11)
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming obligations not currently accrued(12)
|
|
|
22,304
|
|
|
|
4,502
|
|
|
|
16,526
|
|
|
|
1,257
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Obligation to UK(13)
|
|
|
45,426
|
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
|
15,963
|
|
|
|
17,200
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,285,008
|
|
|
$
|
116,680
|
|
|
$
|
194,930
|
|
|
$
|
946,175
|
|
|
$
|
27,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Long-term debt obligations represent current
and all future payment principal obligations under our senior
credit facility. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of
the current balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2009,
the interest rate on the balance outstanding under the senior
credit facility, excluding effects of interest rate swap
agreements, was 6.8%. |
|
(2) |
|
Long-term accrued facility fee represents a
facility fee accrued as of December 31, 2009 under our
senior credit facility at a rate of 3.0% per annum, which is
payable in subsequent periods. |
|
(3) |
|
Dividends currently accrued represent
Series D perpetual preferred stock dividends accrued as of
December 31, 2009 and payable in subsequent periods. |
53
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Programming obligations currently accrued
represent obligations for syndicated television programming
whose license period has begun and the product is available.
These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current
balance sheet date. |
|
(5) |
|
Interest rate swap agreements represent
certain contracts that allow us to fix the interest rate on a
portion of our long-term debt balance. We have estimated
obligations associated with these contracts. Although the fair
value of these contracts can fluctuate significantly based on
market interest rates, the amounts in the table are estimated
settlement amounts. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as
of the current balance sheet date. |
|
(6) |
|
Acquisition related liabilities represent
certain obligations associated with acquisitions of television
stations that were completed in prior years. These amounts are
recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date. |
|
(7) |
|
Cash interest on long-term debt obligations
includes estimated interest expense on long-term debt
obligations based upon the average debt balances expected in the
future and computed using an interest rate of 6.8%. This was the
interest rate on the balance outstanding under the senior credit
facility, excluding the effects of our interest rate swap
agreements, as of December 31, 2009. Our senior credit
facility will mature on December 31, 2014. |
|
(8) |
|
Cash interest on long-term accrued facility
fee represents estimated interest expense on the
accrued facility fee obligation under our senior credit
facility. Effective as of March 31, 2009, we incur a
facility fee equal to 3.0% per annum on the outstanding
revolving and term loans thereunder. From March 31, 2009
through April 30, 2010, this fee accrues and becomes
payable on the respective maturity dates of those loans
(March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively).
From April 30, 2010 until the maturity dates under the
senior credit facility, such accrued amounts bear interest at
6.5% per year. These interest payments are included in this item
as cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee.
From April 30, 2010 until the maturity dates under our
senior credit facility, the fee will be payable in cash on a
quarterly basis. This portion of the fee is included in the
estimate of Cash interest on long-term debt
obligations above. |
|
(9) |
|
Operating lease obligations represent payment
obligations under non-cancelable lease agreements classified as
operating leases. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities
as of the current balance sheet date. |
|
(10) |
|
Dividends not currently accrued represent
Series D perpetual preferred stock dividends for future
periods and assumes that the $100 million of Series D
perpetual preferred stock remains outstanding in future periods
with a dividend rate of 17%. For the column headed More
than 5 years, after 2014, we cannot estimate a
dividend amount; due to the perpetual nature of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock and its holders
having the right to request that we repurchase such Stock on or
after June 30, 2015. |
|
(11) |
|
Purchase obligations not currently accrued
generally represent payment obligations for equipment. It is our
policy to accrue for these obligations when the equipment is
received and the vendor has completed the work required by the
purchase agreement. These amounts are not recorded as
liabilities as of the current balance sheet date because we had
not yet received the equipment. |
|
(12) |
|
Programming obligations not currently accrued
represent obligations for syndicated television programming
whose license period has not yet begun or the product is not yet
available. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of
the current balance sheet date. |
|
(13) |
|
Obligation to UK represents total
obligations, excluding any potential revenues, under the UK
Agreement. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of
the current balance sheet date. See Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements immediately preceding this table for
additional information concerning this obligation. |
Estimates of the amount, timing and future funding obligations
under our pension plans include assumptions concerning, among
other things, actual and projected market performance of plan
assets, investment yields, statutory requirements and
demographic data for pension plan participants. Pension plan
funding estimates are therefore not included in the table above
because the timing and amounts of funding obligations for all
future periods cannot be reasonably determined.
54
Critical
Accounting Policies
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires us to make judgments and estimations that affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying
notes. Actual results could differ materially from those
reported amounts. We consider our accounting policies relating
to intangible assets and income taxes to be critical policies
that require judgments or estimations in their application where
variances in those judgments or estimations could make a
significant difference to future reported results. Our policies
concerning intangible assets are disclosed below.
Annual
Impairment Testing of Broadcast Licenses and
Goodwill
Our annual impairment testing of broadcast licenses and goodwill
for each individual television station requires an estimation of
the fair value of each broadcast license and the fair value of
the entire television station which we consider a reporting
unit. Such estimations generally rely on analyses of public and
private comparative sales data as well as discounted cash flow
analyses that inherently require multiple assumptions relating
to the future prospects of each individual television station
including, but not limited to: (i) expected long-term
market growth characteristics, (ii) estimations regarding a
stations future expected viewing audience,
(iii) station revenue shares within a market,
(iv) future expected operating expenses, (v) costs of
capital and (vi) appropriate discount rates. We believe
that the assumptions we utilize in analyzing potential
impairment of broadcast licenses
and/or
goodwill for each of our television stations are reasonable
individually and in the aggregate. However, these assumptions
are highly subjective and changes in any one assumption, or a
combination of assumptions, could produce significant
differences in the calculated outcomes.
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we utilize a
discounted cash flow model supported by a market multiple
approach. We believe that a discounted cash flow analysis is the
most appropriate methodology to test the recorded value of
long-term assets with a demonstrated long-lived/enduring
franchise value. We believe the results of the discounted cash
flow and market multiple approaches provide reasonable estimates
of the fair value of our reporting units because these
approaches are based on our actual results and reasonable
estimates of future performance, and also take into
consideration a number of other factors deemed relevant by us,
including but not limited to, expected future market revenue
growth, market revenue shares and operating profit margins. We
have consistently used these approaches in determining the fair
value of our goodwill. We also consider a market multiple
valuation method to corroborate our discounted cash flow
analysis. We believe that this methodology is consistent with
the approach that any strategic market participant would utilize
if they were to value one of our television stations.
As of December 31, 2009, the recorded value of our
broadcast licenses and goodwill was approximately
$819.0 million and $170.5 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 2008, the recorded value of our broadcast
licenses and goodwill was approximately $819.0 million and
$170.5 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the recorded value of our goodwill at
seven of our stations and a write-down of $240.1 million in
the recorded value of our broadcast licenses at 23 of our
stations. We did not record an impairment expense related to our
broadcast licenses or goodwill during 2009 or 2007. Neither of
these asset types are amortized; however, they are both subject
to impairment testing.
Prior to January 1, 2002, acquired broadcast licenses were
valued at the date of acquisition using a residual method. The
recorded value of these broadcast licenses as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$341.0 million. The impairment charge recorded as of
December 31, 2008 for these broadcast licenses approximated
$129.6 million. After December 31, 2001, acquired
broadcast licenses were valued at the date of acquisition using
an income method that assumes an initial hypothetical
start-up
operation. This change in methodology was due to a change in
accounting requirements. The book value of these broadcast
licenses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$478.0 million. The impairment expense recorded as of
December 31, 2008 for these broadcast licenses approximated
$110.5 million. Regardless of whether we initially recorded
the value of our broadcast licenses using the residual or the
income method, for purposes of testing for potential impairment
we use the income method to estimate the fair value of our
broadcast licenses.
55
We test for impairment of broadcast licenses and goodwill on an
annual basis on the last day of each fiscal year. However, we
will test for impairment during any reporting period if certain
triggering events occur. The two most recent impairment testing
dates were as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. A summary of
the significant assumptions used in our impairment analyses of
broadcast licenses and goodwill as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 is presented below. Following the summary of assumptions is
a sensitivity analysis of those assumptions as of
December 31, 2009. Our reporting units, allocations of our
broadcast licenses and goodwill and our methodologies were
consistent as of both testing dates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge:
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
$
|
|
$240.1
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
|
$98.6
|
Significant assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Forecast period
|
|
10 years
|
|
10 years
|
Increase or (decrease) in market advertising revenue for
projection year compared to latest historical period(1)
|
|
(4.4)% to 8.9%
|
|
(15.8)% to (2.3)%
|
Positive or (negative) advertising revenue compound growth rate
for forecast period
|
|
(0.3)% to 3.7%
|
|
1.1% to 3.4%
|
Operating cash flow margin:
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
8.3% to 50.0%
|
|
11.0% to 50.0%
|
Goodwill
|
|
11.1% to 50.0%
|
|
11.5% to 50.0%
|
Discount rate:
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
9.50%
|
|
10.50%
|
Goodwill
|
|
10.50%
|
|
11.50%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Depending on whether the first year of the respective projection
period is an even- or odd-numbered year, assumptions relating to
market advertising growth rates can vary significantly from year
to year reflecting the significant cyclical impact of political
advertising in even-numbered years. The fiscal 2009 analysis
generally anticipated an increase in revenues for fiscal 2010.
As a result, overall future projected revenue growth rates
thereafter were low given the high starting point of these
projections. Conversely, since the fiscal 2008 analysis assumed
cyclically low revenues for fiscal 2009, the subsequent
projected growth rates were higher. |
56
When estimating the fair value of our broadcast licenses and
goodwill, we make assumptions regarding revenue growth rates,
operating cash flow margins and discount rates. These
assumptions require substantial judgment. Although we did not
record an impairment charge for the year ended December 31,
2009, we may have recorded such an adjustment if we had changed
certain assumptions. The following table contains a sensitivity
analysis of these assumptions and a hypothetical impairment
charge that would have resulted if our advertising revenue
growth rate and our operating cash flow margin had been revised
lower or if our discount rate had been revised higher. We also
provide a hypothetical impairment charge assuming a 5.0% and
10.0% decrease in the fair value of our broadcast licenses and
enterprise values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hypothetical
|
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
Charge As of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Hypothetical change:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A 100 basis point decrease in advertising revenue growth
rate throughout the forecast period
|
|
$
|
29.4
|
|
|
$
|
3.9
|
|
A 100 basis point decrease in operating cash flow margin
throughout the forecast period
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate
|
|
$
|
29.9
|
|
|
$
|
4.2
|
|
A 5% reduction in the fair value of broadcast licenses and
enterprise values
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
A 10% reduction in the fair value of broadcast licenses and
enterprise values
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
These hypothetical non-cash impairment charges would not have
any direct impact on our liquidity, senior credit facility
covenant compliance or future results of operations. Our
historical operating results may not be indicative of our future
operating results. Our future ten-year discounted cash flow
analysis, which fundamentally supports our estimated fair values
as of December 31, 2009, reflected certain assumptions
relating to the expected impact of the current general economic
recession and dislocation of the credit markets.
In addition, the change in macroeconomic factors impacting the
credit markets caused us to decrease our assumed discount rate
to 9.5% for valuing broadcast licenses and to 10.5% for valuing
goodwill in 2009 as compared to the 10.5% discount rate used to
value broadcast licenses and the 11.5% rate used to value
goodwill in 2008. The discount rates used in our impairment
analysis were based upon the after-tax rate determined using a
weighted-average cost of capital calculation for media
companies. In calculating the discount rates, we considered
estimates of the long-term mean market return, industry beta,
corporate borrowing rate, average industry debt to capital
ratio, average industry equity capital ratio, risk free rate and
the tax rate. We believe using a discount rate based on a
weighted-average cost of capital calculation for media companies
is appropriate because it would be reflective of rates active
participants in the media industry would utilize in valuing
broadcast licenses
and/or
broadcast enterprises
Valuation
of Network Affiliation Agreements
We believe that the value of a television station is derived
primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. These
attributes have a significant impact on the audience for network
programming in a local television market compared to the
national viewing patterns of the same network programming.
Certain other broadcasting companies have valued network
affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the
other attributes of the station, including its broadcast
license, that contributes to the operational performance of that
station. As a result, we believe that these broadcasting
companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price
for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation
relationship and include in their network affiliation valuation
amounts related to attributes which we believe are more
appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or
goodwill.
57
The methodology we used to value these stations was based on our
evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the
characteristics of the markets in which they operated. Given our
assumptions and the specific attributes of the stations we
acquired from 2002 through December 31, 2009, we ascribed
no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation
relationship in each market beyond the cost of negotiating a new
agreement with another network and the value of any terms of the
affiliation agreement that were more favorable or unfavorable
than those generally prevailing in the market.
Some broadcast companies may use methods to value acquired
network affiliations different than those that we use. These
different methods may result in significant variances in the
amount of purchase price allocated to these assets among
broadcast companies.
If we were to assign higher values to all of our network
affiliations and less value to our broadcast licenses or
goodwill and if it is further assumed that such higher values of
the network affiliations are definite-lived intangible assets,
this reallocation of value might have a significant impact on
our operating results. It should be noted that there is
diversity of practice within the industry, and some broadcast
companies have considered such network affiliation intangible
assets to have a life ranging from 15 to 40 years depending
on the specific assumptions utilized by those broadcast
companies.
The following table reflects the hypothetical impact of the
reassignment of value from broadcast licenses to network
affiliations for all our prior acquisitions (the first
acquisition being in 1994) and the resulting increase in
amortization expense assuming a hypothetical
15-year
amortization period as of our most recent impairment testing
date of December 31, 2009 (in thousands, except per share
data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Reassigned to Network Affiliation
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
Agreements
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
50%
|
|
|
25%
|
|
|
Balance Sheet (As of December 31, 2009):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
$
|
818,981
|
|
|
$
|
262,598
|
|
|
$
|
540,789
|
|
Other intangible assets, net (including network affiliation
agreements)
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
185,347
|
|
|
|
93,332
|
|
Statement of Operations (For the year ended December 31,
2009):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
36,626
|
|
|
|
18,602
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
|
25,054
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(45,037
|
)
|
|
|
(34,042
|
)
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
|
(62,156
|
)
|
|
|
(51,161
|
)
|
Net loss available to common stockholders, per share
basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.05
|
)
|
In future acquisitions, the valuation of the network
affiliations may differ from the values of previous acquisitions
due to the different characteristics of each station and the
market in which it operates.
Market
Capitalization
When we test our broadcast licenses and goodwill for impairment,
we also consider our market capitalization. During 2009, our
market capitalization increased from its 2008 lows. As of
December 31, 2009, our market capitalization was less than
our book value and it remains less than book value as of the
date of this filing. We believe the decline in our stock price
has been influenced, in part, by the current state of the
national credit market and the national economic recession. We
believe that it is appropriate to view the current state of
credit markets and recession as relatively temporary in relation
to reporting units that have demonstrated long-lived/enduring
franchise value. Accordingly, we believe that a variance between
market capitalization and fair value can exist and that
difference could be significant at points in time due to
intervening macroeconomic influences.
58
Income
Taxes
We have approximately $285.3 million in federal operating
loss carryforwards, which expire during the years 2020 through
2029. Additionally, we have an aggregate of approximately
$328.6 million of various state operating loss
carryforwards. We project to have taxable income in the
carryforward periods. Therefore, we believe that it is more
likely than not that the federal net operating loss
carryforwards will be fully utilized.
A valuation allowance has been provided for a portion of the
state net operating loss carryforwards. We believe that it will
not meet the more likely than not threshold in certain states
due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient income.
Therefore, the state valuation allowance at December 31,
2009 and 2008 was $6.2 million and $4.6 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, a full
valuation allowance of $264,000 and $261,000, respectively, has
been provided for the capital loss carryforwards, as we believe
that we will not meet the more likely than not threshold due to
the uncertainty of generating sufficient capital gains in the
carryforward period.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Various authoritative accounting organizations have issued
accounting pronouncements that we will be required to adopt at a
future date. Either (i) we have reviewed these
pronouncements and concluded that their adoption will not have a
material affect upon our liquidity or results of operations or
(ii) we are continuing to evaluate the pronouncements. See
Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies of our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for further discussion of recent accounting
principles.
59
BUSINESS
General
We are a television broadcast company operating 36 television
stations serving 30 markets. Seventeen of our stations are
affiliated with CBS, ten are affiliated with NBC, eight are
affiliated with ABC, and one is affiliated with FOX. Our 17
CBS-affiliated stations make us the largest independent owner of
CBS affiliates in the United States. In addition, we currently
operate 39 digital second channels including one affiliated with
ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with CW, 18
affiliated with MyNetworkTV, two affiliated with Universal
Sports and seven local news/weather channels, in certain of our
existing markets. We created our digital second channels to
better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately
6.3% of total United States households.
We were incorporated in 1897, initially to publish the Albany
Herald in Albany, Georgia, and entered the broadcasting industry
in 1953. We have a dedicated and experienced senior management
team.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and the first
quarter ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of
$270.4 million and $70.5 million, respectively.
Markets
Gray operates in DMAs ranked between
51-200 and
primarily focuses its operations on university towns and state
capitals. Our markets include 17 university towns, representing
enrollment of approximately 469,000 students, and eight state
capitals. We believe university towns and state capitals provide
significant advantages as they generally offer more favorable
advertising demographics, more stable economics and a stronger
affinity between local stations and university sports teams.
We have a strong, market leading position in our markets. Our
combined station group has 23 markets with stations
ranked #1 in local news audience and 21 markets with
stations ranked #1 in overall audience within their
respective markets, based on the results of the average of the
Nielsen March, May, July and November 2009 ratings reports. Of
the 30 markets that we serve, we operate the #1 or #2
ranked station in 29 of those markets. We believe a key
driver for our strong market position is the strength of our
local news and information programs. Our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with at least twice the NSI national average market share
in November 2009 for both 6 p.m. and late night news. We
believe that our market position and our strong local revenue
stream have enabled us to better preserve our revenues in softer
economic conditions compared to many of our peers.
We are diversified across our markets and network affiliations.
Our largest market by revenue is Charleston/Huntington, WV,
which contributed approximately 7% of our revenues in 2009. Our
top 10 markets by revenue contributed 53% of our revenue in
2009. Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations accounted for 49% of our
revenues, our 10 NBC-affiliated stations accounted for 36% of
our revenues, our 8 ABC-affiliated stations accounted for 15% of
our revenues and our 1 FOX-affiliated station accounted for less
than 1% of our revenues, for 2009, respectively.
Business
Strategy
Our success has been based on the following strategies for
growing our revenues and our operating cash flow:
Maintain and Grow our Market Leadership
Position. We have the #1 ranking in overall
audience in 21 of the 30 markets in which we operate. We
are ranked #2 in audience in all of our other markets,
except Albany, GA. We have the #1 ranking in local news
audience in 23 of our markets and our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with nearly twice the NSI national average market share in
November 2009 for both 6 p.m. and late night news.
60
We believe there are significant advantages in operating
the #1 or #2 television broadcasting stations. Strong
audience and market share allows us enhance our advertising
revenues through price discipline and leadership. We believe a
top-rated news platform is critical to capturing incremental
sponsorship and political advertising revenue. Our high-quality
station group improves our cash flow and allows us additional
opportunities to reinvest in our business to further strengthen
our network and news ratings. Furthermore, we believe operating
the top ranking stations in our various markets allows us to
attract and retain top talent.
We also believe that our leadership position in the markets we
serve gives us additional leverage to negotiate retransmission
contracts with multiple system operators MSOs, and we believe it
will help us in our potential negotiations with networks upon
expiration of our current contracts with them. Our primary
network affiliation agreements expire at various dates through
January 1, 2016.
We intend to maintain our market leadership position through
prudent continued investment in our news and syndicated
programs, as well as continued technological advances and
program improvements. We are in the process of converting our
local studios to be able to provide HD in select markets to
further enhance the visual quality of our local programs, which
we believe can drive incremental viewership, and expect to
continue to invest in local HD conversion over the next few
years.
Pursue New Media Opportunities. We currently
operate web, mobile and desktop applications in all of our
markets. We have focused on expanding the applicable local
content, such as news, weather and sports, on our websites to
drive increased traffic. We have experienced strong growth in
internet page views in the past, with page views growing at a
57% compound annual growth rate from 2003 and 2009, and
anticipate continued growth in the future.
Our aggregate internet revenues are derived from two sources.
The first source is advertising or sponsorship opportunities
directly on our websites. We call this direct internet
revenue. The other revenue source is television
advertising time purchased by our clients to directly promote
their involvement in our websites. We refer to this internet
revenue source as internet-related commercial time
sales. In the future, we anticipate our direct internet
revenue will grow at a faster pace relative to our
internet-related commercial time sales.
We are a member of the OMVC, which aims to accelerate the
development and rollout of mobile DTV products and services,
maximizing the full potential of the digital television
spectrum. We are currently testing mobile television in the
Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska markets.
Monetize Digital Spectrum. We currently
operate 39 digital second channels, including one affiliated
with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with CW, 18
affiliated with MyNetworkTV, two affiliated with the Universal
Sports Network and seven local news/weather channels, in certain
of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels
to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital
second channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels,
except that our digital second channels are affiliated with
networks different from those affiliated with our primary
broadcast channels. In the year ended December 31, 2009, we
generated $7.1 million in revenue from our digital second
channels.
Our strategy is to expand upon our digital offerings, evaluating
potential opportunities from time to time either on our own
and/or in
partnership with other companies, as such opportunities present
themselves. We intend to aggressively pursue the use of our
spectrum for additional opportunities such as local video on
demand, music on demand and other digital downloads. We also
intend to evaluate opportunities to use spectrum for future
delivery of television broadcasts to handheld and other mobile
devices.
Prudent Cost Management. Historically, we have
closely managed our costs to maintain our margins. We believe
that our market leadership position gives us additional
negotiating leverage to enable us to lower our syndicated
programming costs. We have increased the efficiency of our
stations by automating processes as a part of the conversion of
local studios to digital. As of December 31, 2009, we had
reduced our total number of employees by 241, or 9.9% since
December 31, 2007. We also lowered our syndicated
programming costs by $1.1 million during the year ended
December 31, 2009. We intend to continue to seek and
implement additional cost saving opportunities in the future.
61
Acquisitions,
Investments and Divestitures
In 1993, we implemented a strategy to foster a significant
portion of our growth through strategic acquisitions and select
divestitures. Since January 1, 1994, our significant
acquisitions have included 33 television stations. We
completed our most recent acquisition on March 3, 2006. Our
acquisition, investment and divestiture activities during the
most recent five years are described below.
2006
Acquisition
On March 3, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the stock
of Michiana Telecasting Corp., owner of
WNDU-TV, the
NBC affiliate in South Bend, Indiana, from the University of
Notre Dame for $88.9 million, which included certain
working capital adjustments and transaction fees. We financed
this acquisition with borrowings under our senior credit
facility.
2005
Spinoff
On December 30, 2005, we completed the spinoff of all of
the outstanding stock of TCM. Immediately prior to the spinoff,
we contributed all of the membership interests in Gray
Publishing, LLC which owned and operated our Gray Publishing and
GrayLink Wireless businesses and certain other assets, to TCM.
In the spinoff, each of the holders of our common stock received
one share of TCM common stock for every ten shares of our common
stock and each holder of our Class A common stock received
one share of TCM common stock for every ten shares of our
Class A common stock. As part of the spinoff, we received a
cash dividend of approximately $44.0 million from TCM. We
used the dividend proceeds to reduce our outstanding
indebtedness.
2005
Acquisitions
On November 30, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the
assets of
WSAZ-TV, the
NBC affiliate in Charleston/Huntington, West Virginia. We
purchased these assets from Emmis Communications Corp. for
approximately $185.8 million in cash plus certain
transaction fees. We financed this acquisition with borrowings
under the senior credit facility we then had in place.
On November 10, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the
assets of
WSWG-TV, the
UPN affiliate serving the Albany, Georgia television market. We
purchased these assets from P.D. Communications, LLC for
$3.75 million in cash. We used a portion of our cash on
hand to fund this acquisition. After the acquisition, we
obtained a CBS affiliation for this station.
On January 31, 2005, we completed the acquisition of
KKCO-TV from
Eagle III Broadcasting, LLC. We acquired this station for
approximately $13.5 million plus certain transaction fees.
KKCO-TV
serves the Grand Junction, Colorado television market and is an
NBC affiliate. We used a portion of our cash on hand to fully
fund this acquisition.
During 2005, we acquired an FCC license to operate a low power
television station,
WAHU-TV, in
the Charlottesville, Virginia television market. We currently
operate
WAHU-TV as a
FOX affiliate.
Revenues
Our revenues are derived primarily from local, regional and
national advertising. Our revenues are derived to a much lesser
extent from retransmission consent fees; network compensation;
studio and tower space rental; and commercial production
activities. Advertising refers primarily to
advertisements broadcast by television stations, but it also
includes advertisements placed on a television stations
website. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors,
including: (i) a programs popularity among the
viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, (ii) the number of
advertisers competing for the available time, (iii) the
size and demographic makeup of the market served by the station
and (iv) the availability of alternative advertising media
in the market area. Rates are also determined by a
stations overall ratings and in-market share, as well as
the stations ratings and market share among particular
demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting. Because
broadcast stations rely on advertising revenues, they are
consequently sensitive to cyclical changes in
62
the economy. The sizes of advertisers budgets, which can
be affected by broad economic trends, can affect the broadcast
industry in general and the revenues of individual broadcast
television stations.
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, consistent
with, among other things, increased political advertising
expenditures in even-numbered years.
We derive a material portion of our advertising revenue from the
automotive and restaurant industries. In 2009, we earned
approximately 17% and 12% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. In 2008, we
earned approximately 19% and 10% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. Our business
and operating results could be materially adversely affected if
automotive or restaurant-related advertising revenues decrease.
Our business and operating results could also be materially
adversely affected if revenue decreased from one or more other
significant advertising categories, such as the communications,
entertainment, financial services, professional services or
retail industries.
Our
Stations and Their Markets
Each of our stations is affiliated with a major network pursuant
to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation agreement provides
the affiliated station with the right to broadcast all programs
transmitted by the affiliated network. Our primary network
affiliation agreements expire at various dates through
January 1, 2016. The following table is a list of all our
owned and operated television stations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
Station
|
|
|
News
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
|
Network
|
|
License
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
(a)
|
|
Market
|
|
Station
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
DMA(d)
|
|
|
DMA(e)
|
|
|
59
|
|
Knoxville, TN
|
|
WVLT
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
62
|
|
Lexington, KY
|
|
WKYT
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
|
|
09/17/14
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
63
|
|
Charleston/Huntington, WV
|
|
WSAZ
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
69
|
|
Wichita/Hutchinson, KS
|
|
KAKE
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(Colby, KS)
|
|
KLBY(f)
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(Garden City, KS)
|
|
KUPK(f)
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
76
|
|
Omaha, NE
|
|
WOWT
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
Universal
Sports
|
|
12/31/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
85
|
|
Madison, WI
|
|
WMTV
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
89
|
|
Waco-Temple-Bryan, TX
|
|
KWTX
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
08/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(Bryan, TX)
|
|
KBTX(g)
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
08/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
91
|
|
South Bend, IN
|
|
WNDU
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
08/01/13
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
92
|
|
Colorado Springs, CO
|
|
KKTV
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
103
|
|
Greenville/New
Bern/Washington, NC
|
|
WITN
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
12/01/04
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
105
|
|
Lincoln/Hastings/Kearney, NE
|
|
KOLN
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
Grand Island, NE
|
|
KGIN(h)
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
106
|
|
Tallahassee, FL/Thomasville, GA
|
|
WCTV
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
108
|
|
Reno, NV
|
|
KOLO
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
Universal
Sports
|
|
01/09/11
|
|
|
10/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
114
|
|
Augusta, GA
|
|
WRDW
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
News
|
|
10/04/11
NA
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
115
|
|
Lansing, MI
|
|
WILX
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
10/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
127
|
|
La Crosse/Eau Claire, WI
|
|
WEAU
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
134
|
|
Rockford, IL
|
|
WIFR
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
135
|
|
Wausau/Rhinelander, WI
|
|
WSAW
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
News
|
|
10/04/11
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
136
|
|
Topeka, KS
|
|
WIBW
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
145
|
|
Albany, GA
|
|
WSWG
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
NA(j
|
)
|
151
|
|
Panama City, FL
|
|
WJHG
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
CW
My Net.
|
|
09/17/12
10/04/11
|
|
|
02/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
Station
|
|
|
News
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
|
Network
|
|
License
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
(a)
|
|
Market
|
|
Station
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
DMA(d)
|
|
|
DMA(e)
|
|
|
161
|
|
Sherman, TX/Ada, OK
|
|
KXII
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
FOX
My Net.
|
|
06/30/11
10/04/11
|
|
|
08/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
172
|
|
Dothan, AL
|
|
WTVY
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
My Net.
|
|
09/01/12
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
178
|
|
Harrisonburg, VA
|
|
WHSV
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
ABC
FOX
My Net.
|
|
12/31/13
06/30/11
10/04/11
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
182
|
|
Bowling Green, KY
|
|
WBKO
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
FOX
CW
|
|
06/30/11
09/01/13
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
183
|
|
Charlottesville, VA
|
|
WCAV
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
WVAW
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAHU
|
|
FOX
|
|
|
06/30/11
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
184
|
|
Grand Junction, CO
|
|
KKCO
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/16
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
04/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
185
|
|
Meridian, MS
|
|
WTOK
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
CW
My Net.
|
|
09/15/10
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
194
|
|
Parkersburg, WV
|
|
WTAP
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
FOX
My Net.
|
|
06/30/11
10/04/11
|
|
|
10/01/04
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
(k)
|
|
Hazard, KY
|
|
WYMT
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
DMA rank based on data published by Nielsen or other public
sources for the
2009-2010
television season. |
|
(b) |
|
Indicates network affiliations. The majority of our stations are
affiliated with a network. We also have independent stations and
stations broadcasting local news and weather. Such stations are
identified as News. |
|
(c) |
|
Indicates date of expiration of network license. |
|
(d) |
|
Based on the average of Nielsen data for the March, May, July
and November 2009 rating periods (except for Hazard, KY, as
described in note (k)), measured from Sunday to Saturday,
6 a.m. to 2 a.m. |
|
(e) |
|
Based on our review of Nielsen data for the March, May, July and
November 2009 rating periods (except for Hazard, KY, as
described in note (k)) for various news programs. |
|
(f) |
|
KLBY-TV and
KUPK-TV are
satellite stations of
KAKE-TV
under FCC rules.
KLBY-TV and
KUPK-TV
retransmit the signal of the primary station and may offer some
locally originated programming, such as local news. |
|
(g) |
|
KBTX-TV is a
satellite station of
KWTX-TV
under FCC rules.
KBTX-TV
retransmits the signal of the primary station and may offer some
locally originated programming, such as local news. |
|
(h) |
|
KGIN-TV is a
satellite station of
KOLN-TV
under FCC rules.
KGIN-TV
retransmits the signal of the primary station and may offer some
locally originated programming, such as local news. |
|
(i) |
|
We have filed a license renewal application with the FCC, and
renewal is pending. We anticipate that all pending applications
will be renewed in due course. |
|
(j) |
|
This station does not currently broadcast local news that is
specific to the Albany, Georgia market. |
|
(k) |
|
The rankings shown for
WYMT-TV are
based on Nielsen data for the trading area for the four most
recent reporting periods, which are November 2008 and February,
May and November 2009. |
Television
Industry Background
The FCC grants broadcast licenses to television stations.
Historically, there have been a limited number of channels
available for broadcasting in any one geographic area.
Television station revenues are derived primarily from local,
regional and national advertising. Television station revenues
are derived to a much lesser extent from retransmission consent
fees; network compensation; studio and tower space rental; and
commercial production activities. Advertising rates are based
upon a variety
64
of factors, including: (i) a programs popularity
among the viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, (ii) the
number of advertisers competing for the available time,
(iii) the size and demographic makeup of the market served
by the station and (iv) the availability of alternative
advertising media in the market area. Rates are also determined
by a stations overall ratings and in-market share, as well
as the stations ratings and market share among particular
demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting. Because
broadcast stations rely on advertising revenues, they are
sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. The sizes of
advertisers budgets, which can be affected by broad
economic trends, can affect the broadcast industry in general
and the revenues of individual broadcast television stations.
Television stations in the country are grouped by Nielsen, a
national audience measuring service, into approximately 210
generally recognized television markets or DMAs. These markets
are ranked in size according to various formulae based upon
actual or potential audience. Each DMA is an exclusive
geographic area consisting of all counties in which the
home-market commercial stations receive the greatest percentage
of total viewing hours. Nielsen periodically publishes data on
estimated audiences for the television stations in the various
television markets throughout the country.
Station
Network Affiliations
Four major broadcast networks, ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, dominate
broadcast television in terms of the amount of original
programming provided to network affiliates. CW and MyNetworkTV
provide their affiliates with a smaller portion of each
days programming compared to ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX.
Most successful commercial television stations obtain their
brand identity from locally produced news programs.
Notwithstanding this, however, the affiliation of a station with
one of the four major networks can have a significant impact on
the stations programming, revenues, expenses and
operations. A typical affiliate of these networks receives the
majority of each days programming from the network. The
network provides an affiliate this programming, along with cash
payments (network compensation) in certain
instances, in exchange for a substantial majority of the
advertising time available for sale during the airing of network
programs. The network then sells this advertising time and
retains the revenues. The affiliate retains revenues from
advertising time sold for time periods between network programs
and for programs the affiliate produces or purchases from
non-network
sources. In seeking to acquire programming to supplement
network-supplied programming, the affiliates compete primarily
with other affiliates and independent stations in their markets.
Cable systems generally do not compete with local stations for
programming, although various national cable networks from time
to time have acquired programs that would have otherwise been
offered to local television stations.
A television station may also acquire programming through barter
arrangements. Under a barter arrangement, a national program
distributor retains a fixed amount of advertising time within
the program in exchange for the programming it supplies. The
television station may pay a fixed fee for such programming.
We account for trade or barter transactions involving the
exchange of tangible goods or services with our customers. The
revenue is recorded at the time the advertisement is broadcast
and the expense is recorded at the time the goods or services
are used. The revenue and expense associated with these
transactions are based on the fair value of the assets or
services received.
We do not account for barter revenue and related barter expense
generated from network or syndicated programming.
In contrast to a network-affiliated station, independent
stations purchase or produce all of the programming they
broadcast, generally resulting in higher programming costs.
Independent stations, however, retain their entire inventory of
advertising time and all related revenues. When compared to
major networks such as ABC, CBS, NBC and FOX, certain networks
such as CW and MyNetworkTV produce a smaller amount of
network-provided programming. Affiliates of CW or MyNetworkTV
must purchase or produce a greater amount of their
non-network
programming, generally resulting in higher programming costs.
Affiliates of CW or MyNetworkTV retain a larger portion of their
advertising time inventory and the related revenues compared to
stations affiliated with the major networks.
65
Cable-originated programming is a significant competitor of
broadcast television programming. However, no single cable
programming network regularly attains audience levels exceeding
a small fraction of those of any major broadcast network. Cable
networks advertising share has increased due to the growth
in cable penetration (the percentage of television households
that are connected to a cable system). Despite increases in
cable viewership, and increases in advertising, growth in direct
broadcast satellite (DBS) and other multi-channel
video program distribution services,
over-the-air
broadcasting remains the dominant distribution system for
mass-market television advertising.
Seasonality
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the
second and fourth quarters each year. This seasonality results
partly from increases in consumer advertising in the spring and
retail advertising in the period leading up to and including the
holiday season. Broadcast advertising revenues are also
generally higher in even-numbered years, due to spending by
political candidates, political parties and special interest
groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the
fourth quarter.
Competition
Television stations compete for audiences, certain programming
(including news) and advertisers. Signal coverage and assigned
frequency also materially affect a television stations
competitive position.
Audience
Stations compete for audience based on broadcast program
popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates.
Affiliated networks supply a substantial portion of our
stations daily programming. Stations depend on the
performance of the network programs to attract viewers. There
can be no assurance that any such current or future programming
created by our affiliated networks will achieve or maintain
satisfactory viewership levels in the future. Stations program
non-network
time periods with a combination of locally produced news, public
affairs and other entertainment programming, including national
news or syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter,
or barter only.
Cable and satellite television have significantly altered
competition for audience in the television industry. Cable and
satellite television can increase a broadcasting stations
competition for viewers by bringing into the market distant
broadcasting signals not otherwise available to the
stations audience and by serving as a distribution system
for non-broadcast programming.
Other sources of competition include home entertainment systems,
wireless cable services, satellite master antenna
television systems, low-power television stations, television
translator stations, DBS video distribution services and the
internet.
Recent developments by many companies, including internet
service providers, are expanding the variety and quality of
broadcast content on the internet. Internet companies have
developed business relationships with companies that have
traditionally provided syndicated programming, network
television and other content. As a result, additional
programming is becoming available through non-traditional
methods, which can directly impact the number of TV viewers, and
thus indirectly impact station rankings, popularity and revenue
possibilities from our stations.
Programming
Competition for
non-network
programming involves negotiating with national program
distributors, or syndicators, that sell first-run and rerun
programming packages. Each station competes against the other
broadcast stations in its market for exclusive access to
off-network
reruns (such as Friends) and first-run programming (such as
Oprah). Broadcast stations compete also for exclusive news
stories and features. Cable systems generally do not compete
with local stations for programming, although various national
cable networks from time to time have acquired programs that
would have otherwise been offered to local television stations.
66
Advertising
Advertising rates are based upon: (i) the size of a
stations market, (ii) a stations overall
ratings, (iii) a programs popularity among targeted
viewers, (iv) the number of advertisers competing for
available time, (v) the demographic makeup of the
stations market, (vi) the availability of alternative
advertising media in the market, (vii) the presence of
effective sales forces and (viii) the development of
projects, features and programs that tie advertiser messages to
programming. Advertising revenues comprise the primary source of
revenues for our stations. Our stations compete with other
television stations for advertising revenues in their respective
markets. Our stations also compete for advertising revenue with
other media, such as newspapers, radio stations, magazines,
outdoor advertising, transit advertising, yellow page
directories, direct mail, internet and local cable systems. In
the broadcasting industry, advertising revenue competition
occurs primarily within individual markets.
Federal
Regulation of Our Business
General
Under the Communications Act, television broadcast operations
such as ours are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC. Among
other things, the Communications Act empowers the FCC to:
(i) issue, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses;
(ii) regulate stations operations and equipment; and
(iii) impose penalties for violations of the Communications
Act or FCC regulations. The Communications Act prohibits the
assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a licensee
without prior FCC approval.
License
Grant and Renewal
The FCC grants broadcast licenses to television stations for
terms of up to eight years. Broadcast licenses are of paramount
importance to the operations of our television stations. The
Communications Act requires the FCC to renew a licensees
broadcast license if the FCC finds that: (i) the station
has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;
(ii) there have been no serious violations of either the
Communications Act or the FCCs rules and regulations; and
(iii) there have been no other violations which, taken
together, would constitute a pattern of abuse. Historically the
FCC has renewed broadcast licenses in substantially all cases.
While we are not currently aware of any facts or circumstances
that might prevent the renewal of our stations licenses at
the end of their respective license terms, we cannot provide any
assurances that any license could be renewed. Our failure to
renew any licenses upon the expiration of any license term could
have a material adverse effect on our business. Under FCC rules,
a license expiration date is automatically extended pending the
review and approval of the renewal application. For further
information regarding the expiration dates of our stations
current licenses and renewal application status, see the table
under the heading Our Stations and Their Markets.
Ownership
Rules
The FCCs broadcast ownership rules affect the number, type
and location of broadcast and newspaper properties that we may
hold or acquire. The rules now in effect limit the common
ownership, operation or control of, and attributable
interests or voting power in: (i) television stations
serving the same area; (ii) television stations and daily
newspapers serving the same area; and (iii) television
stations and radio stations serving the same area. The rules
also limit the aggregate national audience reach of television
stations that may be under common ownership, operation and
control, or in which a single person or entity may hold an
official position or have more than a specified interest or
percentage of voting power. The FCCs rules also define the
types of positions and interests that are considered
attributable for purposes of the ownership limits, and thus also
apply to our principals and certain investors.
The FCC is required by statute to review all of its broadcast
ownership rules every four years to determine if such rules
remain necessary in the public interest. The FCC completed a
comprehensive review of its ownership rules in 2003,
significantly relaxing restrictions on the common ownership of
television stations, radio stations and daily newspapers within
the same local market. However, in 2004, the United States Court
of Appeals for the Third Circuit vacated many of the FCCs
2003 rule changes. The court
67
remanded the rules to the FCC for further proceedings and
extended a stay on the implementation of the new rules. In 2007,
the FCC adopted a Report and Order addressing the issues
remanded by the Third Circuit and fulfilling the FCCs
obligation to review its media ownership rules every four years.
That Order left most of the FCCs pre-2003 ownership
restrictions in place, but made modifications to the
newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership restriction. A number of
parties appealed the FCCs order; those appeals were
consolidated in the Third Circuit in 2008 and remain pending.
The Third Circuit initially stayed implementation of the 2007
changes to the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership restriction,
but recently lifted the stay and set a briefing schedule for the
pending appeals. We cannot provide any assurances regarding the
outcome of the appeals, or the potential impact thereof on our
business. In 2010, the FCC again will be required to undertake a
comprehensive review of its broadcast ownership rules to
determine whether the rules remain necessary in the public
interest.
Local
TV Ownership Rule
The FCCs 2007 actions generally reinstated the FCCs
pre-2003 local television ownership rules. Under those rules,
one entity may own two commercial television stations in a DMA
as long as no more than one of those stations is ranked among
the top four stations in the DMA and eight independently owned,
full-power stations will remain in the DMA. Waivers of this rule
may be available if at least one of the stations in a proposed
combination qualifies, pursuant to specific criteria set forth
in the FCCs rules, as failed, failing, or unbuilt. The FCC
has recently initiated a proceeding to reexamine these rules. No
assurances can be provided as to the timing or outcome of any
such proceedings, or their impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Cross-Media
Limits
The newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule generally prohibits
one entity from owning both a commercial broadcast station and a
daily newspaper in the same community. The radio/television
cross-ownership rule allows a party to own one or two TV
stations and a varying number of radio stations within a single
market. The FCCs 2007 decision left the pre-2003
newspaper/broadcast and radio/television cross-ownership
restrictions in place, but provided that the FCC would evaluate
newly-proposed newspaper/broadcast combinations under a
non-exhaustive list of four public interest factors and apply
positive or negative presumptions in specific circumstances. As
noted above, a stay implemented by the Third Circuit that
precluded these rule changes from taking effect recently was
lifted, and the FCC has subsequently initiated a proceeding to
reexamine these rules. No assurances can be provided as to the
timing or outcome of any such proceedings, or their impact on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
National
Television Station Ownership Rule
The maximum percentage of U.S. households that a single
owner can reach through commonly owned television stations is
39 percent. This limit was specified by Congress in 2004
and is not affected by the December 2007 FCC decision. The FCC
applies a 50 percent discount for ultra-high
frequency (UHF) stations, but the FCC indicated in
the 2007 decision that it will conduct a separate proceeding to
determine how or whether the UHF discount will operate in the
future.
As indicated above, the FCCs latest actions concerning
media ownership are subject to further judicial and FCC review.
We cannot predict the outcome of potential appellate litigation
or FCC action.
Attribution
Rules
Under the FCCs ownership rules, a direct or indirect
purchaser of certain types of our securities could violate FCC
regulations if that purchaser owned or acquired an
attributable interest in other media properties in
the same areas as our stations. Pursuant to FCC rules, the
following relationships and interests are generally considered
attributable for purposes of broadcast ownership restrictions:
(i) all officers and directors of a corporate licensee and
its direct or indirect parent(s); (ii) voting stock
interests of at least five percent; (iii) voting stock
interests of at least 20 percent, if the holder is a
passive
68
institutional investor (such as an investment company, bank, or
insurance company); (iv) any equity interest in a limited
partnership or limited liability company, unless properly
insulated from management activities;
(v) equity
and/or debt
interests that in the aggregate exceed 33 percent of a
licensees total assets, if the interest holder supplies
more than 15 percent of the stations total weekly
programming or is a same-market broadcast company or daily
newspaper publisher; (vi) time brokerage of a broadcast
station by a same-market broadcast company; and
(vii) same-market radio joint sales agreements. The FCC is
also considering deeming same-market television joint sales
agreements attributable. Management services agreements and
other types of shared services arrangements between same-market
stations that do not include attributable time brokerage or
joint sales components generally are not deemed attributable
under the FCCs rules.
To our knowledge, no officer, director or five percent
stockholder currently holds an attributable interest in another
television station, radio station or daily newspaper that is
inconsistent with the FCCs ownership rules and policies or
with our ownership of our stations.
Alien
Ownership Restrictions
The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities
or individuals to own or hold interests in broadcast licenses.
The Communications Act bars the following from holding broadcast
licenses: foreign governments, representatives of foreign
governments, non-citizens, representatives of non-citizens, and
corporations or partnerships organized under the laws of a
foreign nation. Foreign individuals or entities, collectively,
may directly or indirectly own or vote no more than
20 percent of the capital stock of a licensee or
25 percent of the capital stock of a corporation that
directly or indirectly controls a licensee. The 20 percent
limit on foreign ownership of a licensee may not be waived.
While the FCC has the discretion to permit foreign ownership in
excess of 25 percent in a corporation controlling a
licensee, it has rarely done so in the broadcast context.
We serve as a holding company of wholly owned subsidiaries, one
of which is a licensee for our stations. Therefore we may be
restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned
or voted directly or indirectly by non-citizens, foreign
governments, representatives of non-citizens or foreign
governments, or foreign corporations.
Programming
and Operations
Rules and policies of the FCC and other federal agencies
regulate certain programming practices and other areas affecting
the business or operations of broadcast stations.
The Childrens Television Act of 1990 limits commercial
matter in childrens television programs and requires
stations to present educational and informational
childrens programming. Broadcasters are required to
provide at least three hours of childrens educational
programming per week on their primary digital channels. This
requirement increases proportionately with each free video
programming stream a station broadcasts simultaneously
(multicasts). In October 2009, the FCC issued a
Notice of Inquiry (NOI) seeking comment on a broad
range of issues related to childrens usage of electronic
media and the current regulatory landscape that governs the
availability of electronic media to children. The NOI remains
pending, and we cannot predict what recommendations or further
action, if any, will result from it.
In 2007 the FCC adopted an order imposing on broadcasters new
public filing and public interest reporting requirements. These
new requirements must be approved by the Office of Management
and Budget before they become effective, and the OMB has not yet
approved them. It is unclear when, if ever, these rules will be
implemented. Pursuant to these new requirements, stations that
have websites will be required to make certain portions of their
public inspection files accessible online. Stations also will be
required to file electronically every quarter a new,
standardized form that will track various types and quantities
of local programming. The form will require information about
programming related to: (i) local news and community
issues, (ii) local civic affairs, (iii) local
electoral affairs, (iv) underserved communities,
(v) public service announcements (vi) independently
produced programming, and (vii) religious programming.
Stations will also have to describe: (i) any efforts made
to assess the programming needs of their stations
community, (ii) whether the station is providing required
close captioning, (iii) efforts to make emergency
information
69
accessible to persons with disabilities and (iv), if applicable,
any local marketing or joint sales agreements involving the
station. If implemented as proposed by the FCC, the new
standardized form will significantly increase recordkeeping
requirements for television broadcasters. Several station owners
and other interested parties have asked the FCC to reconsider
the new reporting requirements and have sought to postpone their
implementation. In addition, the order imposing the new rules is
currently on appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
District of Columbia Circuit.
In 2007, the FCC issued a Report on Broadcast Localism and
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (the Report). The
Report tentatively concluded that broadcast licensees should be
required to have regular meetings with permanent local advisory
boards to ascertain the needs and interests of their
communities. The Report also tentatively adopted specific
renewal application processing guidelines that would require
broadcasters to air a minimum amount of local programming. The
Report sought public comment on two additional rule changes that
would impact television broadcasters. These rule changes would
restrict a broadcasters ability to locate a stations
main studio outside the community of license and the right to
operate a station remotely. To date, the FCC has not issued a
final order on the matter. We cannot predict whether or when the
FCC will codify some or all of the specific localism initiatives
discussed in the Report.
Over the past few years, the FCC has increased its enforcement
efforts regarding broadcast indecency and profanity. In 2006,
the statutory maximum fine for broadcast indecency material
increased from $32,500 to $325,000 per incident. Several
judicial appeals of FCC indecency enforcement actions are
currently pending, and their outcomes could affect future FCC
policies in this area.
EEO
Rules
The FCCs Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)
rules impose job information dissemination, recruitment,
documentation and reporting requirements on broadcast station
licensees. Broadcasters are subject to random audits to ensure
compliance with the EEO rules and could be sanctioned for
noncompliance.
Cable
and Satellite Transmission of Local Television
Signals
Under FCC regulations, cable systems must devote a specified
portion of their channel capacity to the carriage of local
television station signals. Television stations may elect
between must carry rights or a right to restrict or
prevent cable systems from carrying the stations signal
without the stations permission (retransmission
consent). Stations must make this election at the same
time once every three years, and did so most recently on
October 1, 2008. All broadcast stations that made carriage
decisions on October 1, 2008 will be bound by their
decisions until the end of the current three year cycle on
December 31, 2011. Our stations have generally elected
retransmission consent and have entered into carriage agreements
with cable systems serving their markets.
For those markets in which a DBS carrier provides any local
signal, the FCC also has established a market-specific
requirement for mandatory carriage of local television stations
by DBS operators similar to that for cable systems. The FCC has
also adopted rules relating to station eligibility for DBS
carriage and subscriber eligibility for receiving signals. There
are specific statutory requirements relating to satellite
distribution of distant network signals to unserved
households, households that do not receive a Grade B
signal from a local network affiliate. A law governing DBS
distribution, the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and
Reauthorization Act of 2004 (SHVERA), was scheduled
to expire at the end of 2009. Congress has extended SHVERA three
times. The most recent extension maintains the current law until
April 30, 2010. A long-term extension and revision of
SHVERA is still expected to be finalized in the near future. We
cannot predict the impact of DBS service on our business. We
have, however, entered into retransmission consent agreements
with DISH Network and DirectTV for the retransmission of our
television stations signals into the local markets that
each of these DBS providers respectively serves.
Digital
Television Service
In 1997, the FCC adopted rules for implementing digital
television (DTV) service. On June 12, 2009, the
U.S. finalized its transition from analog to digital
service, and full-power television stations were required
70
to cease analog operations and commence digital-only operations.
The DTV transition has improved the technical quality of
viewers television signals and given broadcasters the
ability to provide new services, such as high definition
television.
Broadcasters may use their digital spectrum to provide either a
single DTV signal or multicast several program streams.
Broadcasters also may use some of their digital spectrum to
offer non-broadcast ancillary services such as
subscription video, data transfer or audio signals. However,
broadcasters must pay the government a fee of five percent of
gross revenues received from such ancillary services. Under the
FCCs rules relating to digital broadcasters
must carry rights (which apply to cable and certain
DBS systems) digital stations asserting must carry
rights are entitled to carriage of only a single programming
stream and other program-related content on that
stream, even if they multicast. Now that the DTV transition is
complete, cable operators have two options to ensure that all
analog cable subscribers continue to be able to receive the
signals of stations electing must-carry status. They may choose
either to (i) broadcast the signal in digital format for
digital customers and down-convert the signal to
analog format for analog customers or (ii) deliver the
signal in digital format to all subscribers and ensure that all
subscribers with analog service have set-top boxes that convert
the digital signal to analog format.
Currently, all of our full-power stations are broadcasting
digitally. In 2009, we also began testing mobile DTV broadcasts
in one of our markets. Consumers are able to view these
broadcasts on handheld devices equipped with a DTV receiver. To
date, the FCC has not adopted any regulations that are specific
to mobile DTV services, and we cannot predict whether it will do
so in the future.
The FCC has adopted rules and procedures regarding the digital
conversion of Low Power Television (LPTV) stations,
TV translator stations and TV booster stations. Under these
rules, existing LPTV and TV translator stations may convert to
digital operations on their current channels. Alternatively,
LPTV and translator licenses may seek a digital
companion channel for their analog station
operations. At a later date, the FCC will determine the date by
which those stations obtaining a digital companion channel must
surrender one of their channels.
Beginning December 31, 2006, DTV broadcasters were required
to comply with Emergency Alert System (EAS) rules
and ensure that viewers of all programming streams can receive
EAS messages.
Broadcast
Spectrum
On March 16, 2010, the FCC delivered to Congress a
National Broadband Plan. The National Broadband
Plan, inter alia, makes recommendations regarding the use of
spectrum currently allocated to television broadcasters,
including seeking the voluntary surrender of certain portions of
the television broadcast spectrum and repacking the currently
allocated spectrum to make portions of that spectrum available
for other wireless communications services. If some or all of
our television stations are required to change frequencies or
reduce the amount of spectrum they use, our stations could incur
substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of
over-the-air
signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition
programming and additional program streams, including mobile
video services. Prior to implementation of the proposals
contained in the National Broadband Plan, further action by the
FCC or Congress or both is necessary. We cannot predict the
likelihood, timing or outcome of any Congressional or FCC
regulatory action in this regard nor the impact of any such
changes upon our business.
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of the
Communications Act, other applicable statutes, or the FCCs
rules, regulations or policies. Proposals for additional or
revised regulations and requirements are pending before, are
being considered by, and may in the future be considered by,
Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. We
cannot predict the effect of any existing or proposed federal
legislation, regulations or policies on our business. Also,
several of the foregoing matters are now, or may become, the
subject of litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any
such litigation or the effect on our business.
71
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 1,954 full-time
employees and 254 part-time employees. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 100 full-time employees and
19 part-time employees that were represented by unions. We
consider relations with our employees to be good.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, the Company and its operations are parties
to, or targets of, lawsuits, claims, investigations and
proceedings. Any such claims are handled and defended in the
ordinary course of business. While the Company is unable to
predict the outcome of these matters, we do not believe, based
upon currently available facts, that the ultimate resolution of
any such pending matters will have a material adverse effect on
our overall financial condition, results of operations, or cash
flows. However, adverse developments could negatively impact
earnings or cash flows in a particular future period.
72
COMPANY
MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS
The following table sets forth information about our executive
officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position Held With Gray
|
|
Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman and Director
|
William E. Mayher, III
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
Robert S. Prather, Jr.
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
James C. Ryan
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President
|
Robert A. Beizer
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Vice President for Law and Development and Secretary
|
J. Mack Robinson
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
Director and Chairman Emeritus
|
Richard L. Boger
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Ray M. Deaver
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Director
|
T.L. Elder
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Director
|
Zell B. Miller
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
Director
|
Howell W. Newton
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Hugh E. Norton
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
Director
|
Harriett J. Robinson
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
Director
|
Set forth below is certain information concerning the business
experience during the past five years of each of the individuals
named above.
Hilton H. Howell, Jr. has been our Chief Executive
Officer since August 20, 2008 and has also served as
Vice-Chairman since September 2002. Before that, he had been our
Executive Vice President since September 2000. He has served as
one of our directors since 1993. He has served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Atlantic American Corporation, an
insurance holding company, since 1995, and as Chairman of that
Company since February 24, 2009. He has been Executive Vice
President and General Counsel of Delta Life Insurance Company
and Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company since 1991. He has
served as Vice Chairman of Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance
Company since 1992 and Vice Chairman of Georgia
Casualty & Surety Company from 1992 through 2008. He
served as Chairman of the Board of TCM, from December 2005 until
December 2009. Mr. Howell also serves as a director of
Atlantic American Corporation and its subsidiaries American
Southern Insurance Company, American Safety Insurance Company
and Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance Company, as well as Delta
Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance
Company. He is the
son-in-law
of Mr. J. Mack Robinson and Mrs. Harriett J. Robinson,
both members of our board of directors.
William E. Mayher, III is a member of the Executive
Committee, the Audit Committee, the Management Personnel
Committee and the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of our
Board of Directors and has served as Chairman of our Board of
Directors since August 1993. Dr. Mayher was a neurosurgeon
in Albany, Georgia from 1970 to 1998. Dr. Mayher is the
Chairman of the Medical College of Georgia Foundation and a past
member of the Board of Directors of the American Association of
Neurological Surgeons. He also serves as a director of Palmyra
Medical Centers and Chairman of the Albany Dougherty County
Airport Commission.
Robert S. Prather, Jr. has served as our President
and Chief Operating Officer since September 2002. He has served
as one of our directors since 1993. He has been a director of
TCM since 1994, and served as Chairman of TCM from December 2005
until November 2007. He served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of TCM from May 2005 to December 30, 2005, and has
served in that position since November 2007. TCM filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. bankruptcy
code on September 14, 2009. The order confirming the Plan
of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy code
became effective December 8, 2009. He serves as an advisory
director of Swiss Army Brands, Inc., and serves on the Board of
Trustees of the Georgia World Congress Center Authority. He also
serves as a member of the Board of Directors for GAMCO
Investors, Inc., Gaylord Entertainment Company and Victory
Ventures, Inc.
73
James C. Ryan has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since October 1998 and Senior Vice President since September
2002. Before that, he had been our Vice President since October
1998.
Robert A. Beizer has served as our Vice President for Law
and Development and Secretary since 1996. From June 1994 to
February 1996, he was of counsel to Venable, LLC, a law firm, in
its regulatory and legislative practice group. From 1990 to
1994, Mr. Beizer was a partner in the law firm of
Sidley & Austin and was head of their communications
practice group in Washington, D.C. He is a past president
of the Federal Communications Bar Association and has served as
a member of the American Bar Association House of Delegates. He
is a member of the ABA Forum Committee on Communications Law.
J. Mack Robinson was our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer from September 2002 until August 2008. Prior
to that, he was our President and Chief Executive Officer from
1996 through September 2002. He is Chairman Emeritus of our
Board of Directors. Mr. Robinson has served as Chairman of
the Board and President of Delta Life Insurance Company and
Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company since 1958.
Mr. Robinson served as Chairman of the Board of Atlantic
American Corporation, an insurance holding company, from 1974 to
February 2009 and has served as Chairman Emeritus of Atlantic
American Corporation since February 2009. Mr. Robinson also
serves as a director of the following companies: Bankers
Fidelity Life Insurance Company, American Southern Insurance
Company and American Safety Insurance Company. Mr. Robinson
is the husband of Mrs. Harriett J. Robinson and the
father-in-law
of Mr. Hilton H. Howell, Jr., both members of our
Board of Directors.
Richard L. Boger is a member of the Audit Committee of
our Board of Directors. Mr. Boger has been President and
Chief Executive Officer of Lex-Tek International, Inc., an
insurance software company, since February 2002. Since July
2003, he has also served as business manager for Owen Holdings,
LLLP, a Georgia Limited Liability Limited Partnership; since
July 2004, has served as General Partner of Shawnee Meadow
Holdings, LLLP, a Georgia Limited Liability Limited Partnership;
and since March 2006 has served as business manager for
Heathland Holdings, LLLP, a Georgia Limited Liability Limited
Partnership. He also serves as a member of the Board of Trustees
of Corner Cap Group of Funds, a series mutual fund.
Ray M. Deaver is Chairman of the Management Personnel
Committee and a member of the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan
Committee of our Board of Directors. Prior to his appointment to
our Board of Directors, Mr. Deaver served as our Regional
Vice President-Texas from October 1999 until his retirement in
2001. He was the President and General Manager of KWTX
Broadcasting Company and President of Brazos Broadcasting
Company from November 1997 until their acquisition by us in
October 1999.
T.L. (Gene) Elder is a member the Audit Committee of our
Board of Directors. Until May 2003, Mr. Elder was a partner
of Tatum, LLC, a national firm of career chief financial
officers, and since 2004 has been a Senior Partner of that firm.
Zell B. Miller is a member of the Management Personnel
Committee and the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of our
Board of Directors. He was U.S. Senator from Georgia from
July 2000 until his retirement in January 2005. Prior to that
time he was Governor of the State of Georgia from 1991 until
1999 and Lieutenant Governor from 1975 until 1991. He is a
Director Emeritus of the Board of Directors of United Community
Banks, Inc. in Blairsville, Georgia.
Howell W. Newton is Chairman of the Audit Committee of
our Board of Directors. Since 1978, Mr. Newton has been
President and Treasurer of Trio Manufacturing Co., a real estate
and investment company.
Hugh E. Norton is Chairman of the 2007 Long Term
Incentive Plan Committee and is a member of the Management
Personnel Committee of our Board of Directors. Mr. Norton
has been President of Norco, Inc., an insurance agency, since
1973 and also is a real estate developer in Destin, Florida.
Harriett J. Robinson has been a director of Atlantic
American Corporation since 1989. Mrs. Robinson has also
been a director of Delta Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire
and Casualty Insurance Company since 1967. Mrs. Robinson is
the wife of Mr. J. Mack Robinson and the
mother-in-law
of Mr. Hilton H. Howell, Jr., both members of our
Board of Directors.
74
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We obtain certain liability, umbrella and workers
compensation insurance coverages through Insurance Associates of
Georgia, an insurance agency that is owned by a
son-in-law
of Hugh E. Norton, one of our directors. During 2009, in
connection with these coverages, Insurance Associates of Georgia
retained commissions of $130,577 paid to it by the various
insurance companies providing insurance to us and paid $96,640
of such commissions to Norco Holdings, Inc., an insurance
agency, of which Mr. Norton is President and which is owned
by Mr. Nortons wife and daughter. The Board of
Directors has reviewed these arrangements and has determined
that, notwithstanding these payments, Mr. Norton is
independent in accordance with Section 303A.02(b) of the
New York Stock Exchange listing standards and the standards set
forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code) and the Exchange Act.
In December 2008, we entered into a consulting contract with
Mr. Robinson in which he agreed to consult and advise us
with respect to its television stations and all related matters
in connection with various proposed or existing television
stations. In return for these services, Mr. Robinson
received compensation of $400,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2009. Mr. Robinson serves as a member of
our Board of Directors and as Chairman Emeritus.
DESCRIPTION
OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS AND CERTAIN OTHER OBLIGATIONS
This description contains a summary of our outstanding
indebtedness and certain other obligations. This description is
only a summary of the applicable obligations. The following
summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and
qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the
provisions of the corresponding agreements, including the
definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise
defined in this prospectus.
Senior
Credit Facility
Our senior credit facility consists of a revolving loan and a
term loan. The amount outstanding under our senior credit
facility as of March 31, 2010 was $789.8 million,
consisting solely of the term loan and excluding the facility
fee as described below. On that date and after giving effect to
the offering of original notes and the use of proceeds
therefrom, we had $489.8 million outstanding under the
senior credit facility. The maximum borrowing capacity available
under the revolving loan was $40.0 million. Of the maximum
borrowing capacity available under our revolving loan, the
amount that we can draw is limited by certain restrictive
covenants, including our total net leverage ratio covenant.
Based on such covenant, as of March 31, 2010, we could have
drawn $40.0 million under the revolving loan.
Under our revolving and term loans, we can choose to pay
interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.5%, or the
lenders base rate, generally equal to the lenders
prime rate, plus 2.5%. This interest is payable in cash
throughout the year.
In addition, on March 31, 2009, we began to incur a
facility fee at an annual rate of 3.0% on all principal balances
outstanding under the revolving and term loans. For the period
from March 31, 2009 until April 30, 2010, the annual
facility fee for the revolving and term loans accrued, and is
payable on the respective revolving and term loan maturity
dates. The revolving loan and term loan maturity dates are
March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
For the period from April 30, 2010 until maturity of the
senior credit facility, the annual facility fee is payable in
cash on a quarterly basis and the amount accrued through
April 30, 2010 bears interest at an annual rate of 6.5%,
payable quarterly in arrears. As of March 31, 2010, our
accrued facility fee of $24.2 million was classified as a
long-term liability on our balance sheet. The accrued facility
fee is included in determining the amount of total debt in
calculating our total net leverage ratio covenant as defined in
our senior credit facility.
The average interest rate on our total debt outstanding under
the senior credit facility as of March 31, 2010 was 8.8%.
This rate is as of the period end and does not include the
effects of our interest rate swap agreements. Including the
effects of our interest rate swap agreements, the average
interest rate on our total debt outstanding under the senior
credit facility at March 31, 2010 was 11.8%.
75
Also under our revolving loan, we pay a commitment fee on the
average daily unused portion of the revolving loan availability.
As of March 31, 2010, the annual commitment fee was 0.5%.
Collateral
and Restrictions
The collateral for our senior credit facility consists of
substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets. In
addition, our subsidiaries are joint and several guarantors of
the obligations and our ownership interests in our subsidiaries
are pledged to collateralize the obligations. The senior credit
facility contains affirmative and restrictive covenants. These
covenants include but are not limited to (i) limitations on
additional indebtedness, (ii) limitations on liens,
(iii) limitations on amendments to our by-laws and articles
of incorporation, (iv) limitations on mergers and the sale
of assets, (v) limitations on guarantees,
(vi) limitations on investments and acquisitions,
(vii) limitations on the payment of dividends and the
redemption of our capital stock, (vii) maintenance of a
specified total net leverage ratio not to exceed certain maximum
limits, (viii) limitations on related party transactions,
(ix) limitations on the purchase of real estate, and
(x) limitations on entering into multiemployer retirement
plans, as well as other customary covenants for credit
facilities of this type. As of March 31, 2010, we were in
compliance with all restrictive covenants as required by our
senior credit facility.
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or
operations, other than our investments in our subsidiaries. The
aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the
subsidiary guarantors (as defined in and for purposes of our
senior credit facility) are substantially equivalent to our
assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated
basis. The subsidiary guarantors are, directly or indirectly,
our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the
subsidiary guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and
several. All of our current and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries are and will be guarantors under the senior credit
facility.
The 2010 amendment, among other things, increased the maximum
amount of the total net leverage ratio covenant thereunder
through March 31, 2011, and reduced the maximum
availability under the revolving loan to $40.0 million.
The 2010 amendment also imposed an additional fee, equal to 2.0%
per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, until such time as we
completed an offering of capital stock or certain debt
securities that resulted in the repayment of not less than
$200.0 million of the term loan outstanding under our
senior credit facility. That fee was eliminated upon the
repayment of amounts under the term loan which occurred upon the
completion of the offering of original notes and use of proceeds
thereof. In addition, upon completion of a financing that
results in the repayment of at least $200.0 million of our
term loan, we achieved additional flexibility under various
covenants in our senior credit facility. After completing the
offering of original notes and using the net proceeds to repay
at least $200.0 million of our term loan, the 2.0% per
annum fee was eliminated, the facility fee was reduced, and the
terms of certain restrictive covenants were improved. The use of
proceeds from any issuance of additional securities is generally
limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding under our term
loan and, in certain circumstances, to the repurchase of
outstanding shares of our Series D perpetual preferred
stock. For additional details regarding the March 2010 amendment
to our senior credit facility, see Note 14.
Subsequent Event Long-term Debt
Amendment to our audited financial statements included
elsewhere herein.
76
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior
credit facility (i) giving effect to the 2010 amendment and
(ii) as so amended and after giving affect to the
completion of the offering of original notes and the repayment
of not less than $200.0 million of the term loan
outstanding under our senior credit facility, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
the Offering of
|
|
After Giving Effect to
|
|
|
Original
|
|
the Offering of
|
|
|
Notes and Related
|
|
Original Notes and
|
|
|
Repayment of
|
|
Related Repayment of
|
Description
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.5%
or BASE plus 2.5%
|
|
Same
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.5%
or BASE plus 2.5%
|
|
Same
|
Annual facility fee rate
|
|
3.0% with
a potential
reduction in
future periods
|
|
1.25% with
a potential
reduction in
future periods.
|
Annual incentive fee rate
|
|
2.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
|
|
0.50%
|
|
Same
|
Revolving loan commitment
|
|
$40 million
|
|
$40 million
|
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 through June 29, 2010
|
|
9.00x
|
|
Replaced with first
|
June 30, 2010 through September 29, 2010
|
|
9.50x
|
|
lien leverage test
|
September 30, 2010 through March 30, 2011
|
|
9.75x
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
6.50x
|
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
None
|
|
0.90x to 1.0x
|
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to
calculate total net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or
first lien leverage test, as applicable)
|
|
$10.0 million
|
|
$15.0 million
|
As a result of the repayment of in excess of $250.0 million
of the term loan outstanding under the senior credit facility,
certain fees thereunder were further reduced, and we were able
to achieve certain additional covenant relief.
For further information concerning our senior credit facility,
see Note 3. Long-term Debt and Accrued Facility
Fee to our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere herein. For estimates of future principal and interest
payments under our senior credit facility, see Tabular
Disclosure of Contractual Obligations as of December 31,
2009 in Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue up to 20.0 million
shares of preferred stock. As of March 31, 2010, we had
1,000 shares of Series D perpetual preferred stock
outstanding. The certificate of designation relating to the
Series D perpetual preferred stock (the Certificate
of Designation) provides the following:
Voting
Rights
Shares of Series D perpetual preferred stock do not have
any voting rights, except with respect to amendments to the
Certificate of Designation, or as otherwise required by law.
77
Ranking
and Liquidation
The Series D perpetual preferred stock ranks, as to
dividend rights and rights on liquidation events, senior to all
classes of common stock, on parity with other series or classes
of preferred stock which do not expressly provide that such
class or series will rank senior to the Series D perpetual
preferred stock, and junior to each series or class of preferred
stock which expressly provides that such class or series ranks
senior to the Series D perpetual preferred stock. Upon any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
holders of the Series D perpetual preferred stock have a
liquidation preference. The Series D perpetual preferred
stock had a liquidation value of $100,000 per share for a total
liquidation value of $100.0 million as of March 31,
2010.
Dividends
The holders of the Series D perpetual preferred stock are
entitled to quarterly dividends. We have deferred the cash
payment of dividends thereon since October 1, 2008. As a
result and in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of
Designation, the dividend rate on the Series D perpetual
preferred stock has increased from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per
annum, and will continue to accrue at that rate as long as at
least three consecutive cash dividend payments remain unfunded.
While any Series D perpetual preferred stock dividend
payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing,
declaring
and/or
paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities
having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in
ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D
perpetual preferred stock, including our common stock and
Class A common stock.
Redemption
The Series D perpetual preferred stock has no mandatory
redemption date, but is redeemable, at our option, at any time.
If redeemed prior to January 1, 2012, we would be required
to pay a premium thereon as set out in the Certificate of
Designation. In addition, in the event of certain changes of
control, we would be required to repurchase the Series D
perpetual preferred stock. Shares of Series D perpetual
preferred stock may also be redeemed, at a holders option,
on or after June 30, 2015. If the Series D perpetual
preferred stock is redeemed, we are required to pay the
liquidation price per share in cash plus the pro-rata accrued
dividends to the date fixed for redemption.
Covenants
The Certificate of Designation requires that we comply with
certain covenants contained therein, including: (i) a
limitation on restricted payments; (ii) a limitation on
indebtedness; (iii) a limitation on certain liens;
(iv) a limitation on asset sales; (v) a limitation on
certain mergers; (vi) requirements as to the use of
proceeds from asset sales; (vii) a limitation on
transactions with affiliates.
Repurchase
of a Portion of the Outstanding Shares of our Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
On April 19, 2010, we entered into an agreement (the
Exchange Agreement) with holders of shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. Pursuant to the
Exchange Agreement, concurrently with the completion of the
offering of the original notes, we repurchased
$75.59 million of Series D perpetual preferred stock,
including accrued dividends, in exchange for $50.0 million
in cash and 8.5 million shares of our common stock.
DESCRIPTION
OF NOTES
General
We issued the original notes and will issue the exchange notes
under an Indenture (the Indenture), dated as of
April 29, 2010, by and among us, the Subsidiary Guarantors
and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
Trustee). The exchange notes will be identical in
all material respects to the original notes, except that the
exchange notes will be issued in a transaction registered under
the Securities Act and are free of any obligation regarding
registration, including the payment of special interest upon
failure to file or have
78
declared effective an exchange offer registration statement or
to consummate an exchange offer by certain dates. The terms of
the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended (the Trust Indenture
Act). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders
of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the
Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.
We summarize below certain material provisions of the Indenture,
the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement. We do not restate those provisions in their entirety.
We urge you to read the Indenture, the Collateral Agreement and
the Intercreditor Agreement because they define your rights. You
can obtain a copies of the Indenture, a form of the Notes, the
Collateral Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement from us .
Except as otherwise indicated, the following summary of the
notes applies to both the original notes and the exchange notes.
Key terms used in this section are defined under
Certain Definitions. When we refer in this section
to:
|
|
|
|
|
the Company, we mean Gray Television, Inc. and not
its subsidiaries; and
|
|
|
|
the Notes, we mean the original notes, the exchange
notes and Additional Notes we may issue from time to time under
the Indenture (and exchange notes issued in exchange therefor).
|
Overview
of the Notes
The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and rank:
|
|
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior
Indebtedness (including any Permitted Additional Pari Passu
Secured Obligations permitted to be incurred in accordance with
the Indenture) of the Company;
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
|
|
|
|
effectively junior to any obligations of the Company that are
secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is senior or prior to
the Second Priority Liens, including the First Priority Liens
securing obligations under the Senior Credit Facility referred
to below, and potentially any Permitted Liens;
|
|
|
|
effectively senior to any obligations of the Company that are
unsecured to the extent of the value of the Collateral after
giving effect to the First Priority Liens, and potentially any
Permitted Liens; and
|
|
|
|
structurally junior to any Indebtedness or Obligations of any
non-guarantor Subsidiaries.
|
The Notes and the obligations under the Indenture are secured by
second-priority security interests in the Collateral (subject to
priority and otherwise to certain exceptions and Permitted
Liens). As a result, the Notes and the obligations under the
Indenture are effectively (a) junior to any Indebtedness of
the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors which either is
(i) secured by the First Priority Liens or
(ii) secured by assets which are not part of the Collateral
securing the Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of
such assets and (b) equal in rank with any Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations. The Indebtedness
Incurred under the Senior Credit Facility is and will be secured
by a first-priority security interest in the Collateral.
Accordingly, while the Notes rank equally in right of payment
with the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and all
other liabilities not expressly subordinated by their terms to
the Notes, the Notes are effectively subordinated to the
Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility to the
extent of the value of the Collateral.
As described in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
information included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving
effect to the offering of the original notes and the use of
proceeds thereof, at March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
our total indebtedness (excluding intercompany indebtedness)
would have been approximately $879.4 million;
|
|
|
|
the Company would have had approximately $879.4 million of
secured indebtedness, $514.0 million of which would have
been under the Senior Credit Facility ranking effectively senior
to the extent of the
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
value of the collateral securing the Senior Credit Facility and
$365.0 million of which would be the Notes offered
hereby; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Subsidiary Guarantors would have had approximately
$879.4 million of indebtedness, including guarantees of
indebtedness of $514.0 million under our Senior Credit
Facility and $365.0 million of indebtedness as Subsidiary
Guarantors of the Notes.
|
Additional
Notes
Subject to the limitations set forth under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens (including
the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations definition), the Company may issue additional
notes (Additional Notes) in one or more
transactions, which have substantially identical terms as the
original notes and the exchange notes, except that such
Additional Notes may have different CUSIP numbers, issuance
dates and dates from which interest initially accrues. Holders
of Additional Notes would have the right to vote together with
holders of the original notes and the exchange notes as one
class.
Principal,
Maturity And Interest
We issued $365.0 million of aggregate principal amount of
original notes on April 29, 2010 in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes
will mature on June 29, 2015.
Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 10.5% per annum and
is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and
November 1, commencing on November 1, 2010, to holders
of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and
October 15. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most
recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest
has been paid, from April 29, 2010, the date of the
original issuance of the Notes (the Issue Date).
Interest is computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is
payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
such purpose within the City of New York or, at the option of
the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to
the holders of the Notes at their respective addresses as set
forth in the register of holders of Notes. Until otherwise
designated by the Company, the Companys office or agency
in the City of New York is the office of the Trustee maintained
for such purpose. The Notes are issuable in fully registered
form, without coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Subsidiary
Guarantees
Our obligations under the Notes are guaranteed, jointly and
severally and fully and unconditionally, on a senior secured
basis (the Subsidiary Guarantees) by the Subsidiary
Guarantors. The obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under its
Subsidiary Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount as will
result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Subsidiary Guarantee not to be deemed to constitute a fraudulent
conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law.
This provision may not be effective to protect the Subsidiary
Guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or
may eliminate the Subsidiary Guarantors obligations or
reduce such obligations to an amount that effectively limits the
value of the Subsidiary Guarantee or effectively makes the
Subsidiary Guarantee worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy
case, a similar provision was found to be ineffective to protect
the guarantees. The Subsidiary Guarantees will be secured by
Second Priority Liens on the Collateral, subject to certain
exceptions and Permitted Collateral Liens, described below under
Security. The obligations of each
Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee are
unconditional and absolute, irrespective of any invalidity,
illegality, unenforceability of any Note or the Indenture or any
extension, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any
obligation of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor
under any Note or the Indenture, or any modification or
amendment of or supplement to the Indenture.
80
As of the date of this prospectus, all of our Subsidiaries are
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under the
circumstances described below under the subheading
Certain Covenants Limitation on Creation of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, any of our Subsidiaries may
be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive
covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including
trade creditors, and claims of minority stockholders (other than
the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors) of those subsidiaries
will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of
those subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors, including holders of the Notes.
The Indenture provides that the Subsidiary Guarantee of a
Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally
released:
(a) in the event of a sale or other transfer (including by
way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock in such
Subsidiary Guarantor in compliance with the terms of the
Indenture following which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be
a Subsidiary;
(b) upon the designation of such Guarantor as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the provisions
described under the subheading Certain
Covenants Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; or
(c) in connection with a legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance of the Indenture or upon satisfaction and discharge
of the Indenture.
Upon any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee, such Subsidiary Guarantor will also be automatically
and unconditionally released from its obligations under the
Security Documents.
The Subsidiary Guarantees are senior secured obligations of each
Subsidiary Guarantor and rank:
|
|
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior
Indebtedness (including Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations) of each Subsidiary Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
effectively junior to any obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is
senior or prior to the Second Priority Liens, including the
First Priority Liens securing obligations under the Senior
Credit Facility referred to below, and potentially any Permitted
Liens;
|
|
|
|
effectively senior to any obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor that are unsecured to the extent of the value of the
Collateral after giving effect to the First Priority Liens, and
potentially any Permitted Liens; and
|
|
|
|
structurally junior to any Indebtedness or Obligations of any
non-Subsidiary Guarantor Subsidiaries.
|
Security
General
The Notes and the Companys Obligations under the Indenture
are secured by Second Priority Liens granted by the Company, the
existing Subsidiary Guarantors and any future Subsidiary
Guarantor on substantially all of the assets of Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors (whether now owned or hereafter arising or
acquired), subject to certain exceptions, Excluded Property,
Permitted Collateral Liens and encumbrances described in the
Indenture and the Security Documents.
81
In the security and pledge agreements, the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions, have
granted security interests in (collectively, excluding the
Excluded Property and subject to certain limitations, the
Collateral):
(a) all present and future shares of Capital Stock of (or
other ownership or profit interests in) each of Companys
present and future direct and indirect subsidiaries, held by the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(b) all present and future intercompany debt owed to the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
(c) substantially all of the present and future property
and assets, real and personal, of the Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor, including, but not limited to, machinery
and equipment, inventory and other goods, accounts receivable,
owned real estate, leaseholds, fixtures, bank accounts, general
intangibles, financial assets, investment property, license
rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, other
intellectual property, chattel paper, insurance proceeds,
contract rights, hedge agreements, documents, instruments,
indemnification rights, tax refunds and cash;
(d) all FCC Licenses except to the extent (but only to the
extent) and for so long as that at such time the Collateral
Agent may not validly possess a security interest directly in
the FCC License pursuant to applicable Federal law, including
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules,
regulations and policies promulgated thereunder, as in effect at
such time, but the Collateral will include at all times all
proceeds incident or appurtenant to the FCC Licenses and all
proceeds of the FCC Licenses, and the right to receive all
monies, consideration and proceeds derived from or in connection
with the sale, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of the
FCC Licenses; and
(e) all proceeds and products of the property and assets
described in clauses (a), (b), and (d) above.
The Indenture and the Security Documents exclude certain
property from the Collateral (the Excluded
Property), including (without limitation):
(a) any rights under any lease, contract or agreement
(including, without limitation, any license for intellectual
property) to the extent that the granting of a security interest
therein to Collateral Agent is specifically prohibited in
writing by, or would constitute an event of default under or
would grant a party a termination right under, any agreement
governing such right, unless such prohibition is not enforceable
or is otherwise ineffective under applicable law; provided
that this exclusion shall in no way limit, impair or
otherwise affect Collateral Agents unconditional
continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or
interests of the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors in or to
monies due or to become due to the Company or Subsidiary
Guarantor under any such lease, contract or agreement (including
any receivables);
(b) shares of margin stock;
(c) any shares entitled to vote (within the meaning of
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.956-2)
of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is a
controlled foreign corporation in excess of
sixty-six (66%) percent of all of the issued and outstanding
Capital Stock in such Subsidiary;
(d) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company to
the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to
any requirement pursuant to
Rule 3-16
or
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act to file separate financial statements
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other
governmental agency), due to the fact that such
Subsidiarys Capital Stock secures the Notes or Subsidiary
Guarantees; and
(e) any FCC License to the extent excluded pursuant to
clause (d) of the preceding paragraph.
The Company is required to perfect on the Issue Date the
security interests in the Collateral to the extent they can be
perfected by the filing of UCC-1 financing statements or the
delivery of certificates representing Capital Stock or notes
representing intercompany debt. To the extent any such security
interest cannot be perfected by such filing or delivery, the
Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to
have all security interests that are required by the Security
Documents to be in place perfected as soon as
82
practicable following the Issue Date, but in any event no later
than 150 days after the Issue Date, except to the extent
any such security interest cannot be perfected with commercially
reasonable efforts or to the extent the Security Documents do
not require perfection of the security interest. If the Company,
or any Guarantor, were to become subject to a bankruptcy
proceeding, any Liens recorded or perfected after the Issue Date
would face a greater risk of being invalidated than if they had
been recorded or perfected on the Issue Date. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to the Exchange Notes.
Subject to the foregoing, if property that is intended to be
Collateral is acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor
(including property of a Person that becomes a new Subsidiary
Guarantor) that is not automatically subject to a perfected
security interest under the Security Documents, then the Company
or such Subsidiary Guarantor will provide a Second Priority Lien
over such property (or, in the case of a new Subsidiary
Guarantor, such of its property) in favor of the Collateral
Agent and deliver certain certificates and opinions in respect
thereof, all as and to the extent required by the Indenture or
the Security Documents.
As set out in more detail below, upon an enforcement event or
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, proceeds from the
Collateral will be applied first to satisfy First Priority
Obligations and then ratably to satisfy obligations under the
Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations. In addition, the Indenture permits the Company and
the Subsidiary Guarantors to create additional Liens under
specified circumstances. See the definition of Permitted
Liens.
The Collateral is pledged to (1) the administrative agent
under the Senior Credit Facility (together with any successor,
the First Priority Representative), on a
first-priority basis, for the benefit of the First Priority
Secured Parties to secure the First Priority Obligations and
(2) the Collateral Agent, on a second-priority basis, for
the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the
holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations to secure the Second Lien Obligations. The Second
Lien Obligations will constitute claims separate and apart from
(and of a different class from) the First Priority Obligations.
The Second Priority Liens will be junior and subordinate to the
First Priority Liens.
Control
over Collateral and Enforcement of Liens
For a standstill period of 180 days (subject to extension
for any period during which the applicable First Priority
Representative has commenced and is diligently pursuing its
rights and remedies in good faith against a material portion of
the Collateral or an insolvency proceeding has been commenced)
commencing on the date that the First Priority Representative
receives notice of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the
First Priority Representative will have the sole power to
exercise remedies against the Collateral (subject to the right
of the Collateral Agent and the Holders of Notes and holders of
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations to take
limited protective measures with respect to the Second Priority
Liens and to take certain actions that would be permitted to be
taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose
of the Collateral. Upon any sale of any Collateral in connection
with any enforcement action consented to by First Priority
Representative which results in the release of the Lien securing
the Senior Priority Obligations on such item of Collateral, the
Second Priority Lien on such item of Collateral will be
automatically released.
Proceeds realized by the First Priority Representative or the
Collateral Agent from the Collateral (including proceeds of
Collateral in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) will be
applied:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to the First Priority Representative for
application to the First Priority Obligations in accordance with
the terms of the First Priority Documents, until the First
Priority Obligations Payment Date;
|
|
|
|
second, to amounts owing to the Collateral Agent in its
capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Security
Documents, to amounts owing to the Trustee in its capacity as
such in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
|
|
|
|
third, to amounts owing to any representative for
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations in its
capacity as such in accordance with the terms of such Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations;
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
fourth, ratably to amounts owing to the holders of Second
Lien Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Security
Documents and the Indenture; and
|
|
|
|
fifth, to the Company
and/or other
persons entitled thereto.
|
None of the Collateral has been appraised in connection with the
offering of the Notes. The fair market value of the Collateral
is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among
others, the condition of our industry, our ability to implement
our business strategy, the ability to sell the Collateral in an
orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of
buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a
sale of the Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors,
including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the
Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the
sale. By its nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid
and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise,
there can be no assurance that the Collateral will be saleable,
or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in
its liquidation. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation,
bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure you that the
proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Collateral will be
sufficient to pay our obligations under the Notes. In addition,
the fact that the First Priority Creditors will receive proceeds
from enforcement of the Collateral before Holders of the Notes,
that other Persons may have First Priority Liens in respect of
Collateral subject to Permitted Liens and that the Second
Priority Lien held by the Collateral Agent will secure any
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations in addition
to the Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture could have
a material adverse effect on the amount that Holders of the
Notes would receive upon a sale or other disposition of the
Collateral. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that proceeds
of any sale of the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture and the
related Security Documents following an Event of Default would
be sufficient to satisfy, or would not be substantially less
than, amounts due under the Notes. In addition, in the event of
a bankruptcy, the ability of the Holders to realize upon any of
the Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law
limitations as described below.
If the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the
Collateral were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the
Notes, the Holders of the Notes (to the extent not repaid from
the proceeds of the sale of the Collateral) would have only an
unsecured claim against the remaining assets of the Company and
the Subsidiary Guarantors.
To the extent that Liens (including Permitted Liens), rights or
easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on
property owned by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors,
including the Collateral, such third parties may exercise rights
and remedies with respect to the property subject to such Liens
that could adversely affect the value of the Collateral and the
ability of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Holders of
the Notes to realize or foreclose on Collateral.
Certain
Bankruptcy Limitations
The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of
the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default would
be significantly impaired (or at a minimum delayed) by
bankruptcy law in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be
commenced by or against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
prior to the Collateral Agents having repossessed and
disposed of the Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for
relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended
(the Bankruptcy Code), a secured creditor such as
the Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its
security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing
of security without bankruptcy court approval.
In view of the broad equitable powers of a U.S. bankruptcy
court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the
Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy
case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or
dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Collateral at any
time during a bankruptcy case or whether or to what extent
Holders of the Notes would be compensated (in the form of
adequate protection or otherwise) for any delay in
payment or post-petition loss of value of the Collateral.
The Bankruptcy Code permits only the payment
and/or
accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys
fees to a secured creditor during a debtors bankruptcy
case to the extent the value of such creditors interest in
the Collateral, after taking into account the value of the first
lien interest, is determined by the
84
bankruptcy court to exceed the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of such creditors obligations secured by the
Collateral. Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court
determines that the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to
repay all amounts due on the Notes, the Holders of the Notes
would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the
Collateral to which the Holders of the Notes are entitled, after
taking into account the value of the first lien interest, and
unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall. Thus, under
federal bankruptcy laws, Holders of the Notes would not be
entitled to receive either (a) post-petition interest or
applicable fees, costs or charges, or (b) adequate
protection on the unsecured portion of the notes. In
addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been
made at any time prior to such a finding of
undercollateralization, those payments would be recharacterized
by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount
of the secured claim.
Release
of Liens
The Security Documents and the Indenture provide that the Second
Priority Liens securing the Subsidiary Guarantee of any
Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released when such
Subsidiary Guarantors Subsidiary Guarantee is released in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. In addition, the
Second Priority Liens securing the Obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture will be released (a) in whole, upon a
legal defeasance or a covenant defeasance of the Notes as set
forth below under Defeasance, (b) in
whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture,
(c) in whole, upon payment in full of principal, interest
and all other Obligations on the Notes issued under the
Indenture, (d) in whole or in part, with the consent of the
requisite Holders of the Notes in accordance with the provisions
under Modifications and Amendments,
including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes
and (e) in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral
(A) that is sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company or
any of the Subsidiary Guarantors in a transaction permitted by
Certain Covenants Limitation
on Asset Sales and by the Security Documents (to the
extent of the interest sold or disposed of) or otherwise
permitted by the Indenture and the Security Documents, if all
other Liens on that asset securing the First Priority
Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations then secured by that asset (including all
commitments thereunder) are released; (B) that is cash
withdrawn from deposit accounts for any purpose not prohibited
under the Indenture or the Security Documents; (C) that is
Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company to the extent
necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any
requirement pursuant to
Rule 3-16
or
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act, due to the fact that such
Subsidiarys Capital Stock secures the Notes or Subsidiary
Guarantees, to file separate financial statements with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other governmental
agency); (D) that is used to make a Restricted Payment or
Permitted Investment permitted by the Indenture; (E) that
becomes Excluded Property; (F) upon any release, sale or
disposition of Collateral permitted pursuant to the terms of the
First Priority Documents that results in the release of the
First Priority Lien on any Collateral (including without
limitation any sale or other disposition pursuant to any
enforcement action); provided, however, that
(i) if the First Priority Lien on any Collateral is
released in connection with the First Priority Obligations
Payment Date (without a contemporaneous incurrence of new or
replacement First Priority Obligations pursuant to a replacement
First Priority Agreement permitted under the Intercreditor
Agreement), the Second Priority Lien on the Common Collateral
will not be required to be released (except to the extent the
Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of or otherwise
transferred or used in order to repay the First Priority
Obligations secured by such Collateral); or (G) that is
otherwise released in accordance with, and as expressly provided
for in accordance with, the Indenture, the Security Documents
and the Intercreditor Agreement.
To the extent applicable, the Company will comply with
Section 313(b) of the TIA, relating to reports, and,
following qualification of the Indenture under the TIA (if
required), Section 314(d) of the TIA, relating to the
release of property and to the substitution therefor of any
property to be pledged as Collateral for the Notes. Any
certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the
TIA may be made by an officer of the Company except in cases
where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or
opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other
expert, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
Until such time as we qualify the Indenture under the TIA,
Section 314(d) of the TIA will not apply to the Indenture.
In every instance that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent is
asked to acknowledge a release, the Company shall deliver an
opinion and Officers Certificate stating that all
conditions to the release in the Indenture, the
85
Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement have been
satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not be required to
comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA
if they determine, in good faith based on advice of outside
counsel, that under the terms of that section
and/or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC
and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of
the TIA is inapplicable to the released Collateral. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no-action
letters issued by the SEC have permitted an indenture qualified
under the TIA to contain provisions permitting the release of
collateral from liens under such indenture in the ordinary
course of business without requiring the issuer to provide
certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of
the TIA. In addition, under interpretations provided by the SEC,
to the extent that a release of a lien is made without the need
for consent by the noteholders or the trustee, the provisions of
Section 314(d) may be inapplicable to the release.
Intercreditor
Agreement
The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and
the First Priority Representative have entered into the
Intercreditor Agreement, which establishes the second-priority
status of the Second Priority Liens relative to the First
Priority Liens. In addition to the provisions described above
with respect to control of remedies and release of Collateral,
the Intercreditor Agreement also imposes certain other
restrictions and agreements, including the restrictions and
agreements described below.
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent,
the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations agree that
the First Priority Representative and the other First Priority
Secured Parties have no duties to them in respect of the
maintenance or preservation of the Collateral. The First
Priority Representative has agreed in the Intercreditor
Agreement to hold, until the First Priority Obligations Payment
Date, certain possessory collateral also for the benefit of the
Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the holders of the Second Lien
Obligations.
|
|
|
|
In addition, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders
of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari
Passu Secured Obligations have agreed to not institute any suit
or other proceeding or assert in any suit, insolvency proceeding
or other proceeding any claim against any First Priority Secured
Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific
performance, injunction or otherwise, with respect to, and no
First Priority Secured Party shall be liable for, any action
taken or omitted to be taken by any First Priority Secured Party
with respect to, the Collateral or pursuant to the First
Priority Documents. They further agree not to seek, and waive,
any right to have the Collateral marshalled upon disposition or
other foreclosure.
|
|
|
|
The Intercreditor Agreement provides for the right of the
Collateral Agent and the holders of Second Lien Obligations to
exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, subject to certain terms,
conditions, waivers and limitations as more fully set forth in
the Intercreditor Agreement.
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent,
for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and the
holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations, irrevocably appoints the First Priority
Representative and any officer or agent of the First Priority
Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and
lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and
authority in the place of the Collateral Agent or in the First
Priority Representatives own name, from time to time in
the First Priority Representatives sole discretion, for
the purpose of carrying out the terms of the releases of the
Second Priority Liens as permitted thereby, including releases
upon sales due to enforcement of remedies or otherwise provided
for in the Intercreditor Agreement, to take any and all
appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and
instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish
the purposes of such section of the Intercreditor Agreement,
including, without limitation, any financing statements,
endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or
instruments of transfer.
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any
agreement or filing to which any Second Priority Secured Party
may now or hereafter be a party, and regardless of the time,
order or method of grant, attachment, recording or perfection of
any financing statements or other security interests,
assignments, pledges, deeds, mortgages and other liens, charges
or encumbrances or any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or
deficiency in any of the foregoing, notwithstanding any
provision of the Uniform Commercial Code or any applicable law
or any First Priority Document or Second Priority Document or
any other circumstance whatsoever, the First Priority Liens will
rank senior to any Second Priority Liens on the Collateral. The
Collateral for the First Priority Liens, the Second Priority
Liens and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations is intended at all times to be the same; provided
that the Excluded Property identified in clause (d) of
the definition of Excluded Property may secure the First Lien
Obligations.
|
|
|
|
Any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any First
Priority Security Documents shall automatically apply to any
comparable provision of the Security Documents (subject to
certain exceptions).
|
|
|
|
The Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Holders and the holders
of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations agree
that (i) in certain circumstances the holders under the
Senior Credit Facility are required by the terms thereof to be
repaid with proceeds of dispositions of Collateral prior to
repayment of the Second Lien Obligations and (ii) they will
not accept payments from such dispositions of Collateral until
applied to repayment of the Senior Credit Facility as so
required. The First Priority Representative acknowledges that,
except as otherwise set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement,
nothing in the Intercreditor Agreement shall prohibit the
receipt by the Second Priority Representative or any Holders of
Notes of required payments under the Indenture so long as
(x) such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of
the exercise by the Second Priority Representative or any second
priority creditors of rights or remedies as a secured creditor
(including set-off or recoupment) or enforcement of any Lien
held by any of them or (y) such payment or receipt of such
payment is not otherwise in contravention of the Intercreditor
Agreement or any First Priority Document. The Trustee, the
Collateral Agent, the Holders and the holders of any Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations agree that if they
receive payments at any time from the Collateral in violation of
the Intercreditor Agreement, they will promptly turn such
payments over to the First Priority Representative.
|
In addition, if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is
subject to any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Holders and the holders of
any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations, agrees,
among other things, that:
|
|
|
|
|
it will not object to or otherwise contest (and, as necessary,
will consent to) the Companys or such Subsidiary
Guarantors use of cash collateral if the First Lien
Obligation holders consent (or do not object) to such usage;
|
|
|
|
if the First Lien Obligation holders consent to a DIP financing,
the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Second
Lien Obligations, will be deemed to have consented to, and will
not object to, such DIP financing and to the priming of their
Liens in connection therewith in the event that the Liens in
favor of the First Lien Obligation holders are primed in
connection with such DIP financing, so long as the maximum
principal amount of indebtedness that may be outstanding from
time to time under such DIP financing plus the aggregate
principal amount of First Priority Obligations shall not exceed
an aggregate amount equal to $40.0 million in excess of the
Maximum First Priority Indebtedness amount;
|
|
|
|
none of them shall object, contest, or support any other person
objecting to or contesting, (a) any request by the First
Priority Representative or the other First Priority Secured
Parties for adequate protection or any adequate protection
provided to the First Priority Representative or the other First
Priority Secured Parties or (b) any objection by the First
Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured
Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a
claim of a lack of adequate protection or (c) the payment
of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts to the First
Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured
Party; provided that under certain circumstances
(i) if the First Priority Secured Parties (or any subset
thereof) are granted adequate protection consisting of
additional collateral (with replacement liens on such additional
collateral)
and/or
superpriority claims in
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
connection with any DIP financing or use of cash collateral, and
the First Priority Representative does not file an objection to
the adequate protection being provided to them, then in
connection with any such DIP financing or use of cash collateral
the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and any
of the Second Priority Secured Parties, may seek or accept
adequate protection consisting (as applicable) of (x) a
replacement Lien on the same additional collateral, subordinated
to the Liens securing the First Priority Obligations and such
DIP financing on the same basis as the other Liens securing the
Second Priority Obligations are so subordinated to the First
Priority Obligations under this Agreement
and/or
(y) superpriority claims junior in all respects to the
superpriority claims granted to the First Priority Secured
Parties, subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Intercreditor Agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
none of them will seek relief from the automatic stay or from
any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding or take any action
in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any
Collateral, without the prior written consent of the First
Priority Representative;
|
|
|
|
they will not oppose any sale or other disposition of the
Collateral consented to by the First Lien Obligation holders and
shall be deemed to have consented to under Section 373 of
the Bankruptcy Code and released the Liens securing the Second
Lien Obligations; provided that the Liens of the Second
Priority Secured Parties attach to the proceeds of such sale to
the same extent and junior priority as such Liens have with
respect to the Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
no Second Priority Secured Party shall support or vote in favor
of any plan of reorganization (and each shall be deemed to have
voted to reject any plan of reorganization) unless such plan
(a) pays off, in cash in full, all First Priority
Obligations or (b) is accepted by the class of holders of
First Priority Obligations voting thereon in accordance with
Bankruptcy Code § 1126 and is supported by the First
Priority Representative.
|
No
Impairment of the Security Interests
Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors are
permitted to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit
to take any action, which action or omission might or would have
the result of materially impairing the security interest with
respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the
Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes.
Further
Assurances
Subject to the limitations described above under
Security General, the Security
Documents and the Indenture provide that the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall, at their expense, duly execute and
deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such
further agreements, documents and instruments, and do or cause
to be done such farther acts as may be necessary or proper to
evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the Second Priority Lien
in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent and the
priority thereof, and to otherwise effectuate the provisions or
purposes of the Indenture and the Security Documents.
Redemption
Optional Redemption. Except as described
below, the Notes are not redeemable at our option prior to
November 1, 2012. On and after such date, the Notes will be
subject to redemption at our option, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal
amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date fixed for redemption, if redeemed during
the period beginning on the dates indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
November 1, 2012
|
|
|
107.875
|
%
|
May 1, 2013
|
|
|
105.250
|
%
|
May 1, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to
November 1, 2012, we may, at our option, use the net
proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem up to
35% of the aggregate principal amount of
88
the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) originally
issued, at a redemption price equal to 110.500% of the principal
amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the
date fixed for redemption; provided, however, that
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(including Additional Notes, if any) originally issued remains
outstanding immediately after any such redemption.
At any time prior to November 1, 2012, the Notes may be
redeemed as a whole but not in part at the option of the
Company, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days
prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holders
registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus the Make Whole Premium as of, and
accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date,
subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
Make Whole Premium means with respect to a
Note at any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the
principal amount of such Note or (ii) the excess of
(A) the present value of (1) the redemption price of
such Note at November 1, 2012 (such redemption price being
set forth in the table above) plus (2) all required
interest payments due on such Note through November 1,
2012, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate
plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of
such Note.
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at
the time of computation of United States Treasury securities
with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most
recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
the redemption date or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source or similar market data)
most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to
November 1, 2012; provided, however, that if
the period from the redemption date to November 1, 2012 is
not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury
Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to
the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average
yields of United States Treasury securities for which such
yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption
date to November 1, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be
used.
Selection and Notice. If less than all of the
Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to
be redeemed will be made by the Trustee, on behalf of the
Company, in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a securities exchange
by the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by any other method as the Trustee shall
deem fair and appropriate; provided that a redemption
pursuant to the provisions relating to Public Equity Offerings
will be on a pro rata basis. Notes redeemed in part shall
only be redeemed in integral multiples of $1,000. Notices of any
redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
holder of Notes to be redeemed at such holders registered
address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice
of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion
of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of the original
Note a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion of the original Note promptly after the original Note
has been cancelled. On and after the redemption date, interest
will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption.
Change of
Control
In the event of a Change of Control (as defined herein), the
Company will make an offer to purchase all of the then
outstanding Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase, in accordance with the terms
set forth below (a Change of Control Offer).
Within 30 days after any Change of Control, we will mail to
each holder of Notes at such holders registered address a
notice stating: (i) that a Change of Control has occurred
and that such holder has the right to require the Company to
purchase all or a portion (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of such holders Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase (the Change of Control Purchase Date),
which shall be a Business Day, specified in such notice, that is
not earlier than 30 days or later than 60 days from
the date such
89
notice is mailed, (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid
interest as of the Change of Control Purchase Date,
(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest, (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the purchase price for the Notes payable pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, any Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue
interest on and after the Change of Control Purchase Date,
(v) the procedures, consistent with the Indenture, to be
followed by a holder of Notes in order to accept a Change of
Control Offer or to withdraw such acceptance, and (vi) such
other information as may be required by the Indenture and
applicable laws and regulations.
On the Change of Control Purchase Date, we will (i) accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying
Agent the aggregate purchase price of all Notes or portions
thereof accepted for payment and any accrued and unpaid interest
on such Notes as of the Change of Control Purchase Date, and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation all Notes tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer. The Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to each
holder of Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment an
amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes plus any
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change of Control
Purchase Date, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and
deliver to such holder of Notes accepted for payment in part a
new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes, and any Note not accepted for payment in whole or in
part for any reason consistent with the Indenture shall be
promptly returned to the holder of such Note. On and after a
Change of Control Purchase Date, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment, unless
the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price
therefor. We will announce the results of the Change of Control
Offer to holders of the Notes on or as soon as practicable after
the Change of Control Purchase Date.
We will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including
the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act, and all other applicable securities laws
and regulations in connection with any Change of Control Offer.
The Change of Control provision will not require us to make a
Change of Control Offer upon the consummation of any transaction
contemplated by clause (b) of the definition of Change of
Control if the party that will own, directly or indirectly, more
than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company as a result of such
transaction is J. Mack Robinson, Robert S. Prather, Jr. or
certain other persons, entities or groups affiliated with or
controlled by either of them. See Certain
Definitions Permitted Holders. J. Mack
Robinson and Robert S. Prather are directors of the Company. As
a result of the definition of Permitted Holders, a concentration
of control in the hands of Permitted Holders would not give rise
to a situation where holders could have their Notes repurchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. As of April 16,
2010, Mr. Robinson was the beneficial owner of
approximately 39% of the outstanding Voting Stock.
The Change of Control provision and the other covenants that
limit the ability of the Company to incur debt may not
necessarily afford holders protection in the event of a highly
leveraged transaction, such as a reorganization, merger or
similar transaction involving the Company that may adversely
affect holders, because such transactions may not involve a
concentration in voting power or beneficial ownership, or, if
there were such a concentration, may not involve a concentration
of the magnitude required under the definition of Change of
Control.
With respect to the sale of substantially all the
assets of the Company, which would constitute a Change of
Control for purposes of the Indenture, the meaning of the phrase
substantially all varies according to the facts and
circumstances of the subject transaction, has no clearly
established meaning under relevant law and is subject to
judicial interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances
there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a
particular transaction would involve a disposition of
substantially all of the assets of the Company and,
therefore, it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has
occurred and whether the Notes should be subject to a Change of
Control Offer. Further, Change of Control will be defined in the
Indenture to include any transaction as a result of which
individuals who constitute a majority of the board of directors
of the Company together with directors approved by such
directors or by the Permitted Holders cease for any reasons to
constitute a majority of directors. See Certain
Definitions. In a recent decision, the Chancery Court
of Delaware raised the possibility that a change of control as a
result of a failure
90
to have continuing directors comprising a majority
of the board of directors may be unenforceable on public policy
grounds. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a
degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a Change of
Control has occurred and whether the Company is required to make
a Change of Control Offer following a transaction that results
in such a change in the board of directors of the Company.
Certain
Covenants
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness. The
Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur,
assume or directly or indirectly guarantee or in any other
manner become directly or indirectly liable for
(incur) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt)
if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Debt
to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is more than 7.0 to 1.0. The foregoing limitations
will not apply to the incurrence of any of the following
(collectively, Permitted Indebtedness):
(i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred under Senior
Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding not to exceed the sum of
(x) $516.0 million and (y) $75.0 million of
extensions of credit under revolving facilities under Senior
Credit Facilities, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds
of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries since the Issue Date to repay any term loans
thereunder or to repay revolving loans thereunder and effect a
corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to and in
accordance with the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Asset
Sales;
(ii) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor consisting of
a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior
Credit Facility;
(iii) Indebtedness of the Company represented by
(a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date and exchange notes
issued therefor and (b) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary
Guarantor represented by a Subsidiary Guarantee in respect
therefor or in respect of Additional Notes incurred in
accordance with the Indenture;
(iv) Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary Guarantor to the
Company or to another Subsidiary Guarantor, or owed by the
Company to any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any
such Indebtedness shall be held by a Person which is either the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; and provided,
further, that an incurrence of additional Indebtedness
which is not permitted under this clause (iv) shall be
deemed to have occurred upon either (a) the transfer or
other disposition of any such Indebtedness to a Person other
than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor or (b) the
sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of shares of Capital
Stock (including by consolidation or merger) of any such
Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person other than the Company or
another Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor
ceases to be a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(v) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor consisting of
guarantees of any Indebtedness of the Company or another
Subsidiary Guarantor which Indebtedness of the Company or
another Subsidiary Guarantor has been incurred in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture;
(vi) Indebtedness arising with respect to Interest Rate
Agreement Obligations incurred for the purpose of hedging
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness (and not for
speculative purposes) that is permitted by the terms of the
Indenture to be outstanding; provided, however,
that the notional principal amount of such Interest Rate
Agreement Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the
Indebtedness to which such Interest Rate Agreement Obligation
relates;
(vii) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness, Capital Lease
Obligations and mortgage financings so long as the aggregate
amount of all such Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness,
Capital Lease Obligations and mortgage financings does not
exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(viii) Acquisition Debt of an Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary if (w) such Acquisition Debt is incurred within
270 days after the date on which the related definitive
acquisition agreement or LMA, as
91
the case may be, was entered into by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the aggregate principal amount
of such Acquisition Debt is no greater than the aggregate
principal amount of Acquisition Debt set forth in a notice from
the Company to the Trustee (an Incurrence Notice)
within ten days after the date on which the related definitive
acquisition agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered
into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, which notice
shall be executed on the Companys behalf by the chief
financial officer of the Company in such capacity and shall
describe in reasonable detail the acquisition or LMA, as the
case may be, which such Acquisition Debt will be incurred to
finance, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the
acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described in such
Incurrence Notice, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
could have incurred such Acquisition Debt under the Indenture as
of the date upon which the Company delivers such Incurrence
Notice to the Trustee and (z) such Acquisition Debt is
utilized solely to finance the acquisition or LMA, as the case
may be, described in such Incurrence Notice (including to repay
or refinance Indebtedness or other obligations incurred in
connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and
to pay related fees and expenses);
(ix) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness
permitted by the first paragraph of this covenant,
clause (iii) above, clause (viii) above, this
clause (ix) or clause (x) below;
(x) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
existing on the Issue Date;
(xi) Indebtedness consisting of customary indemnification,
adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of
any business or assets;
(xii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations
with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course
of business, including without limitation to letters of credit
in respect to workers compensation claims or
self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to
reimbursement type obligations regarding workers
compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of
such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness,
such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following
such drawing or incurrence;
(xiii) Obligations in respect of performance and surety
bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(xiv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from customary
cash management services or the honoring by a bank or other
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such
Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;
(xv) unsecured Indebtedness of the Company owing to any
then existing or former director, officer or employee of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their
respective assigns, estates, heirs or their current or former
spouses for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock held by them that
would have otherwise been permitted pursuant to
clause (vii) of the second paragraph of the covenant
described above under the caption Limitation on
Restricted Payments;
(xvi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor incurred to finance the redemption, repurchase or
other repayment of the Companys Series D perpetual
preferred stock outstanding after giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, dated
April 21, 2010, relating to the offering of the original
notes (the Offering Memorandum) (including the use
of proceeds of the Notes), in an aggregate principal amount not
to exceed an amount equal to 100% of the fair market value
(measured on the basis of its then-current market price) of
Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)
issued prior to or concurrently with the incurrence of such
Indebtedness which was issued or the proceeds of which was used
in connection with the redemption, repurchase or other repayment
of Series D perpetual preferred stock outstanding on the
Issue Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
by the Offering Memorandum; provided that immediately
after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and the
application of the proceeds thereof, the Debt to Operating Cash
92
Flow Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not
more than 7.5 to 1.0; provided further that the proceeds
of any such Capital Stock issuance shall not increase the amount
available under clause (iii) under
Limitation on Restricted Payments; and
(xvii) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in addition to that described in clauses (i)
through (xvi) above, and any renewals, extensions,
substitutions, refundings, refinancings or replacements of such
Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all
such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xvi)
does not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
(1) In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through
(xvii) above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, be
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner
that complies with this covenant and may from time to time
reclassify such items of Indebtedness in any manner that would
comply with this covenant at the time of such reclassification;
(2) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be
permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such
Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision
and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant
permitting such Indebtedness;
(3) In the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this
covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify
such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount of
such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; and
(4) Accrual of interest (including interest
paid-in-kind)
and the accretion of accreted value will not be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant:
(1) The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may incur pursuant to
this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a
result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of
currencies; and
(2) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit
Facility prior to or on the date of the Indenture shall be
treated as incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the first
paragraph of this covenant.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. The
Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, unless at the time of
and immediately after giving effect to the proposed Restricted
Payment (with the value of any such Restricted Payment, if other
than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company in good faith and which determination shall be
conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution),
(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof,
(ii) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness, and
(iii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made
after the Issue Date shall not exceed the sum of (without
duplication):
(a) an amount equal to the Companys Cumulative
Operating Cash Flow less 1.4 times the Companys Cumulative
Consolidated Interest Expense, plus
(b) the aggregate amount of all net cash proceeds received
after the Issue Date by the Company from (x) the issuance
and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Capital
Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) to the
extent that such proceeds are not used to redeem, repurchase,
retire or otherwise acquire Capital Stock or any Indebtedness of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to
clause (ii) of the next paragraph or (y) Indebtedness
of the
93
Company issued since the Issue Date (other than to Subsidiaries)
that have been converted into Capital Stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock), plus
(c) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date,
100% of the fair market value of such Subsidiary as of the date
of such redesignation, plus
(d) the aggregate amount returned in cash with respect of
Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made after the
Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal
payments, dividends or other distributions, plus
(e) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any
Investment for cash, which Investment constituted a Restricted
Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the return
of capital with respect to such Investment, reduced (but not
below zero) by the excess, if any, of the cost of the
disposition of such Investment over the gain, if any, realized
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such
disposition.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit, so long as there is
no Default or Event of Default continuing, the following actions
(collectively, Permitted Payments):
(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof, if at such declaration date
such payment would have been permitted under the Indenture;
(ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness of
the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company), within six months
prior to the consummation of such redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other such acquisition of any Capital
Stock or Indebtedness of the Company, of Capital Stock of the
Company (other than any Disqualified Stock);
(iii) the repurchase, redemption or other repayment of any
Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in
exchange for, by conversion into or solely out of the proceeds
of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of Subordinated Debt of the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
equal to or greater than the then remaining Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Debt repurchased, redeemed
or repaid;
(iv) Restricted Investments received as consideration in
connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the
Indenture;
(v) the making of a Restricted Investment out of the
proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
within one year prior to the making of such Restricted
Investment of Capital Stock of the Company (other than any
Disqualified Stock);
(vi) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a
Subsidiary that is a Qualified Joint Venture to the holders of
its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;
(vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company to
effect the repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of
Capital Stock that is held by any member or former member of the
Companys (or any Subsidiarys) management, or by any
of its respective directors, employees or consultants;
provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Capital Stock may not
exceed the sum of $1.0 million in any calendar year (with
unused amounts in any calendar year being available to be so
utilized in succeeding calendar years);
(viii) repurchases of Capital Stock of the Company deemed
to occur upon the exercise of stock options;
(ix) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders
pursuant to applicable law in connection with a consolidation,
merger, or transfer of assets that complies with the provision
of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and
transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets
of the Company;
94
(x) Restricted Payments consisting of the redemption,
repurchase or other repayment of a portion of the Companys
Series D perpetual preferred stock as set forth under
Use of Proceeds in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Offering Memorandum;
(xi) Restricted Payments using the proceeds of Indebtedness
incurred under clause (xvi) of the second paragraph under
Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness used to fund the redemption, repurchase
or other repayment of the Companys Series D perpetual
preferred stock outstanding on the Issue Date after giving
effect to the transactions contemplated by the Offering
Memorandum; provided that immediately after giving pro
forma effect to such Restricted Payment, the Debt to
Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is not more than 7.5 to 1.0; and
(xii) other Restricted Payments not to exceed
$10.0 million in the aggregate.
In computing the amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of
clause (iii) of the second preceding paragraph, Restricted
Payments made under clauses (i), (v), (vii), (ix) and
(xi) of the preceding paragraph shall be included and
Restricted Payments made under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi),
(viii), (x) and (xii) of the preceding paragraph shall
not be included.
Limitation on Asset Sales. The Indenture
provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale unless
(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the fair market value (determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination
shall be evidenced by a board resolution) of the assets or other
property sold or disposed of in the Asset Sale, (ii) at
least 75% of such consideration is in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents or assets used or useful in the business of the
Company and (iii) if such Asset Sale involves the
disposition of Collateral, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of the Indenture and
the Security Documents; provided that for purposes of
this covenant cash shall include the amount of any
liabilities (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) of the
Company or such Subsidiary (as shown on the Companys or
such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet or
in the notes thereto) that are assumed by the transferee of any
such assets or other property in such Asset Sale (and excluding
any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in
anticipation of such Asset Sale), but only to the extent that
such assumption is effected on a basis under which there is no
further recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with
respect to such liabilities.
Notwithstanding clause (ii) above, (a) all or a
portion of the consideration for any such Asset Sale may consist
of all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the
Voting Stock of an existing television business, franchise or
station (whether existing as a separate entity, subsidiary,
division, unit or otherwise) or any business directly related
thereto and (b) the Company may, and may permit its
Subsidiaries to, issue shares of Capital Stock in a Qualified
Joint Venture to a Qualified Joint Venture Partner without
regard to clause (ii) above; provided that, in the
case of any of (a) or (b) of this sentence after
giving effect to any such Asset Sale and related acquisition of
assets or Voting Stock, (x) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred or be continuing; and (y) the Net
Proceeds of any such Asset Sale, if any, are applied in
accordance with this covenant.
Within 360 days after any Asset Sale (or such shorter
period as the Company in its sole election may determine), the
Company may elect to apply or cause to be applied the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) repay First Lien
Obligations, (b) make an investment in, or acquire assets
directly related to, the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date; provided that if
such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Collateral,
such assets are pledged as Collateral under the Security
Documents
and/or
(c) to make capital expenditures in or that is used or
useful in the business or to make capital expenditures for
maintenance, repair or improvement of existing assets in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale not applied or invested as provided in the
first sentence of this paragraph within 360 days (or such
shorter period as the Company in its sole election may
determine) of such Asset Sale will be deemed to constitute
Excess Proceeds on the 361st day after such
Asset Sale.
95
As soon as practical, but in no event later than 20 Business
Days after any date (an Asset Sale Offer Trigger
Date) that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to
purchase to all Holders of Notes (an Asset Sale
Offer) at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from
Collateral, to the holders of any other Permitted Additional
Pari Passu Secured Obligations containing provisions similar to
those set forth in the Indenture with respect to asset sales or
(y) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, to all holders
of other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the
Indenture with respect to asset sales, in each case, equal to
the Excess Proceeds. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes
and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations
(in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral) or Notes and other
pari passu debt (in the case of any other Net Proceeds)
tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the
Company or its agent shall select the other Permitted Additional
Pari Passu Secured Obligations or other pari passu debt,
as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Upon completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess
Proceeds will be reset at zero. To the extent that any Excess
Proceeds remain after completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company may use the remaining amount for general corporate
purposes and such amount shall no longer constitute Excess
Proceeds.
In connection with an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall mail
to each holder of Notes at such holders registered address
a notice stating: (i) that an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date
has occurred and that the Company is offering to purchase the
maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of
the Excess Proceeds (and identifying other Indebtedness, if any,
that is entitled to participate pro rata in the Offer),
at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase (the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date), which
shall be a Business Day, specified in such notice, that is not
earlier than 30 days or later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed, (ii) the amount of accrued and
unpaid interest as of the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date,
(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest, (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the purchase price for the Notes payable pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the
Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, (v) the procedures,
consistent with the Indenture, to be followed by a holder of
Notes in order to accept an Asset Sale Offer or to withdraw such
acceptance, and (vi) such other information as may be
required by the Indenture and applicable laws and regulations.
On the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, the Company will
(i) accept for payment the maximum principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer that can be purchased out of Excess Proceeds from such
Asset Sale, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent the
aggregate purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof
accepted for payment and any accrued and unpaid interest on such
Notes as of the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all
Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. If less than
all Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer are accepted
for payment by the Company for any reason consistent with the
Indenture, selection of the Notes to be purchased by the Company
shall be in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate; provided that Notes accepted for
payment in part shall only be purchased in integral multiples of
$1,000. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each holder of
Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment an amount equal
to the purchase price for such Notes plus any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate
and mail to such holder of Notes accepted for payment in part a
new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes, and any Note not accepted for payment in whole or in
part shall be promptly returned to the holder of such Note. On
and after an Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, interest will cease
to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price
therefor. The Company will announce the results of the Asset
Sale Offer to holders of the Notes on or as soon as practicable
after the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date.
The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules,
including the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act, and all other applicable securities laws
and regulations in connection with any Asset
96
Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale
Offer provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be
deemed to have breached their obligations under the Asset Sale
Offer provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
The Senior Credit Facility limits the Company from purchasing
any Notes, and also provides that certain asset sale events with
respect to the Company would constitute a default under the
Senior Credit Facility. Any future credit agreements or other
agreements to which the Company becomes a party may contain
similar restrictions and provisions. In the event an Asset Sale
generating Excess Proceeds occurs at a time when the Company is
prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the
consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could
attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Companys failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default
under such other agreements.
Events of Loss. In the event of an Event of
Loss resulting in Net Loss Proceeds in excess of
$5.0 million, the Company or the affected Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may (and to the
extent required pursuant to the terms of any lease encumbered by
a mortgage shall) apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of
Loss to (i) repay First Lien Obligations
and/or
(ii) the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction of
improvements to the property affected by such Event of Loss (the
Subject Property), with no concurrent obligation to
offer to purchase any of the Notes; provided,
however, that the Company delivers to the Trustee within
90 days of such Event of Loss an Officers Certificate
certifying that the Company has applied (or will apply after
receipt of any anticipated insurance or similar proceeds) the
Net Loss Proceeds or other sources in accordance with this
sentence.
Any Net Loss Proceeds that are not reinvested or not permitted
to be reinvested as provided in the first sentence of this
covenant will be deemed Excess Loss Proceeds. When
the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds
$10.0 million, the Company will make an offer (an
Event of Loss Offer) to all Holders and to the
holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in
the Indenture with respect to events of loss to purchase or
repurchase the Notes and such other Permitted Additional Pari
Passu Secured Obligations with the proceeds from the Event of
Loss in an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of Notes
and such other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations that may be purchased out of the Excess Loss
Proceeds. The offer price in any Event of Loss Offer will be
equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in
cash. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation of
an Event of Loss Offer, the Company may use such Excess Loss
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture and the Security Documents and such remaining amount
shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Loss Proceeds for
any purpose under the Indenture; provided that any
remaining Excess Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien
of the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations tendered pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer exceeds
the Excess Loss Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and
the Company or its agent shall select such other Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations to be purchased on a
pro rata basis based on the principal amount tendered.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations
are applicable in connection with the offer to repurchase the
Notes pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations
conflict with the Event of Loss provisions of the Indenture, the
Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their
obligations under the Event of Loss provisions of the Indenture
by virtue of such compliance.
Limitation on Liens. The Indenture provides
that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or
with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral
Liens. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, directly or
97
indirectly, enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with
respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter
acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits
therefrom other than the Collateral without securing the Notes
and all other amounts due under the Indenture and the Security
Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably
with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such
Lien.
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides
that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company on its Capital Stock or with respect
to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) make loans
or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company (collectively, Payment Restrictions), except
for such encumbrances or restrictions existing on the Issue Date
or otherwise existing under or by reason of (a) the Senior
Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date, and any
amendments, restatements, renewals, replacements or refinancings
thereof; provided that such amendments, restatements,
renewals, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive
in the aggregate with respect to such dividend and other payment
restrictions than those contained in the Senior Credit Facility
immediately prior to any such amendment, restatement, renewal,
replacement or refinancing, (b) applicable law,
(c) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock
of an Acquired Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such
acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred
in connection with such acquisition); provided that such
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties
or assets of any Person, other than the Acquired Person,
(d) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered
into in the ordinary course of business, (e) purchase money
Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that only impose restrictions on the property so
acquired (and proceeds generated therefrom), (f) an
agreement for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or
assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
restriction is only applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or
assets, as applicable, and such sale or disposition otherwise is
permitted under the covenant described under
Limitation on Asset Sales; and provided further
that such restriction or encumbrance shall be effective only
for a period from the execution and delivery of such agreement
through a termination date not later than 365 days after
such execution and delivery, and (g) Refinancing
Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture; provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Refinancing Indebtedness are not more restrictive in the
aggregate than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced immediately prior to such
refinancing.
Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates. The Indenture provides that the
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to
exist any transaction or series of related transactions
(including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or
lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate of the
Company or any beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any
class of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary unless:
(i) such transaction or series of transactions is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, than would reasonably be
expected to be available in a comparable transaction in
arms-length dealings with an unrelated third
party, and
(ii) (a) with respect to any transaction or series of
transactions involving aggregate payments in excess of
$5.0 million, the Company delivers an officers certificate
to the Trustee certifying that such transaction or series of
related transactions complies with clause (i) above and
such transaction or series of related transactions has been
approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
of the Company (and approved by a majority of the Independent
Directors or, in the event there is only one Independent
Director, by such Independent Director), and (b) with
respect to any transaction or series of transactions involving
aggregate payments in excess of $10.0 million, the Company
delivers to the Trustee an opinion to the effect that such
transaction or series of transactions is fair to the Company or
such
98
Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view issued by
an investment banking firm of national standing or nationally
recognized accounting firm or appraisal firm.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision will not apply to
(i) employment agreements or compensation or employee
benefit arrangements or indemnification agreements or similar
arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the
Company entered into in the ordinary course of business
(including customary benefits thereunder), (ii) any
transaction entered into by or among the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries,
(iii) transactions pursuant to agreements existing on the
Issue Date and (iv) Restricted Payments and Permitted
Investments.
Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. The Company may designate any
Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as provided below, in which event such
Subsidiary and each other person that is a Subsidiary of such
Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of
Directors of the Company as set forth below; and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or
owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that either:
(x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of
$1,000 or less; or
(y) immediately after giving effect to such designation,
the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the
first paragraph under the Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness covenant, and provided
further that the Company could make a Restricted Payment or
Permitted Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value
as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such
Subsidiary pursuant to the Limitation on
Restricted Payments covenant and such amount is
thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment or Permitted
Investment for the purpose of calculating the amount available
in connection with such covenant.
An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary if (i) all the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary could be Incurred under the
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness covenant
and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to the
Limitation on Liens covenant.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Indenture
provides that the Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) formed or
acquired after the Issue Date that (i) has assets in excess
of $1.0 million or (ii) directly or indirectly
assumes, becomes a borrower under, guarantees or in any other
manner become liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the
Company under the Senior Credit Facility to issue a Subsidiary
Guarantee and execute and deliver an indenture supplemental to
the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Obligations under
the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Indenture and any
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations of any
Person that is or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Issue
Date will be secured equally and ratably by a Second Priority
Lien in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations. Such Subsidiary
Guarantor will enter into a joinder agreement to the applicable
Security Documents defining the terms of the security interests
that secure payment and performance when due of the Notes and
take all actions advisable in the opinion of the Company, as set
forth in an Officers Certificate accompanied by an opinion
of counsel to the Company to cause the Second Priority Liens
created by the Collateral Agreement to be duly perfected to the
extent required by such agreement in accordance with all
applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in
the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
99
Provision of Financial Statements. The
Indenture provides that, whether or not the Company is then
subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
Company will file with the SEC, so long as the Notes are
outstanding, the annual reports, quarterly reports and other
periodic reports which the Company would have been required to
file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d)
if the Company were so subject, and such documents shall be
filed with the SEC on or prior to the respective dates (the
Required Filing Dates) by which the Company would
have been required so to file such documents if the Company were
so subject. The Company will also in the event the filing such
documents by the Company with the SEC is prohibited under the
Exchange Act, (i) within 15 days of each Required
Filing Date, (a) transmit by mail to all holders of Notes,
as their names and addresses appear in the Note register,
without cost to such holders and (b) file with the Trustee
copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other
periodic reports which the Company would have been required to
file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act if the Company were subject to such Sections and
(ii) promptly upon written request and payment of the
reasonable cost of duplication and delivery, supply copies of
such documents to any prospective holder at the Companys
cost.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company
will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its
agreements under this covenant for purposes of clause (iii)
under Events of Default until
90 days after the date any report hereunder is required to
be filed with the SEC (or posted in the Companys website)
pursuant to this covenant.
Additional Covenants. The Indenture also
contains covenants with respect to the following matters:
(i) payment of principal, premium and interest;
(ii) maintenance of an office or agency in the City of New
York; (iii) maintenance of corporate existence;
(iv) payment of taxes and other claims;
(v) maintenance of properties; and (vi) maintenance of
insurance.
Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets
The Indenture provides that the Company shall not consolidate or
merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the Surviving
Person), or, directly or indirectly through one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to
another Person or Persons unless (i) the Surviving Person
is a corporation or limited liability company or limited
partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
provided that at any time the Company or its successor is
not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that
is a corporation; (ii) the Surviving Person (if other than
the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company under
the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture
in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iv) the Surviving Person causes such amendments,
supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered,
filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may
be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien
of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or
transferred to the Surviving Person; (v) the Collateral
owned by or transferred to the Surviving Person shall
(a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture
and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and
the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any
Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens; (vi) the
property and assets of the Person which is merged or
consolidated with or into the Surviving Person, to the extent
that they are property or assets of the types which would
constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be
treated as after-acquired property and the Surviving Person
shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause
such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the
Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in
the Indenture; and (vii) at the time of such transaction
and after giving pro forma effect thereto (other than a
merger with a wholly-owned Subsidiary or for purposes of
reincorporating into another state), the Surviving Person would
(a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness or
(b) have a lower Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio
immediately after the transaction than the Companys Debt
to Operating Cash Flow Ratio immediately prior to the
transaction.
100
In the event of any transaction (other than a lease of all or
substantially all assets) described in the immediately preceding
paragraph in which the Company is not the Surviving Person and
the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture, such Surviving Person shall succeed to,
and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power
of, the Company, and the Company would be discharged from its
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; provided
that solely for the purpose of calculating amounts described
in clause (iii) under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments, any such Surviving Person shall only be
deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the Company
with respect to the period subsequent to the effective time of
such transaction (and the Company (before giving effect to such
transaction) shall be deemed to be the Company for
such purposes for all prior periods).
Events of
Default
The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an
Event of Default:
(i) a default for 30 days in the payment when due of
interest on any Note;
(ii) a default in the payment when due of principal on any
Note, whether upon maturity, acceleration, optional or mandatory
redemption, required repurchase or otherwise;
(iii) failure to perform or comply with any covenant,
agreement or warranty in the Indenture (other than the defaults
specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) which failure
continues for 60 days after written notice thereof has been
given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes;
(iv) the occurrence of one or more defaults under any
agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company then has outstanding
Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate
and, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance
with its terms, such Indebtedness shall have been accelerated;
(v) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary
Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or be asserted in
writing by any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company not to be, in
full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its
terms;
(vi) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the
payment of money in excess of $10.0 million, either
individually or in the aggregate shall be entered against the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any of
their respective properties and which judgments, orders or
decrees are not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed for a period
of 60 days after their entry;
(vii) any holder or holders of at least $10.0 million
in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after a default under
such Indebtedness (a) shall notify the Company or the
Trustee of the intended sale or disposition of any assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with an
aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the
Companys Board of Directors, which determination shall be
evidenced by a board resolution), individually or in the
aggregate, of at least $10.0 million that have been pledged
to or for the benefit of such holder or holders to secure such
Indebtedness or (b) shall commence proceedings, or take any
action (including by way of set-off), to retain in satisfaction
of such Indebtedness, or to collect on, seize, dispose of or
apply in satisfaction of such Indebtedness, such assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (including
funds on deposit or held pursuant to lock-box and other similar
arrangements);
(viii) there shall have been the entry by a court of
competent jurisdiction of (a) a decree or order for relief
in respect of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any
applicable Bankruptcy Law or (b) a decree or order
adjudging the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under any
applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian,
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
101
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or of any substantial part
of their respective properties, or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of their affairs, and any such decree or order for
relief shall continue to be in effect, or any such other decree
or order shall be unstayed and in effect, for a period of
60 days;
(ix) (a) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any
applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other case or proceeding to be
adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consents to the entry of a
decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case or
proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or to the
commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding
against it, (c) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company files a petition or answer or consent seeking
reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state
law, (d) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company (x) consents to the filing of such petition or the
appointment of or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
official of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or of any substantial part of their respective property,
(y) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
(z) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts
generally as they become due or (e) the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company takes any corporate action
in furtherance of any such actions in this paragraph
(ix); or
(x) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market
value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the
aggregate, (a) any default or breach by the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor in the performance of its obligations under
the Security Documents or the Indenture which adversely affects
the condition or value of the collateral or the enforceability,
validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Liens,
taken as a whole in any material respect, and continuance of
such default or breach for a period of 60 days after
written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (b) any
security interest created under the Security Documents or under
the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of
competent jurisdiction or (y) the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent
jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is
invalid or unenforceable.
If any Event of Default (other than as specified in
clause (viii) or (ix) of the preceding paragraph with
respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may,
and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare
all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. In the case of
an Event of Default arising from the events specified in
clause (viii) or (ix) of the preceding paragraph with
respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the
principal of, premium, if any, and any accrued and unpaid
interest on all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become
immediately due and payable without further action or notice.
Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. The holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by
notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the holders of all the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except (i) a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of,
or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (which may only be
waived with the consent of each holder of Notes affected), or
(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the
Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of
each holder of Notes affected. Subject to certain limitations,
holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from holders of the
Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default
(except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal, premium or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest.
The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the
Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default (which
has not been timely cured) or Event of Default, to deliver to
the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default.
102
Defeasance
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
the obligations of the Company discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (legal
defeasance). Such legal defeasance means that the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and to have
satisfied all other obligations under the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guarantees and the Indenture, except for (i) the rights of
holders of the outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the
trust fund described below, payments in respect of the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such
payments are due, (ii) the Companys obligations with
respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes,
registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment
and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee
under the Indenture and (iv) the defeasance provisions of
the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and
at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and
the Subsidiary Guarantors released with respect to certain
covenants that are described in the Indenture (covenant
defeasance) and any omission to comply with such
obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of
Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance, (i) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with
the Trustee, as trust funds in trust for the benefit of the
holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars,
U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof,
maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts as will be
sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of such
interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants or a nationally recognized
investment banking firm, to pay and discharge the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the
stated maturity of such principal or installment of principal or
interest; (ii) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the
United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(B) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case
to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel
shall confirm that, the holders of the Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result
of such legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had
not occurred; (iii) in the case of covenant defeasance, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee confirming that the holders of the Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes
as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant
defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit; (v) such legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a Default under, the Indenture or any other material
agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by
which it is bound; (vi) the Company shall have delivered to
the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that
(A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of
holders of other Indebtedness of the Company or of any
Subsidiary Guarantor, including, without limitation, those
arising under the Indenture, after the 91st day following
the deposit and (B) after the 91st day following the
deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar
laws affecting creditors rights generally; (vii) the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers
certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company
with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes over the
other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or
others; (viii) no event or condition shall exist that would
prevent the Company from making payments of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the date of such
deposit; and (ix) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an officers certificate and an opinion of counsel,
each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating
to either the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as
the case may be, have been complied with.
103
Satisfaction
and Discharge
The Indenture will cease to be of further effect (except as to
surviving rights of registration, transfer or exchange of the
Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all
outstanding Notes when (i) either (a) all the Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes
not theretofore delivered for cancellation (x) have become
due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at their
Stated Maturity within one year or (z) are to be called for
redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense of,
the Company; and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars or
direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United
States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such
obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States of America), in each case, maturing prior to the
date the Notes will have become due and payable, the Stated
Maturity of the Notes or the relevant redemption date of the
Notes, as the case may be, sufficient to pay and discharge the
entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium,
if any, and accrued interest at maturity, Stated Maturity or
redemption date; and (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
under the Indenture by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor;
and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel each
stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture
relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have
been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge will
not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, the Indenture or any other material agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is
a party or by which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is
bound.
Modifications
and Amendments
Modifications and amendments of the Indenture or the Notes may
be made by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the
Trustee with the written consent of the holders of not less than
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes; provided, however, without the consent of
the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, no such
modification or amendment may (with respect to any Notes held by
a nonconsenting holder): (i) change the stated maturity of
the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note,
or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest
thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or
change the coin or currency or the manner in which the principal
of any Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable,
or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any
such payment after the stated maturity thereof (or, in the case
of redemption, on or after the redemption date);
(ii) extend the time for payment of interest on the Notes;
(iii) alter the redemption provisions in the Notes or the
Indenture in a manner adverse to any holder of the Notes;
(iv) reduce the percentage in principal amount of
outstanding Notes, the consent of whose holders is required for
any amended or supplemental indenture or the consent of whose
holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any
provision of the Indenture or any Default thereunder and their
consequences provided for in the Indenture; (v) modify any
of the provisions of the Indenture relating to any amended or
supplemental indentures requiring the consent of holders or
relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the
waiver of any covenant, except to increase the percentage of
outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that
any other provision of the Indenture cannot be modified or
waived without the consent of the holder of each Note affected
thereby; and (vi) modify the ranking or priority of the
Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; or (vii) release any
Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee other than in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture.
In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of
the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of
releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the
Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with the
Indenture and the Security Documents or modify the Intercreditor
Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the holders
104
of at least
662/3%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations then outstanding,
voting as one class.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder
of Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee
may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to
(i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency,
(ii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes, (iii) provide for the
assumption of the Companys obligations to the holders of
the Notes in the event of any transaction involving the Company
that is permitted under the provisions of
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets in which
the Company is not the Surviving Person, (iv) make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to
the holders of the Notes or does not adversely affect the legal
rights of any holder, (v) comply with the requirements of
the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (vi) add
additional Subsidiary Guarantors (which does not require
existing Subsidiary Guarantors to execute such supplemental
indenture), (vii) to secure additional Permitted Additional
Pari Passu Secured Obligations pursuant to the Indenture by
Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the
Notes and the Note Guarantees, (viii) to amend any Security
Document to eliminate any assets purported to be secured thereby
which are not actually owned by the Company or the Subsidiary
Guarantors and were not owned by the Company or the Guarantors
at the time such Security Document was entered into,
(ix) to release a Guarantor from its Guarantee when
permitted by the Indenture or Intercreditor Agreement or
(x) to conform the Indenture, the Security Documents or the
Notes to provisions of this Description of Notes to the extent
such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation thereof.
The
Trustee
In the event that the Trustee becomes a creditor of the Company,
the Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the
Trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to
realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to
engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any
conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within
90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as
Trustee, or resign.
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The
Indenture provides that, in case an Event of Default has
occurred and has not been cured, the Trustee will be required,
in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a
prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. The Trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes,
unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or
expense.
The Indenture provides that neither the Trustee nor the
Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the existence,
genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for
the safe custody of Collateral in its possession and the
accounting for Trust Monies actually received), for the
legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document,
or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or
protection of any Second Priority Lien.
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, will have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary
Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees
and the Security Documents, or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Certain
Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for the definition of all
other terms used in the Indenture.
105
Acquisition Debt means Indebtedness the
proceeds of which are utilized solely to (x) acquire all or
substantially all of the assets or a majority of the Voting
Stock of an existing television broadcasting business franchise
or station or (y) finance an LMA (including to repay or
refinance Indebtedness or other obligations incurred in
connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and
to pay related fees and expenses).
Acquired Debt means, with respect to any
specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (the
Acquired Person) existing at the time the Acquired
Person merges with or into, or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
of, such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, the Acquired Person
merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of,
such specified Person.
Affiliate means, with respect to any
specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this
definition, control (including, with correlative
meanings, the terms controlling, controlled
by and under common control with) of any
Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise.
Asset Sale means (i) any sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any assets (including by way of a
sale-and-leaseback)
other than in the ordinary course of business (provided
that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be
an Asset Sale but instead shall be governed by the
provisions of the Indenture described under
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets) or
(ii) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person
(other than to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor);
provided that the term Asset Sale shall not
include any disposition or dispositions (i) during any
twelve-month period of assets or property having a fair market
value of less than $5.0 million in the aggregate;
(ii) between or among the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors
(including equity issuances); (iii) in a transaction
constituting a Change of Control; (iv) of products,
services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of
business; (v) damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets;
(vi) cash or Cash Equivalents; and (vii) Restricted
Payments.
Bankruptcy Law means Title 11, United
States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar
United States federal or state law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation,
reorganization or relief of debtors, or any amendment to,
succession to or change in any such law.
Business Day means any date which in not a
Legal Holiday.
Capital Lease Obligations of any Person means
the obligations to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of
(or other Indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use)
real or personal property of such Person which are required to
be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or liability
on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with
GAAP. The amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized
amount thereof in accordance with GAAP and the stated maturity
thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any
other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon
which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment
of a penalty.
Capital Stock of any Person means any and all
shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options,
participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however
designated) corporate stock or other equity participations,
including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of
such Person, including any Preferred Stock.
Cash Equivalents means (i) marketable
direct obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of
America, or any governmental entity or agency or political
subdivision thereof (provided that the full faith and
credit of the United States of America is pledged in support
thereof) maturing within one year of the date of purchase;
(ii) commercial paper issued by corporations, each of which
shall have a consolidated net worth of at least
$500 million, maturing within 180 days from the date
of the original issue thereof, and rated
P-1
or better by Moodys Investors Service or
A-1
or better by Standard & Poors Corporation or an
equivalent rating or better by any other nationally recognized
securities rating agency; and (iii) certificates of deposit
106
issued or acceptances accepted by or guaranteed by any bank or
trust company organized under the laws of the United States of
America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, in
each case having capital, surplus and undivided profits totaling
more than $500 million, maturing within one year of the
date of purchase; and (iv) any money market fund sponsored
by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor
(including the Trustee) that invests solely in the securities
specified in the foregoing clause (i), (ii) or (iii).
Change of Control means the occurrence of any
of the following events:
(a) any person or group (as such
terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act), disregarding the Permitted Holders, becomes the
beneficial owner (as defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares of Capital
Stock that such person or group has the right to acquire
regardless of when such right is first exercisable), directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power
represented by the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company;
(b) the Company merges with or into another Person or
sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes
of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any
Person merges with or into the Company, in any such event
pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock
of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other property, other than any such transaction
where (x) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is
converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee corporation
and (y) immediately after such transaction no
person or group (as such terms are used
in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),
disregarding the Permitted Holders, is the beneficial
owner (as defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares of Capital
Stock that such person or group has the right to acquire
regardless of when such right is first exercisable), directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power
represented by the outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving or
transferee corporation;
(c) during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who
at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose
election by the Board of Directors of the Company or whose
nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was
approved by (x) a vote of at least a majority of the
directors then still in office who were either directors at the
beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so approved (as described in this
clause (x) or in the following clause (y)) or
(y) Permitted Holders that are beneficial
owners (as defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the total voting power
represented by the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company)
cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board then
in office; or
(d) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan
of liquidation.
Collateral means all of the assets of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, whether real, personal or
mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to
be granted) as security for any Second Lien Obligations
(including proceeds and products thereof).
Collateral Agent means the Trustee, in its
capacity as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents
together with its successors.
Collateral Agreement means the security
agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date among the Collateral
Agent, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors granting, among
other things, a Second Priority Lien on the Collateral subject
to Permitted Collateral Liens and Permitted Liens, in each case
in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the
benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the
holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or
replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with
respect to any period, the sum of (i) the interest expense
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, including, without limitation or
duplication, (a) amortization of debt discount,
107
(b) the net payments, if any, under interest rate contracts
(including amortization of discounts) and (c) accrued
interest, plus (ii) the interest component of the
Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued
and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by the Company during such
period, and all capitalized interest of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect
to any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied,
adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income
(or loss), by excluding, without duplication, (i) the
portion of net income (or loss) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to interests in unconsolidated
Persons, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions actually paid to the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period,
(ii) net income (or loss) of any Person combined with the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a pooling
of interests basis attributable to any period prior to the
date of combination, (iii) the net income of any Restricted
Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration of dividends or
similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that
income to the Company is not at the time permitted, directly or
indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary
or its stockholders, (iv) the net income of any Qualified
Joint Venture in excess of the dividends and distributions paid
by such Qualified Joint Venture to the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor, (v) the Companys proportionate share of
net loss of any Qualified Joint Venture and (vi) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense
means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Interest
Expense less non-cash amortization of deferred financing costs
from the last day of the month immediately preceding the Issue
Date to the last day of the most recently ended month prior to
such date for which financial statements are available, taken as
a single accounting period.
Cumulative Operating Cash Flow means, as of
any date of determination, Operating Cash Flow from the last day
of the month immediately preceding the Issue Date to the last
day of the most recently ended month prior to such date for
which financial statements are available, taken as a single
accounting period.
Debt To Operating Cash Flow Ratio means, with
respect to any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the
aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date on a
consolidated basis to (ii) Operating Cash Flow of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending on or
immediately prior to such date for which financial statements
are available, determined on a pro forma basis after
giving pro forma effect to (a) the incurrence of all
Indebtedness to be incurred on such date and (if applicable) the
application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to
refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was
incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, at the
beginning of such four-quarter period; (b) the incurrence,
repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such
four-quarter period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid
or retired at the beginning of such four-quarter period
(including any such incurrence or issuance which is the subject
of an Incurrence Notice delivered to the Trustee during such
period pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of
Permitted Indebtedness) (except that, in making such
computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving
credit facility shall be computed based upon the average balance
of such Indebtedness at the end of each month during such
four-quarter period); (c) in the case of Acquired Debt, the
related acquisition as if such acquisition had occurred at the
beginning of such four-quarter period; and (d) any
acquisition or disposition by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of
the ordinary course of business (including any pro forma expense
and cost reductions calculated on a basis in accordance with
Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act associated with any such acquisition or
disposition), or any related repayment of Indebtedness, in each
case since the first day of such four-quarter period (including
any such acquisition which is the subject of an Incurrence
Notice delivered to the Trustee during such period pursuant to
clause (viii) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness), assuming such acquisition or disposition
had been consummated on the first day of such four-quarter
period. In addition, the consolidated net income of a Person
with outstanding Indebtedness or Capital Stock providing
108
for a payment restriction which is permitted to exist by reason
of clause (c) of the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Dividends and
Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
shall not be taken into account in determining whether any
Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.
Default means any event that is, or after the
giving of notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event
of Default.
Disposition means, with respect to any
Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination
involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the
Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
such Persons assets.
Disqualified Stock means any Capital Stock
that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the
happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in
part on or prior to the stated maturity of the Notes (which for
avoidance of doubt shall exclude the Companys
Series D perpetual preferred stock as in effect on the
Issue Date).
Event of Loss means, with respect to any
property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal)
constituting Collateral, any of the following:
(i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or
asset;
(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation
or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any
right of eminent domain;
(iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by
exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such
property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or
the requisition of the use of such property or asset; or
(iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or
(iii) above.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
FCC mean the Federal Communications
Commission.
FCC License means any license, authorization,
approval, or permit granted by the FCC pursuant to the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, to the Company or any
Guarantor, or assigned or transferred to the Company or any
Guarantor pursuant to FCC consent.
Film Contracts means contracts with suppliers
that convey the right to broadcast specified films, videotape
motion pictures, syndicated television programs or sports or
other programming.
First Priority Agreement means the collective
reference to (a) the Senior Credit Facility in effect on
the Issue Date, (b) any additional First Priority Agreement
permitted to be designated as such by the First Priority
Agreement then extant and the Indenture and (c) any other
credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory
note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or
governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial
accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace,
refinance or refund in whole or in part the indebtedness and
other obligations outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility
in effect on the Issue Date, any such additional First Priority
Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in
this clause (c) unless such agreement or instrument
expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a
First Priority Agreement hereunder (a Replacement First
Priority Agreement). Any reference to the First Priority
Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any First
Priority Agreement then extant.
First Priority Creditors means the
Lenders as defined in the First Priority Agreement,
or any Persons that are designated under the First Priority
Agreement as the First Priority Creditors for
purposes of this Agreement.
109
First Priority Documents means the First
Priority Agreement, each First Priority Security Document and
each First Priority Guarantee.
First Priority Guarantee means any guarantee
by any loan party of any or all of the First Priority
Obligations.
First Priority Liens means all Liens that
secure the First Priority Obligations.
First Priority Obligations means (a) all
principal of and interest (including without limitation any
Post-Petition Interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made
pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (b) all
reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon
(including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) with
respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued
pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (c) all Hedging
Obligations, (d) all Cash Management Obligations and
(e) all guarantee obligations, fees, expenses and other
amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the First Priority
Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in
an Insolvency Proceeding provided that the aggregate principal
amount of, without duplication, revolving credit loans, letters
of credit, term loans, other loans, notes or similar instruments
(excluding, in any event, Cash Management Obligations and
Hedging Obligations) provided for under the First Lien Credit
Documents in excess of the Maximum First Priority Indebtedness
shall not constitute First Lien Obligations for purposes of this
Agreement. To the extent any payment with respect to any First
Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any loan party,
as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or
otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a
preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a
debtor in possession, any Second Priority Secured Party,
receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof
originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of
this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First
Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured
Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such
payment had not occurred.
First Priority Obligations Payment Date means
the first date on which (a) the First Priority Obligations
(other than those that constitute Unasserted Contingent
Obligations) have been paid in cash in full (or cash
collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the
First Priority Documents), (b) all commitments to extend
credit under the First Priority Documents have been terminated,
(c) there are no outstanding letters of credit or similar
instruments issued under the First Priority Documents (other
than such as have been cash collateralized or defeased in
accordance with the terms of the First Priority Security
Documents), and (d) the First Priority Representative has
delivered a written notice to the Second Priority Representative
stating that the events described in clauses (a), (b) and
(c) have occurred, which notice shall be delivered by the
First Priority Representative promptly after the occurrence of
such events described in clauses (a), (b) and (c).
First Priority Secured Parties means the
First Priority Representative, the First Priority Creditors and
any other holders of the First Priority Obligations.
First Priority Security Documents means the
Security Documents as defined in the First Priority
Agreement, and any other documents that are designated under the
First Priority Agreement as First Priority Security
Documents for purposes of this Agreement.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of
the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other
than the United States of America or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a
significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in
effect on the Issue Date.
Guarantee by any Person means any obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing any
Indebtedness of any other Person (the primary
obligor) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,
and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person
(i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to
advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for
the payment of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase
property, securities or services
110
for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness of
the payment of such Indebtedness, or (iii) to maintain
working capital, equity capital or other financial statement
condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable
the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness (and
guaranteed, guaranteeing and
guarantor shall have meanings correlative to the
foregoing); provided, however, that the guarantee
by any Person shall not include endorsements by such Person for
collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of
business.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any
Person, without duplication, and whether or not contingent,
(i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or
for the deferred purchase price of property or services or which
is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument,
(ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,
(iii) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in
respect of letters of credit or bankers acceptances issued
or created for the account of such Person, (iv) all
Interest Rate Agreement Obligations of such Person, (v) all
liabilities secured by any Lien on any property owned by such
Person even if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become
liable for the payment thereof to the extent of the lesser of
(x) the amount of the Obligation so secured and
(y) the fair market value of the property subject to such
Lien, (vi) all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, or
otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of such Person, or
any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Capital Stock,
now or hereafter outstanding on or prior to the stated maturity
of the Notes (which for avoidance of doubt shall exclude the
Companys Series D perpetual preferred stock as in
effect on the Issue Date), (vii) to the extent not included
in (vi), all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person, valued at
the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed
repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, and
(viii) to the extent not otherwise included, any guarantee
by such Person of any other Persons indebtedness or other
obligations described in clauses (i) through
(vii) above. For purposes hereof, the maximum fixed
repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock which does not
have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance
with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such
Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which
Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the
Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by the
fair market value of, such Disqualified Stock, such fair market
value is to be determined in good faith by the board of
directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock.
Independent Director means a director of the
Company other than a director (i) who (apart from being a
director of the Company or any Subsidiary) is an employee,
associate or Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary or has
held any such position during the previous five years, or
(ii) who is a director, employee, associate or Affiliate of
another party to the transaction in question.
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding means,
with respect to any Person, any liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of such Person, or any bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding with respect to
such Person, whether voluntary or involuntary.
Interest Rate Agreement Obligations means,
with respect to any Person, the Obligations of such Person under
(i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements, and
(ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect
such Person against fluctuations in interest rates.
Investments means, with respect to any
Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates of such Person) in the form of loans,
guarantees, advances or capital contributions (excluding
commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to officers
and employees made in the ordinary course of business) purchases
or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Capital
Stock or other securities and all other items that are or would
be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in
accordance with GAAP. Investments shall exclude
extensions of trade credit (including extensions of credit in
respect of equipment leases) by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance
with normal trade practices of the Company or such Subsidiary,
as the case may be.
Issue Date means April 29, 2010.
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which banking institutions in the State of New York
are authorized or required by law to close.
111
LMA means a local marketing arrangement,
joint sales agreement, time brokerage agreement, shared services
agreement, management agreement or similar arrangement pursuant
to which a Person, subject to customary preemption rights and
other limitations (i) obtains the right to sell a portion
of the advertising inventory of a television station of which a
third party is the licensee, (ii) obtains the right to
exhibit programming and sell advertising time during a portion
of the air time of a television station or (iii) manages a
portion of the operations of a television station.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any
mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance
of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed,
recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to
sell or give a security interest in any asset and any filing of,
or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
Maximum First Priority Indebtedness means all
Indebtedness under, and as defined in the First
Priority Agreement, including letters of credit, under the First
Priority Agreement (with letters of credit being deemed to have
a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of
the Grantors thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed the sum of (x) $516.0 million and
(y) $75.0 million of extensions of credit under
revolving facilities under Senior Credit Facilities, less the
aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the
Issue Date to repay any term loans thereunder or to repay
revolving loans thereunder and effect a corresponding commitment
reduction thereunder pursuant to and in accordance with the
covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Asset Sales. For
the avoidance of doubt, Hedging Obligations and Cash Management
Obligations are not and shall not be considered Indebtedness
under the First Priority Agreement.
Net Loss Proceeds means the aggregate cash
proceeds received by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in
respect of any Event of Loss, including, without limitation,
insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damages awarded by
any judgment, net of the direct cost in recovery of such Net
Loss Proceeds (including, without limitation, legal, accounting,
appraisal and insurance adjuster fees and any relocation
expenses incurred as a result thereof), amounts required to be
applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by any
Permitted Collateral Lien on the asset or assets that were the
subject of such Event of Loss (other than any Lien which does
not rank prior to the Second Priority Liens), and any taxes paid
or payable as a result thereof.
Net Proceeds means, with respect to any Asset
Sale by any Person, the aggregate cash proceeds received by such
Person
and/or its
Affiliates in respect of such Asset Sale, which amount is equal
to the excess, if any, of (i) the cash received by such
Person
and/or its
Affiliates (including any cash payments received by way of
deferred payment pursuant to, or monetization of, a note or
installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when
received) in connection with such Asset Sale, over (ii) the
sum of (a) the amount of any Indebtedness that is secured
by such asset and which is required to be repaid by such Person
in connection with such Asset Sale, plus (b) all
fees, commissions and other expenses incurred by such Person in
connection with such Asset Sale, plus (c) provision
for taxes, including income taxes, attributable to the Asset
Sale or attributable to required prepayments or repayments of
Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus
(d) a reasonable reserve for the after-tax cost of any
indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to
sellers indemnities to purchaser in respect of such Asset
Sale undertaken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
connection with such Asset Sale, plus (e) if such
Person is a Subsidiary of the Company, any dividends or
distributions payable to holders of minority interests in such
Subsidiary from the proceeds of such Asset Sale.
Obligations means any principal, interest
(including, without limitation, interest accruing on or after
the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization
of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be,
regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is
allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursement obligations, damages and other liabilities payable
under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
112
Operating Cash Flow means, with respect to
any period and without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
plus (i) any extraordinary net losses, net losses
from the disposition of any securities, net losses from the
extinguishment of any Indebtedness and net losses realized on
any sale of assets during such period, to the extent such losses
were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits, to
the extent such provision for taxes was included in computing
such Consolidated Net Income, plus
(iii) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus
(iv) depreciation, amortization, impairment and all
other non-cash charges, to the extent such depreciation,
amortization, impairment and other non-cash charges were
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income (including
pension expense, impairment of Film Contracts, goodwill,
broadcast licenses and other intangible assets including
amortization of other intangible assets and Film Contracts), but
excluding any such charges which represent any accrual of, or a
reserve for, cash charges for a future period, plus
(v) any fees recognized as expenses, including deferred
finance costs, incurred in connection with the issuance of the
Notes and the entering into of the Second Amendment to the
Senior Credit Facility (including, without limitation, ratings
agency fees) to the extent that such costs were deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(vi) non-capitalized transaction costs incurred in
connection with actual or proposed financings, acquisitions or
transactions to the extent that such costs were deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(vii) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any
issuance of equity interests to an employee of such Person or
any Restricted Subsidiary and plus (viii) non-cash
items decreasing Consolidated Net Income (to the extent included
in computing such Consolidated Net Income), minus
(ix) any cash payments made with respect to Film
Contracts and pension obligations (to the extent not previously
included in computing such Consolidated Net Income), minus
(x) extraordinary net gains, net gains from the
disposition of any securities, net gains from the extinguishment
of any Indebtedness and any net gains realized on any sale of
assets during such period, minus (xi) non-cash items
increasing Consolidated Net Income other than the accrual of
revenue or other items in the ordinary course of business (to
the extent included in computing such Consolidated Net Income)
and minus (xii) provision for taxes based on losses,
to the extent such benefit for taxes was included in computing
such Consolidated Net Income.
Pari Passu Indebtedness means any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor which
ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or
the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the
case may be (whether or not such Indebtedness is secured by any
Lien).
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations means obligations under any Additional
Notes or other Indebtedness secured by the Second Priority
Liens; provided that the amount of such obligations does
not exceed an amount (x) such that immediately after giving
effect to the Incurrence of such Additional Notes or other
Indebtedness, as applicable, and the receipt and application of
the proceeds therefrom, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than
or equal to 7.0 to 1.0, or (y) that may be incurred
pursuant to clause (xvi) under the second paragraph of
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness;
provided that (i) the representative of such
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation executes a joinder
agreement to the Collateral Agreement and the Intercreditor
Agreement, in each case in the form attached thereto agreeing to
be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such
Indebtedness as Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations under the Collateral Agreement and the
Intercreditor Agreement.
Permitted Collateral Liens means:
(i) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date,
Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes, the
Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to
such Notes, Refinancing Indebtedness and Guarantees;
(ii) Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture
(including Additional Notes), the Guarantees relating thereto
and any Obligations with respect to such Notes and Refinancing
Indebtedness with respect to such Permitted Additional Pari
Passu Secured Obligations, the Guarantees relating thereto and
any Obligations with
113
respect to such Notes; provided that such Liens are
granted pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents;
(iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens
specified in clause (i) or (ii) above) and any
extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement thereof so long
as such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement does not
extend to any other property or asset and does not increase the
outstanding principal amount thereof (except by the amount of
any premium or fee paid or payable or original issue discount in
connection with such extension, renewal, replacement or
refinancing);
(iv) Liens described in clauses (ii) (which Liens shall be
subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi),
(vii), (viii), (ix), (xi) (where the Liens securing the
Indebtedness being refinanced were Permitted Collateral Liens),
(xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii), (xviii), (xix), (xx),
(xxi) or (xxii) of the definition of Permitted
Liens;
(v) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or
reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,
rights-of-way,
sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to
the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of
the business of such Person or to the ownership of its
properties which were not incurred in connection with
Indebtedness and which do not individually or in the aggregate
materially adversely affect the value of the property affected
thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the
operation of the business of such Person;
(vi) other Liens (not securing Indebtedness) incidental to
the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of
their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate
materially adversely affect the value of the property affected
thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the
operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and
(vii) Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Collateral
Agent relating to Collateral Agents administrative
expenses with respect to the Collateral.
Permitted Holders means (i) each of J.
Mack Robinson and Robert S. Prather, Jr.; (ii) their
spouses and lineal descendants; (iii) in the event of the
incompetence or death of any of the Persons described in
clauses (i) and (ii), such Persons estate, executor,
administrator, committee or other personal representative;
(iv) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons
described in clause (i) or (ii); or (v) any Person
controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (i), (ii),
or (iv) and (v) any group of Persons (as defined in
the Exchange Act) in which the Persons described in clause (i),
(ii), or (iv), individually or collectively, control such group.
For purposes of this definition, control, as used
with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of such Person, whether through
ownership of voting securities or by agreement or otherwise.
Permitted Investments means:
(i) Investments existing on the Issue Date (and any
extension, modification or renewal or any such Investments, but
only to the extent not involving additional advances,
contributions or increases thereof, other than as a result of
accrual or accretion of original issue discount or the issuance
of
pay-in-kind
securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of the
Investment in effect on the Issue Date), and any Investment in
the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Qualified Joint
Venture;
(ii) any Investments in Cash Equivalents;
(iii) any Investment in a Person (an Acquired
Person) if, as a result of such Investment, (a) the
Acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) the
Acquired Person either (1) is merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is the Surviving
Person, or (2) transfers or conveys substantially all of
its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary;
(iv) accounts and notes receivable generated or acquired in
the ordinary course of business;
114
(v) Interest Rate Agreement Obligations permitted pursuant
to the second paragraph of the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness;
(vi) any Investments received in compromise of obligations
of such persons incurred in the ordinary course of trade
creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course
of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any
trade creditor or customer;
(vii) Investments consisting of endorsements of negotiable
instruments and similar documents, accounts receivables,
deposits, prepayments, credits or purchases of inventory,
supplies, materials and equipment, deposits to secure lease or
utility payments, in each case in the ordinary course of
business; and
(viii) any other Investments in an aggregate amount up to
$5.0 million in any calendar year (provided that any
unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to
one or more future periods) plus, to the extent not
increasing the amount available under clause (iii) of the
first paragraph under Limitation on Restricted
Payments, in the case of the disposition or repayment of
any such Investment made pursuant to this clause (viii) for
cash, an amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital
with respect to such Investment and the cost of such Investment,
in either case, reduced (but not below zero) by the excess, if
any, of the cost of the disposition of such Investment over the
gain, if any, realized by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, in respect of such disposition.
Permitted Liens means:
(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(ii) Liens that secure the Senior Credit Facility (incurred
pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness); provided that such Liens are subject
to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
(iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Person existing at
the time that such Person is merged into or consolidated with
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend
to any assets other than those of such Person;
(iv) Liens on property acquired by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in
existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do
not extend to any other property;
(v) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;
(vi) Liens incurred, or pledges and deposits in connection
with, workers compensation, unemployment insurance and
other social security benefits, and leases, appeal bonds and
other obligations of like nature incurred by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of
business;
(vii) Liens imposed by law, including, without limitation,
mechanics, carriers, warehousemens,
materialmens, suppliers and vendors Liens,
incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in the ordinary course of business;
(viii) Liens securing Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness
and Capital Lease Obligations incurred pursuant to
clause (vii) of the second paragraph under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness;
provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any
assets other than such assets acquired or constructed after the
Issue Date with the proceeds of such Permitted Purchase Money
Indebtedness;
(ix) Liens for ad valorem, income or property taxes
or assessments and similar charges which either are not
delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings for which the Company has set aside on its books
reserves to the extent required by GAAP;
(x) Liens on assets or Capital Stock of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries;
115
(xi) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness where the
Liens securing Indebtedness being refinanced were permitted
under the Indenture;
(xii) easements,
rights-of-way,
zoning and similar restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and
other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred or imposed
as applicable, in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with industry practices and zoning or other restrictions as to
the use of real properties or Liens incidental which are imposed
by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over such
property;
(xiii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with
respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents
and other property relating to letters of credit and products
and proceeds thereof;
(xiv) Liens securing Interest Rate Agreement Obligations
which Interest Rate Agreement Obligations relate to Indebtedness
that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
(xv) leases, licenses,
sub-licenses
or subleases granted to others and Liens arising from filing UCC
financing statements regarding leases;
(xvi) Liens securing judgments, attachments or awards not
giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens
and associated rights related to litigation being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made
therefor;
(xvii) Liens (i) that are contractual rights of
set-off (A) relating to treasury, depository and cash
management services with banks or any automated clearing house
transfers of funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of
business and not given in connection with the issuance of
Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep
accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit
satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or (C) relating to purchase orders and other
agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and
(ii) of a collection bank arising under
Section 4-210
of the UCC on items in the course of collection, in favor of a
banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering
deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the
ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance
of such accounts and which are within the general parameters
customary in the banking industry;
(xviii) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on
insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums
thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary
course of business securing liability for premiums or
reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including
obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees
for the benefit of) insurance carriers;
(xix) utility and other similar deposits made in the
ordinary course of business;
(xx) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents, arising in
connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of
Indebtedness or escrowed to repurchase or redeem Indebtedness or
Capital Stock, in each case where such defeasence, discharge,
redemption or repurchase is otherwise permitted hereunder;
(xxi) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to
others in the ordinary course of business so long as such
leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses are subordinate in
all respects to the Liens granted and evidenced by the Security
Documents and which do not materially interfere with the
ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any
Indebtedness; and
(xxii) Liens on assets or Capital Stock in connection with
merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and
similar agreements in respect of the disposition of such assets
or Capital Stock otherwise permitted under the Indenture for so
long as such agreements are in effect.
Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness means
any Indebtedness incurred for the acquisition of intellectual
property rights, property, plant or equipment used or useful in
the business of the Company.
116
Person means any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Preferred Stock as applied to the Capital
Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes
(however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of
dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of
such Person, over Capital Stock of any other class of such
Person.
Public Equity Offering means an underwritten
public offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to an
effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act,
the net proceeds of which to the Company (after deducting any
underwriting discounts and commissions) exceed
$25.0 million.
Qualified Joint Venture means a newly-formed,
majority-owned Subsidiary where Capital Stock of the Subsidiary
is issued to a Qualified Joint Venture Partner in consideration
of the contribution primarily consisting of assets used or
useful in the business of owning and operating television
stations, all businesses directly related thereto, and any
electronic news and information delivery business and any other
television broadcasting-related, television distribution-related
or television content-related business.
Qualified Joint Venture Partner means a
person who is not affiliated with the Company.
Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness
that refunds, refinances, defeases, renews, replaces or extends
any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the Indenture,
whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or
group of lenders or creditors, but only to the extent that:
(i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the
Notes to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness being
refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended,
if such Indebtedness was subordinated to the Notes,
(ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature
either (a) no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded,
refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after
the maturity date of the Notes,
(iii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a weighted average
life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average
life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced,
defeased, renewed, replaced or extended,
(iv) such Refinancing Indebtedness (or accreted amount in
the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue
discount, as such) is in an aggregate principal amount that is
less than or equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate
principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding
under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, defeased,
renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in
excess of pre-existing optional prepayment provisions on such
Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed,
replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and
customary fees, expenses and costs related to the Incurrence of
such Refinancing Indebtedness, and
(v) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include
(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the
Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Investment means an Investment
other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Payment means (i) any
dividend or other distribution declared or paid on any Capital
Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary or dividends or distributions payable to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); (ii) any payment
to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
117
Company or other Affiliate of the Company (other than any
Capital Stock owned by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary); (iii) any payment to purchase, redeem, defease
or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated
Indebtedness prior to the scheduled maturity thereof except for
any purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement within one year of the scheduled maturity thereof; or
(iv) any Restricted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
that has not been designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture.
Second Lien Obligations means the
Indebtedness Incurred and Obligations under the Indenture and
any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations.
Second Priority Liens means all Liens in
favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Second
Lien Obligations, including, without limitation, any Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations.
Security Documents means the Collateral
Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security
agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of
trust, trust deeds or other instruments or agreements evidencing
or creating or purporting to create any security interests in
favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the
benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the
holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, in each
case, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced
from time to time.
Senior Credit Facility means the Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2007, as amended, by and
among the Company and the guarantors named therein, Wachovia
Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent and the
other agents and lenders named therein as the same may be
amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in
whole or in part from time to time, including (i) any
related notes, letters of credit, guarantees, collateral
documents, indentures, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time, and
(ii) any notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection with any such
amendment, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or
refinancing.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any
security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date
on which the final payment of principal of such security is due
and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the
repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof
upon the happening of any contingency.
Subordinated Indebtedness means any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor if the
instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness or pursuant
to which such Indebtedness is outstanding expressly provides
that such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to
the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be.
Subsidiary of any Person means (i) any
corporation more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of
which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or
by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, or
(ii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any
Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner, or
(iii) any other Person (other than a corporation or limited
partnership) in which such Person, or one or more other
Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more
other Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has more
than 50% of the outstanding partnership or similar interests or
has the power, by contract or otherwise, to direct or cause the
direction of the policies, management and affairs thereof.
Subsidiary Guarantor means (i) each
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company existing on the Issue Date,
(ii) each of the Companys Subsidiaries which becomes
a guarantor of the Notes in compliance with the provisions set
forth under Certain Covenants Future
Subsidiary Guarantors, and (iii) each of the
Companys Subsidiaries executing a supplemental indenture
in which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the
Indenture.
118
Trust Monies means all cash and Cash
Equivalents received by the Trustee:
(1) upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of the
Indenture or the Security Documents, including all Net Cash
Proceeds and Net Loss Proceeds and all moneys received in
respect of the principal of all purchase money, governmental and
other obligations;
(2) pursuant to the Security Documents;
(3) as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or
any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Trustee or any
collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other
realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral
pursuant to the Indenture or any of the Security Documents or
otherwise; or
(4) for application as provided in the relevant provisions
of the Indenture or any Security Document or which disposition
is not otherwise specifically provided for in the Indenture or
in any Security Document;
provided, however, that Trust Monies shall in
no event include any property deposited with the Trustee for any
redemption, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of Notes,
for the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or to pay
the purchase price of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture and shall not include
any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its
fees and expenses.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time in the State of New York;
provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason
of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or
priority of the Collateral Agents security interest in any
item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the
State of New York, the term UCC shall mean the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such
other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof
relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of
definitions relating to such provisions.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any
Person, Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes
pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting
power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority
of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person
(irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other
class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason
of the happening of any contingency).
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, with
respect to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained
by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required
scheduled payment of principal, including payment as final
maturity, in respect thereof, with (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness.
CERTAIN
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income
tax considerations relating to the exchange offer and the
ownership and disposition of the exchange notes issued pursuant
to the exchange offer. It is not a complete analysis of all the
potential tax considerations relating to the exchange offer or
the notes. This summary is based upon the provisions of the
Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code,
administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial
decisions, all relating to the United States federal income tax
treatment of debt instruments. These authorities may be changed,
perhaps with retroactive effect, so as to result in
U.S. federal income tax consequences materially and
adversely different from those set forth below.
This summary is limited to beneficial owners of original notes
that purchased the original notes at their issue
price (the first price at which a substantial amount of
the original notes were sold to persons other than to bond
houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in
the capacity of underwriters,
119
placement agents or wholesalers) and have held the original
notes, participate in the exchange offer and will hold the
exchange notes as capital assets within the meaning
of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not address
the tax considerations arising under other federal tax laws
(such as estate and gift tax laws) or the laws of any foreign,
state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does
not address all tax considerations that may be applicable to
holders particular circumstances or to holders that may be
subject to special tax rules under the U.S. federal income
tax laws, such as, for example:
|
|
|
|
|
holders subject to the alternative minimum tax;
|
|
|
|
banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies;
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
|
brokers and dealers in securities or currencies;
|
|
|
|
persons who have ceased to be citizens or residents of the
United States;
|
|
|
|
traders in securities that elect to use a
mark-to-market
method of tax accounting for their securities holdings;
|
|
|
|
U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional
currency is not the U.S. dollar or who hold notes
through a foreign entity or foreign account;
|
|
|
|
persons that will hold the notes as a position in a hedging
transaction, straddle, conversion transaction or other risk
reduction transaction;
|
|
|
|
persons deemed to sell the notes under the constructive sale
provisions of the Code; or
|
|
|
|
partnerships (or other entities or arrangements classified as
partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other
pass-through entities, or investors in such entities.
|
This summary of certain U.S. federal income tax
considerations is for general information only and is not tax
advice. This summary is not binding on the Internal Revenue
Service, which we refer to as the IRS. We have not sought, and
will not seek, any ruling from the IRS with respect to the
statements made in this summary, and there can be no assurance
that the IRS will not take a position contrary to these
statements or that a contrary position taken by the IRS would
not be sustained by a court. You are urged to consult your own
tax advisor with respect to the application of the
U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation,
as well as any tax considerations arising under other
U.S. federal tax laws, the laws of any state, local or
foreign taxing jurisdiction or any applicable income tax treaty.
Tax
Consequences of the Exchange of Original Notes for Exchange
Notes
The exchange of an original note for an exchange note pursuant
to the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, a holder
will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer. The holding period
for an exchange note will include the holding period of the
original note exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer, and the
tax basis in an exchange note will be the same as the adjusted
tax basis in the original note as of the time of the exchange.
Moreover, the exchange notes will have the same issue price and
the same adjusted issue price as the original notes as of the
time of the exchange, and the exchange notes will be subject to
the rules governing original issue discount, or
OID, under the Code to the same extent that the
original notes were so subject. The U.S. federal income tax
consequences of holding and disposing of an exchange note
received pursuant to the exchange offer generally will be the
same as the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding
and disposing of an original note if you do not participate in
the exchange offer.
Certain
Additional Payments
It is possible that the IRS could assert that the additional
interest which we would have been obligated to pay if the
exchange offer registration statement were not filed or declared
effective within the applicable time
120
periods was a contingent payment for purposes of the OID rules.
It is also possible that the IRS could assert that the payment
by us of 101% of the face amount of any note purchased by us at
the holders election after a change of control, as
described above under the heading Description of
NotesChange of Control is a contingent payment for
purposes of the OID rules. If any such payment is treated as a
contingent payment, the exchange notes may be treated as
contingent payment debt instruments, in which case the timing
and amount of income inclusions and the character of income
recognized may be different from the consequences described
herein. The Treasury regulations regarding debt instruments that
provide for one or more contingent payments state that, for
purposes of determining whether a debt instrument is a
contingent payment debt instrument, remote or incidental
contingencies are ignored. We intend to treat the possibility of
our making any of the above payments as remote or to treat such
payments as incidental. Accordingly, we do not intend to treat
the exchange notes as contingent payment debt instruments. Our
treatment will be binding on all holders, except a holder that
discloses its differing treatment in a statement attached to its
timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable
year during which the exchange note was acquired. However, our
treatment is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS were to
challenge our treatment, a holder might be required to accrue
income on the exchange notes in excess of stated interest and to
treat as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, any gain
recognized on the disposition of the exchange notes before the
resolution of the contingencies. In any event, if we actually
make any such payment, the timing, amount and character of a
holders income, gain or loss with respect to the exchange
notes may be affected. The remainder of this discussion assumes
that the exchange notes will not be contingent payment debt
instruments. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors
regarding the potential application to the exchange notes of the
rules regarding contingent payment debt instruments and the
consequences thereof.
Consequences
to U.S. Holders
A U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a
note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States, a state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court
within the United States, if one or more U.S. persons have
the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust,
or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable
U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a
U.S. person.
|
If an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes holds notes, the tax
treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. If you are an entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or if you
are a partner in such a partnership), you are urged to consult
your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of holding the
notes to you.
Payments
of Stated Interest
Stated interest on the exchange notes will generally be taxable
to you as ordinary income at the time it is paid or accrued in
accordance with your method of accounting for U.S. federal
income tax purposes.
Original
Issue Discount
The original notes were issued with OID for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. Accordingly, the exchange notes will be
treated as having been issued with OID for U.S. federal
income tax purposes in the same amount as the OID on the
original notes exchanged therefor. OID with respect to an
original note is generally equal to the excess of the
stated redemption price at maturity of the original
note over its issue price. The stated redemption price at
maturity is equal to the sum of all payments on the original
note other than the stated interest, and the issue price of the
original note is the first price at which a substantial amount
of the original notes were sold to persons other than those
acting as placement agents, underwriters, brokers or
wholesalers.
121
Regardless of a U.S. Holders regular method of tax
accounting, a U.S. holder must include OID in income (as
ordinary income) as it accrues throughout the term of the note,
whether or not the U.S. Holder receives a corresponding
cash payment on the exchange note during the taxable year. In
general, the amount of OID included in income is calculated
using a constant-yield method, adding the daily portions of OID
with respect to the note for each day during the taxable year or
portion of the taxable year that the U.S. holder owns the
note. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day
in any accrual period a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to
that accrual period. The accrual period is generally selected by
the holder, provided that no accrual period may be longer
than one year and each scheduled payment of interest or
principal on the note must occur on either the first or final
day of an accrual period.
The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is generally
equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the product of the
notes adjusted issue price at the beginning of
the accrual period and the notes yield to maturity
(determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each
accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the
accrual period) over (ii) the sum of the amounts payable as
stated interest on the note during the accrual period. The
adjusted issue price of a note at the beginning of any accrual
period is the issue price of the note, increased by the amount
of accrued OID for each prior accrual period and decreased by
the amount of any payments previously made on the note that were
not stated interest payments. The yield to maturity on a note is
the discount rate that, when used in computing the present value
of all payments to be made on the note, produces an amount equal
to the issue price of the note. The amount of OID allocable to
the final accrual period is equal to the difference between the
stated principal amount of the note and the notes adjusted
issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
Upon the sale or other taxable disposition of an exchange note
(including a retirement or redemption), you generally will
recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between
the amount realized on such disposition (except to the extent
any amount realized is attributable to accrued but unpaid stated
interest, which, if not previously taxed, will be taxable as
ordinary income) and your adjusted tax basis in the exchange
note. Your adjusted tax basis in an exchange note generally will
be your cost for the note, increased by the previously accrued
OID.
The capital gain or loss recognized on the disposition of an
exchange note generally will be long-term capital gain or loss
if, at the time of such disposition, your holding period for the
exchange note is more than one year. Long-term capital gains of
individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers are generally
eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Medicare
Tax
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012,
recently enacted legislation will generally impose a 3.8% tax on
the net investment income of certain individuals with a modified
adjusted gross income of over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of
joint filers) and on the undistributed net investment income of
certain estates and trusts. For these purposes, net
investment income will generally include interest paid and
OID accrued with respect to an exchange note and net gain from
the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable
disposition of an exchange note, unless such interest, OID or
net gain is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a
trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists
of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a
U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are
urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the applicability of
the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of the
exchange notes.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
In general, information reporting requirements will apply to
certain payments of interest and accruals of OID and to the
proceeds of a sale or other disposition (including a retirement
or redemption) of exchange notes unless you are an exempt
recipient such as a corporation. Backup withholding of tax (at a
current rate of 28%, which is scheduled to increase to 31% in
2011) will apply to such amounts if you fail to provide
your
122
taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status
or have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup
withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any
amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will
generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against your
U.S. federal income tax liability provided that you furnish
the required information to the IRS on a timely basis.
Consequences
to Non-U.S. Holders
As used in this prospectus, the term
Non-U.S. Holder
means a beneficial owner of a note that is, for federal income
tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate, or trust, and
is not a U.S. Holder.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United
States federal income tax purposes, is a holder of a note, the
U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such a
partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner
and the activities of the partnership. Partners in such a
partnership are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the
particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable
to them of acquiring, holding or disposing of exchange notes.
Payments
of Interest
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, if you
are a
Non-U.S. Holder,
you will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax or the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on interest
paid on the exchange notes (which, for purposes of this
discussion of
Non-U.S. Holders,
includes OID) so long as that interest is not effectively
connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the
United States, provided that:
|
|
|
|
|
you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of our stock that are
entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is actually or
constructively related to us through stock ownership;
|
|
|
|
you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on a note is
described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; and
|
|
|
|
you provide the applicable withholding agent with, among other
things, your name and address, and certify, under penalties of
perjury, that you are not a U.S. person (which
certification may be made on an IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or successor form)).
|
If you cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments
of interest will generally be subject to the 30%
U.S. federal withholding tax, unless you provide the
applicable withholding agent with a properly executed
(1) IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or successor form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in
withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty
or (2) IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or successor form) stating that interest paid on the notes is
not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax because it is
effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business
in the United States (as discussed below under
Interest or Gain Effectively Connected with a United States
Trade or Business).
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, you will
generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other
taxable disposition of an exchange note (including a retirement
or redemption), unless:
|
|
|
|
|
if you are an individual
non-U.S. holder,
you are present in the United States for at least 183 days
in the taxable year of such disposition and certain other
conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
that gain is effectively connected with the conduct by you of a
trade or business within the United States.
|
If you are described in the first bullet point above, you will
generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate
of 30% on the amount by which your capital gains allocable to
U.S. sources, including gain from
123
such disposition, exceed any capital losses allocable to
U.S. sources, except as otherwise required by an applicable
income tax treaty. If you are described in the second bullet
point, see Interest or Gain Effectively Connected
with a United States Trade or Business, below.
To the extent that the amount realized on any disposition of
exchange notes is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on
the exchange note, such amount generally will be treated in the
same manner as payments of interest as described under the
heading Payments of Interest above.
Interest
or Gain Effectively Connected with a United States Trade or
Business
If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States
and interest on an exchange note or gain recognized from the
sale or other taxable disposition (including a retirement or
redemption) of an exchange note is effectively connected with
the conduct of that trade or business, you will generally be
subject to U.S. federal income tax (but not the 30%
U.S. federal withholding tax on interest if you provide an
applicable IRS
Form W-8ECI,
as described above) on that interest or gain on a net income
basis in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person as
defined under the Code (unless an applicable income tax treaty
provides otherwise). In addition, if you are a foreign
corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits
tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty
rate) of your earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject
to adjustments, that are effectively connected with your conduct
of a trade or business in the United States. For this purpose,
interest or gain effectively connected with a trade or business
in the United States will be included in the earnings and
profits of a foreign corporation.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, information returns will be filed with the IRS in
connection with payments of interest on the exchange notes and
proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition (including a
retirement or redemption) of the exchange notes. Copies of the
information returns reporting such payments and any withholding
may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country
in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income
tax treaty.
You may be subject to backup withholding of tax (at a current
rate of 28%, which is scheduled to increase to 31% in
2011) on payments of interest on the exchange notes and,
depending on the circumstances, the proceeds of a sale or other
taxable disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of
the exchange notes unless you comply with certain certification
procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person. The
certification procedures required to claim an exemption from
withholding of tax on interest described above generally will
satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid backup
withholding as well. Backup withholding is not an additional
tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you
will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal
income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided
that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Recent
Legislation
Recently enacted legislation regarding foreign account tax
compliance, effective for payments made after December 31,
2012, imposes a withholding tax of 30% on interest and gross
proceeds from the disposition of certain debt instruments paid
to certain foreign entities unless various information reporting
and certain other requirements are satisfied. However, the
withholding tax will not be imposed on payments pursuant to
obligations outstanding as of March 18, 2012. In addition,
the legislation also imposes new U.S. return disclosure
obligations (and related penalties for failure to disclose) on
persons required to file U.S. federal income tax returns
that hold certain specified foreign financial assets (which
include financial accounts in foreign financial institutions).
Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the
possible implications of this recently enacted legislation on
their investment in exchange notes.
124
BOOK-ENTRY,
DELIVERY AND FORM
We issued the original notes in the form of global securities
registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. The exchange notes
will be initially issued in the form of global securities
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.
Upon the issuance of a global security, DTC or its nominee will
credit the accounts of persons holding through it with the
respective principal amounts of the applicable exchange notes
represented by such global security exchanged by such persons in
the exchange offer. The term global security means
the outstanding global securities or the exchange global
securities, as the context may require. Ownership of beneficial
interests in a global security will be limited to persons that
have accounts with DTC, which we refer to as participants, or
persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership
of beneficial interests in a global security will be shown on,
and the transfer of that ownership interest will be effected
only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to
participants interests) and such participants (with
respect to the owners of beneficial interests in such global
security other than participants). The laws of some
jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of securities take
physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. These
limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial
interests in a global security. Because DTC can act only on
behalf of participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect
participants, the ability of a person having beneficial
interests in a global security to pledge its interests to
persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise
take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by
the lack of a physical certificate evidencing those interests.
Payment of principal of and interest on any exchange notes
represented by a global security will be made in immediately
available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as
the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the exchange
notes represented thereby for all purposes under the indentures.
The Company has been advised by DTC that upon receipt of any
payment of principal of or interest on any global security, DTC
will immediately credit, on its book-entry registration and
transfer system, the accounts of participants with payments in
amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests
in the principal or face amount of such global security as shown
on the records of DTC. Payments by participants to owners of
beneficial interests in a global security held through such
participants will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices as is now the case with securities held for
customer accounts registered in street name and will
be the sole responsibility of such participants.
A global security may not be transferred except as a whole by
DTC or a nominee of DTC to a nominee of DTC or to DTC. A global
security is exchangeable for certificated exchange notes only if:
(a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable
to continue as a depositary for such global security or if at
any time DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a
successor depository;
(b) the Company, in its discretion, at any time determines
not to have all the exchange notes represented by such global
security; or
(c) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default
or an Event of Default with respect to the exchange notes of the
series represented by such global security.
Any global security that is exchangeable for certificated
exchange notes pursuant to the preceding sentence will be
exchanged for certificated exchange notes in authorized
denominations and registered in such names as DTC or any
successor depositary holding such global security may direct.
Subject to the foregoing, a global security is not exchangeable,
except for a global security of like denomination to be
registered in the name of DTC or any successor depositary or its
nominee. In the event that a global security becomes
exchangeable for certificated exchange notes,
(a) certificated exchange notes will be issued only in
fully registered form in denominations of $2,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;
125
(b) payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and
interest on, the certificated exchange notes will be payable,
and the transfer of the certificated exchange notes will be
registrable, at the office or agency of the Company maintained
for such purposes; and
(c) no service charge will be made for any registration of
transfer or exchange of the certificated exchange notes,
although the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or governmental charge imposed in connection
therewith.
Certificated exchange notes may not be exchanged for beneficial
interests in any global security unless the transferor first
delivers to the trustee a written certificate, in the form
provided in the applicable indenture.
The Company will make payments in respect of the exchange notes
represented by the global securities, including principal and
interest, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the DTC or its nominee. The Company will
make all payments of principal and interest with respect to
certificated exchange notes by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the
certificated exchange notes or, if no such account is specified,
by mailing a check to each such holders registered address.
So long as DTC or any successor depositary for a global
security, or any nominee, is the registered owner of such global
security, DTC or such successor depositary or nominee, as the
case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the
exchange notes represented by such global security for all
purposes under the indenture and the exchange notes. Except as
set forth above, owners of beneficial interests in a global
security will not be entitled to have the exchange notes
represented by such global security registered in their names,
will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of
certificated exchange notes in definitive form and will not be
considered to be the owners or holders of any exchange notes
under such global security. Accordingly, each person owning a
beneficial interest in a global security must rely on the
procedures of DTC or any successor depositary, and, if such
person is not a participant, on the procedures of the
participant through which such person owns its interest, to
exercise any rights of a holder under the indenture under which
such exchange notes were issued. The Company understands that
under existing industry practices, in the event that the Company
requests any action of holders or that an owner of a beneficial
interest in a global security desires to give or take any action
which a holder is entitled to give or take under the indenture,
DTC or any successor depositary would authorize the participants
holding the relevant beneficial interest to give or take such
action and such participants would authorize beneficial owners
owning through such participants to give or take such action or
would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners
owning through them.
Consequently, neither the Company, the trustee nor any agent of
the Company or the trustee has or will have any responsibility
or liability for:
(a) any aspect of DTCs records or any
participants or indirect participants records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interest in the global securities or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any of DTCs records or any
participants or indirect participants records
relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global
securities; or
(b) any other matter relating to the actions and practices
of DTC or any of its participants or indirect participants.
DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust
company organized under the Banking Law of the State of New
York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a clearing
corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform
Commercial Code and a clearing agency registered
under the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold the securities
of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions among its participants in
such securities through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of securities certificates. DTCs
participants include securities brokers and dealers (which may
include the initial purchasers of the original notes), banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations some of whom (or their representatives) own DTC.
Access to DTCs book-entry system is also available to
others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies,
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
participant, either directly or indirectly.
126
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in global securities among
participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or
continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be
discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the trustee
under the indenture or the exchange agent will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC, or its participants
or indirect participants of their respective obligations under
the rules and procedures governing its operations.
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Any broker-dealer that holds original notes that were acquired
for its own account as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities (other than original notes acquired
directly from us) may exchange such original notes pursuant to
the exchange offer. Any such broker-dealer, however, may be
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection
with any resales of exchange notes received by such
broker-dealer in the exchange offer. Such prospectus delivery
requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such
broker-dealer of this prospectus.
We have agreed to make this prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with such resales for up to 90 days from the
effective date of the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part. We will provide sufficient copies of
this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, to any
broker-dealer promptly upon request at any time during such
90-day
period in order to facilitate such resales.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for
their own account in the exchange offer may be sold from time to
time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any of these resales may be made directly to purchasers
or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation
in the form of commissions or concessions from these
broker-dealers
and/or the
purchasers of exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells
exchange notes that were received by it for its own account in
the exchange offer and any broker-dealer that participates in a
distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act
and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any
commission or concessions received by any such person may be
deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
The accompanying letter of transmittal states that, by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange
offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of
the original notes, other than commissions or concessions of any
brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the
original notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Jones Day, Atlanta, Georgia, will pass upon certain legal
matters for us regarding the exchange notes and the related
guarantees. Woodburn and Wedge, Las Vegas, Nevada, will pass
upon certain legal matters under Nevada law regarding the
guarantees of the exchange notes.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Gray Television, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007, included in this prospectus and
registration statement, have been audited by
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent auditors, as
stated in their report appearing herein, and given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
127
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gray Television, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Gray Television, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and
the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity and comprehensive income, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial
statement schedule listed in Item 15(a). We also have
audited Gray Television, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on
criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Gray Television,
Inc.s management is responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements, the
financial statement schedule and an opinion on the
companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use,
or disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Gray Television, Inc. as of December 31, 2009
and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our
opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material
respects the information set forth herein. Further in our
opinion Gray Television, Inc. maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial
statements, in 2007 the company changed its method of accounting
for uncertainty in income taxes.
/s/ McGladrey &
Pullen, LLP
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
April 6, 2010
F-2
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS:
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,649
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$1,092 and $1,543, respectively
|
|
|
57,179
|
|
|
|
54,685
|
|
Current portion of program broadcast rights, net
|
|
|
10,220
|
|
|
|
10,092
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
1,597
|
|
|
|
1,830
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,384
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
1,788
|
|
|
|
3,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
86,784
|
|
|
|
101,807
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
148,092
|
|
|
|
162,903
|
|
Deferred loan costs, net
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
1,893
|
|
Investment in broadcasting company
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4,826
|
|
|
|
5,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
$
|
1,278,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
6,047
|
|
|
$
|
11,515
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
|
|
9,603
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
13,531
|
|
|
|
9,877
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,814
|
|
|
|
9,128
|
|
Interest rate hedge derivatives
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Federal and state income taxes
|
|
|
4,206
|
|
|
|
4,374
|
|
Current portion of program broadcast obligations
|
|
|
15,271
|
|
|
|
15,236
|
|
Acquisition related liabilities
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
980
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
6,241
|
|
|
|
10,364
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
|
|
8,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
75,072
|
|
|
|
82,162
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
783,729
|
|
|
|
792,295
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program broadcast obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
1,531
|
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
142,204
|
|
|
|
143,975
|
|
Long-term deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
|
|
3,310
|
|
Long-term accrued dividends
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued pension costs
|
|
|
13,969
|
|
|
|
18,782
|
|
Interest rate hedge derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,611
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,366
|
|
|
|
2,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,058,733
|
|
|
|
1,068,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, no par value; cumulative; redeemable;
designated 1.00 shares, issued and outstanding
1.00 shares, ($100,000 aggregate liquidation value)
|
|
|
93,386
|
|
|
|
92,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, no par value; authorized 100,000 shares,
issued 47,530 shares and 47,179 shares, respectively
|
|
|
453,824
|
|
|
|
452,289
|
|
Class A common stock, no par value; authorized
15,000 shares, issued 7,332 shares
|
|
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
15,321
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(303,698
|
)
|
|
|
(263,532
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax benefit
|
|
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
|
(24,458
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,133
|
|
|
|
179,620
|
|
Treasury stock at cost, common stock, 4,655 shares
|
|
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
|
(40,115
|
)
|
Treasury stock at cost, Class A common stock,
1,579 shares
|
|
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
$
|
1,278,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-3
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for per share data)
|
|
|
Revenues (less agency commissions)
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
Operating expenses before depreciation, amortization,
impairment, and gain on disposal of assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
187,583
|
|
|
|
199,572
|
|
|
|
199,687
|
|
Corporate and administrative
|
|
|
14,168
|
|
|
|
14,097
|
|
|
|
15,090
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
32,595
|
|
|
|
34,561
|
|
|
|
38,558
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposals of assets, net
|
|
|
(7,628
|
)
|
|
|
(1,632
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
227,295
|
|
|
|
586,071
|
|
|
|
253,912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
(258,895
|
)
|
|
|
53,376
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous income (expense), net
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
972
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(69,088
|
)
|
|
|
(54,079
|
)
|
|
|
(67,189
|
)
|
Loss from early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(34,307
|
)
|
|
|
(313,027
|
)
|
|
|
(35,694
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(11,260
|
)
|
|
|
(111,011
|
)
|
|
|
(12,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
Preferred dividends (includes accretion of issuance cost of
$1,202, $576 and $439, respectively)
|
|
|
17,119
|
|
|
|
6,593
|
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
$
|
(208,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,777
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted per share information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
48,510
|
|
|
|
48,302
|
|
|
|
47,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-4
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for number of shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
45,690,633
|
|
|
$
|
443,698
|
|
|
$
|
(20,026
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(3,123,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,412
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,429
|
)
|
|
$
|
379,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,754
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to pension liability, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,769
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock cash dividends ($0.12) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends (including accretion of original
issuance costs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401(k) plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264,419
|
|
|
|
2,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified stock plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163,295
|
|
|
|
1,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors restricted stock plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(647,800
|
)
|
|
|
(5,518
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,518
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
46,173,347
|
|
|
$
|
448,459
|
|
|
$
|
(50,560
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(3,771,550
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,930
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,047
|
)
|
|
$
|
337,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-5
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for number of shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
46,173,347
|
|
|
$
|
448,459
|
|
|
$
|
(50,560
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(3,771,550
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,930
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,047
|
)
|
|
$
|
337,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,262
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to pension liability, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,149
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(213,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock cash dividends ($0.09) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends (including accretion of original
issuance costs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,593
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,593
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401(k) plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
950,601
|
|
|
|
2,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors restricted stock plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(883,200
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
47,178,948
|
|
|
$
|
452,289
|
|
|
$
|
(263,532
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(4,654,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,458
|
)
|
|
$
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-6
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for number of shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
47,178,948
|
|
|
$
|
452,289
|
|
|
$
|
(263,532
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(4,654,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,458
|
)
|
|
$
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on derivatives, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to pension liability, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,903
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends (including accretion of original
issuance costs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,119
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,119
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401(k) plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350,554
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
47,529,502
|
|
|
$
|
453,824
|
|
|
$
|
(303,698
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(4,654,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-7
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
$
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,151
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
32,595
|
|
|
|
34,561
|
|
|
|
38,558
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Amortization of deferred loan costs
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
967
|
|
Amortization of restricted stock awards
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
1,450
|
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
Loss from early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
8,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,853
|
|
Accrual of long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of program broadcast rights
|
|
|
15,130
|
|
|
|
16,070
|
|
|
|
15,194
|
|
Payments on program broadcast obligations
|
|
|
(15,287
|
)
|
|
|
(13,968
|
)
|
|
|
(14,101
|
)
|
Common stock contributed to 401(K) Plan
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
2,380
|
|
|
|
2,242
|
|
Deferred revenue, network compensation
|
|
|
(617
|
)
|
|
|
(604
|
)
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(11,219
|
)
|
|
|
(110,990
|
)
|
|
|
(13,823
|
)
|
Gain on disposals of assets, net
|
|
|
(7,628
|
)
|
|
|
(1,632
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
Payment for sports marketing agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,950
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
2,574
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(2,483
|
)
|
|
|
8,385
|
|
|
|
(2,089
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
3,208
|
|
|
|
3,387
|
|
|
|
(3,169
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(4,238
|
)
|
|
|
2,162
|
|
|
|
2,082
|
|
Employee compensation, benefits and pension costs
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
(2,017
|
)
|
|
|
288
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(2,288
|
)
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
|
(374
|
)
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
3,654
|
|
|
|
(6,001
|
)
|
|
|
5,047
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
(168
|
)
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
Deferred revenue other, including current portion
|
|
|
(455
|
)
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
18,903
|
|
|
|
73,675
|
|
|
|
28,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of television businesses and licenses, net of cash
acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(17,756
|
)
|
|
|
(15,019
|
)
|
|
|
(24,605
|
)
|
Proceeds from asset sales
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
Equipment transactions related to spectrum reallocation, net
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
|
(766
|
)
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
Payments on acquisition related liabilities
|
|
|
(805
|
)
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
(1,012
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(17,531
|
)
|
|
|
(16,340
|
)
|
|
|
(25,662
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
392,500
|
|
Repayments of borrowings on long-term debt
|
|
|
(8,571
|
)
|
|
|
(140,621
|
)
|
|
|
(318,500
|
)
|
Deferred and other loan costs
|
|
|
(7,450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,255
|
)
|
Dividends paid, net of accreted preferred stock dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,825
|
)
|
|
|
(7,709
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,271
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(5,518
|
)
|
Redemption of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,400
|
)
|
Redemption and purchase of preferred stock from related party
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(16,021
|
)
|
|
|
(42,024
|
)
|
|
|
7,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(14,649
|
)
|
|
|
15,311
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
30,649
|
|
|
|
15,338
|
|
|
|
4,741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,649
|
|
|
$
|
15,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-8
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
|
Description
of Business
Gray Television, Inc. is a television broadcast company
headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. We own 36 television
stations serving 30 television markets. Seventeen of the
stations are affiliated with CBS Inc. (CBS), ten are
affiliated with the National Broadcasting Company, Inc.
(NBC), eight are affiliated with the American
Broadcasting Company (ABC), and one is affiliated
with FOX Entertainment Group, Inc. (FOX). In
addition to our primary channels that we broadcast from our
television stations, we currently broadcast 39 digital second
channels including one affiliated with ABC, four affiliated with
FOX, seven affiliated with The CW Network, LLC (CW),
18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc.
(MyNetworkTV or MyNet.), two affiliated
with Universal Sports Network or (Universal Sports)
and seven local news/weather channels in certain of our existing
markets. We created our digital second channels to better
utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our operations consist of one reportable segment.
Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and
the accounts of our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Revenue
Recognition
Broadcasting advertising revenue is generated primarily from the
sale of television advertising time to local, national and
political customers. Internet advertising revenue is generated
from the sale of advertisements on our stations websites.
Broadcast network compensation is generated by contractual
payments to us from the broadcast networks. Retransmission
consent revenue is generated by payments to us from cable and
satellite distribution systems for their retransmission of our
broadcasts. Advertising revenue is billed to the customer and
recognized when the advertisement is broadcast or appears on our
stations websites. Broadcast network compensation is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the
contract. Retransmission consent revenue is recognized as earned
over the life of the contract. Cash received which has not yet
been recognized as revenue is presented as deferred revenue.
Barter
Transactions
We account for trade barter transactions involving the exchange
of tangible goods or services with our customers as revenue. The
revenue is recorded at the time the advertisement is broadcast
and the expense is recorded at the time the goods or services
are used. The revenue and expense associated with these
transactions are based on the fair value of the assets or
services involved in the transaction. Trade barter revenue and
expense recognized by us for each of the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (amounts in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Trade barter revenue
|
|
$
|
1,289
|
|
|
$
|
1,850
|
|
|
$
|
2,256
|
|
Trade barter expense
|
|
|
(1,324
|
)
|
|
|
(1,892
|
)
|
|
|
(2,116
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade barter (expense) income
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
|
$
|
(42
|
)
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We do not account for barter revenue and related barter expense
generated from network or syndicated programming as such amounts
are not material. Furthermore, any such barter revenue
recognized would then
F-9
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
require the recognition of an equal amount of barter expense.
The recognition of these amounts would have no effect upon net
income (loss).
Advertising
Expense
We recorded advertising expense of $0.8 million,
$1.3 million and $1.8 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In 2009 and
2008, advertising expense decreased as a result of general cost
reduction initiatives. In 2007, advertising expense increased as
a result of the acquisition of stations and the expansion of
operations at existing stations through digital second channels.
We expense all advertising expenditures.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the
financial statements and accompanying notes. Our actual results
could materially differ from these estimated amounts. Our most
significant estimates are used for our allowance for doubtful
accounts in receivables, valuation of goodwill and intangible
assets, amortization of program rights and intangible assets,
stock-based compensation, pension costs, income taxes, employee
medical insurance claims, useful lives of property and
equipment, contingencies and litigation.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We record a provision for doubtful accounts based on a
percentage of receivables. We recorded expenses for this
allowance of $0.9 million, $1.8 million and
$1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively. We write-off accounts receivable
balances when we determine that they have become uncollectible.
Program
Broadcast Rights
Rights to programs available for broadcast under program license
agreements are initially recorded at the beginning of the
license period for the amounts of total license fees payable
under the license agreements and are charged to operating
expense over the period that the episodes are broadcast. The
portion of the unamortized balance expected to be charged to
operating expense in the succeeding year is classified as a
current asset, with the remainder classified as a non-current
asset. The liability for the license fees payable under program
license agreements is classified as current or long-term, in
accordance with the payment terms of the various license
agreements.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is
computed principally by the straight-line method. Buildings,
towers, improvements and equipment are generally depreciated
over estimated useful lives of approximately 35 years,
20 years, 10 years and 5 years, respectively.
Maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to
operations as incurred; major replacements and betterments are
capitalized. The cost of any assets sold or retired and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts at the
F-10
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
time of disposition, and any resulting profit or loss is
reflected in income or expense for the period. The following
table lists components of property and equipment by major
category (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
23,046
|
|
|
$
|
22,452
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
51,606
|
|
|
|
49,766
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
291,682
|
|
|
|
296,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366,334
|
|
|
|
368,231
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(218,242
|
)
|
|
|
(205,328
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
148,092
|
|
|
$
|
162,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
Loan Costs
Loan acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the
applicable indebtedness using a straight-line method that
approximates the effective interest method.
Asset
Retirement Obligations
We own office equipment, broadcasting equipment, leasehold
improvements and transmission towers, some of which are located
on, or are housed in, leased property or facilities. At the
conclusion of several of these leases we are legally obligated
to dismantle, remove and otherwise properly dispose of and
remediate the facility or property. We estimate our asset
retirement obligation based upon the cash flows of the costs to
be incurred and the net present value of those estimated
amounts. The asset retirement obligation is recognized as a
non-current liability and as a component of the cost of the
related asset. Changes to our asset retirement obligation
resulting from revisions to the timing or the amount of the
original undiscounted cash flow estimates are recognized as an
increase or decrease to the carrying amount of the asset
retirement obligation and the related asset retirement cost
capitalized as part of the related property, plant, or
equipment. Changes in the asset retirement obligation resulting
from accretion of the net present value of the estimated cash
flows are recognized as operating expenses. We recognize
depreciation expense of the capitalized cost over the estimated
life of the lease. Our estimated obligations become due at
varying times during the years 2010 through 2059. The liability
recognized for our asset retirement obligations was
approximately $465,000 and $507,000 as of December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively. Related to our asset retirement
obligations, we recorded a gain of $3,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and expenses of $28,000 and $0 for the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
We provide advertising air-time to national and local
advertisers within the geographic areas in which we operate.
Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customers
financial condition, and generally advance payment is not
required except for political advertising. Credit losses are
provided for in the financial statements and consistently have
been within our expectations that are based upon our prior
experience.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 17% and
12% of our broadcast revenue was obtained from advertising sales
to automotive and restaurant customers, respectively. We
experienced similar industry-based concentrations of revenue in
the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. Although our
revenues can be affected by changes within these industries, we
believe this risk is in part mitigated due to the fact that no
one customer accounted for in excess of 5% of our revenue in any
of these periods. Furthermore, our large geographic operating
area partially mitigates the potential effect of regional
economic changes.
F-11
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
However, during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008,
our overall revenues have been negatively impacted by the
economic recession, including the recessions effect upon
the automotive industry.
The majority of our cash is held by a major financial
institution and we believe risk of loss is mitigated by the size
and the financial health of the institution. Risk of loss has
been further mitigated by the U.S. Governments
intervention in the banking system during the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Earnings
Per Share
We compute basic earnings per share by dividing net income by
the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during
the relevant period. The weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding does not include unvested restricted shares.
These shares, although classified as issued and outstanding, are
considered contingently returnable until the restrictions lapse
and are not to be included in the basic earnings per share
calculation until the shares are vested. Diluted earnings per
share is computed by giving effect to all dilutive potential
common shares issuable, including restricted stock and stock
options. The following table reconciles basic weighted-average
shares outstanding to diluted weighted-average shares
outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
48,510
|
|
|
|
48,302
|
|
|
|
47,788
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
48,510
|
|
|
|
48,302
|
|
|
|
47,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For periods in which we reported losses, all common stock
equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted
earnings per share, since their inclusion would be antidilutive.
Securities that could potentially dilute earnings per share in
the future, but which were not included in the calculation of
diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have
been antidilutive for the periods presented are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Potentially dilutive securities outstanding at end of period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock options
|
|
|
1,476
|
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
|
864
|
|
Unvested restricted stock
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
|
|
2,049
|
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
in Broadcasting Company
We have an investment in Sarkes Tarzian, Inc.
(Tarzian) whose principal business is the ownership
and operation of two television stations. The investment
represents 33.5% of the total outstanding common stock of
Tarzian (both in terms of the number of shares of common stock
outstanding and in terms of voting rights), but such investment
represents 73% of the equity of Tarzian for purposes of
dividends, if paid, as well as distributions in the event of any
liquidation, dissolution or other sale of Tarzian. This
investment is accounted for under the cost method of accounting
and reflected as a non-current asset. We have no commitment to
fund operations of Tarzian and we have neither representation on
Tarzians board of directors or any other influence over
Tarzians management. We believe the cost method is
appropriate to account for this investment given the existence
of a single voting majority shareholder and our lack of
management influence.
F-12
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Valuation
of Broadcast Licenses, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets
From January 1, 1994 through December 31, 2009, we
acquired 33 television stations. We completed our most recent
acquisition on March 3, 2006. Among the assets acquired in
these transactions were broadcast licenses issued by the Federal
Communications Commission, goodwill and other intangible assets.
For broadcast licenses acquired prior to January 1, 2002,
we recorded their respective values using a residual method
(analogous to goodwill) where the excess of the
purchase price over the fair value of all identified tangible
and intangible assets is attributed to the broadcast license.
This residual basis approach will generally produce higher
valuations of broadcast licenses when compared to applying an
income method as discussed below.
For broadcast licenses acquired after December 31, 2001, we
recorded their respective values using an income approach. Under
this approach, a broadcast license is valued based on analyzing
the estimated after-tax discounted future cash flows of the
station, assuming an initial hypothetical
start-up
operation maturing into an average performing station in a
specific television market and giving consideration to other
relevant factors such as the technical qualities of the
broadcast license and the number of competing broadcast licenses
within that market. This income approach will generally produce
lower valuations of broadcast licenses when compared to applying
a residual method as discussed above. For television stations
acquired after December 31, 2001, we allocated the residual
value of the station to goodwill.
When renewing broadcast licenses, we incur regulatory filing
fees and legal fees. We expense these fees as they are incurred.
Other intangible assets that we have acquired include network
affiliation agreements, advertising contracts, client lists,
talent contracts and leases. Each of our stations is affiliated
with a broadcast network. We believe that the value of a
television station is derived primarily from the attributes of
its broadcast license rather than its network affiliation
agreement. As a result, we have allocated minimal values to our
network affiliation agreements. We have classified our other
intangible assets as definite-lived intangible assets. The
amortization period of our other intangible assets is equal to
the shorter of their estimated useful life or contract period.
When renewing other intangible asset contracts, we incur legal
fees which expensed as incurred.
Annual
Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets
We test for impairment of our intangible assets on an annual
basis on the last day of each fiscal year. However, if certain
triggering events occur, we will test for impairment during the
relevant reporting period.
For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, each of our
individual television stations is considered a separate
reporting unit. We review each television station for possible
goodwill impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of
each respective reporting unit to the recorded value of that
reporting units net assets. If the estimated fair value
exceeds the net asset value, no goodwill impairment is deemed to
exist. If the fair value of the reporting unit does not exceed
the recorded value of that reporting units net assets, we
then perform, on a notional basis, a purchase price allocation
by allocating the reporting units fair value to the fair
value of all tangible and identifiable intangible assets with
residual fair value representing the implied fair value of
goodwill of that reporting unit. The recorded value of goodwill
for the reporting unit is written down to this implied value.
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we utilize a
discounted cash flow model supported by a market multiple
approach. We believe that a discounted cash flow analysis is the
most appropriate methodology to test the recorded value of
long-term assets with a demonstrated
long-lived / enduring franchise value. We believe the
results of the discounted cash flow and market multiple
approaches provide reasonable estimates of the fair value of our
reporting units because these approaches are based on our actual
results and
F-13
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
reasonable estimates of future performance, and also take into
consideration a number of other factors deemed relevant by us,
including but not limited to, expected future market revenue
growth, market revenue shares and operating profit margins. We
have historically used these approaches in determining the value
of our goodwill. We also consider a market multiple approach
utilizing market multiples to corroborate our discounted cash
flow analysis. We believe that this methodology is consistent
with the approach that a strategic market participant would
utilize if they were to value one of our television stations.
For testing of our broadcast licenses and other intangible
assets for potential impairment of their recorded asset values,
we compare their estimated fair value to the respective
assets recorded value. If the fair value is greater than
the assets recorded value, no impairment expense is
recorded. If the fair value does not exceed the assets
recorded value, we record an impairment expense equal to the
amount that the assets recorded value exceeded the
assets fair value. We use the income method to estimate
the fair value of all broadcast licenses irrespective of whether
they were initially recorded using the residual or income
methods.
For further discussion of our goodwill, broadcast licenses and
other intangible assets, see Note 12. Goodwill and
Intangible Assets.
Market
Capitalization
When we test our broadcast licenses and goodwill for impairment,
we also give consideration to our market capitalization. During
2008, we experienced a significant decline in our market
capitalization. As of December 31, 2008, our market
capitalization was less than our book value and it remains less
than book value as of the date of this filing. We believe the
decline in our stock price was influenced, in part, by the then
current state of the national credit market and the national
economic recession. We believe that it is appropriate to view
the current status of the credit markets and recession as
relatively temporary in relation to reporting units that have
demonstrated long-lived/enduring franchise value. Accordingly,
we believe that a variance between market capitalization and
fair value can exist and that difference could be significant at
points in time due to intervening macroeconomic influences.
Related
Party Transactions
On December 23, 2008, Gray entered into a one-year
consulting contract with Mr. J. Mack Robinson whereby he
agreed to consult and advise Gray with respect to its television
stations and all related matters in connection with various
proposed or existing television stations. In return for his
services, Mr. Robinson received compensation under this
agreement of $400,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Prior to Mr. Robinsons retirement on
December 14, 2008, he had served as Grays Chief
Executive Officer. At all times during which the consulting
agreement has been in effect, he has continued to serve as a
member of Grays Board of Directors and as Chairman
emeritus.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we made
related party payments to Georgia Casualty & Surety
Co. (Georgia Casualty) in the amounts of $183,000
and $317,000, respectively, for certain insurance services
provided. Through March 2008, Georgia Casualty was a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlanta American Corporation, a
publicly-traded company (Atlantic American). For all
periods through 2008, Mr. Robinson served as chairman of
the board of Atlantic American. Mr. Robinson and certain
entities controlled by him own a majority of the outstanding
capital stock of Atlantic American. In addition, Mr. Hilton
H. Howell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of, and maintains an
ownership interest in, Atlantic American and Harriett J.
Robinson, one of our directors and the wife of J. Mack Robinson,
is a director of, and maintains an ownership interest in,
Atlantic American. During 2008, Atlantic American sold Georgia
Casualty to an unrelated party. The payments for 2008 are the
total payments made for all of 2008. After 2008, we no longer
consider Georgia Casualty a related party due to their sale in
2008.
F-14
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Our accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income balances as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008 consist of adjustments to our
derivative and pension liabilities as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Accumulated balances of items included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives, net of income tax
|
|
$
|
(3,870
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,013
|
)
|
Pension liability adjustments, net of income tax
|
|
|
(5,444
|
)
|
|
|
(9,445
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,458
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2009 the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 168 The FASB Accounting Standards
Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles a replacement of FASB Standard
No. 162 (SFAS 168). SFAS 168
replaces GAAP with two levels of GAAP: authoritative and
non-authoritative. On July 1, 2009, the FASB Accounting
Standards Codification (FASB ASC) became the single
source of authoritative nongovernmental GAAP, except for rules
and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. All other non-grandfathered accounting literature
became non-authoritative. The adoption of SFAS 168 did not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
As a result of the adoption of SFAS 168, all references to
GAAP now refer to the codified FASB ASC topic.
In September 2006, FASB ASC Topic 820 was issued. FASB ASC Topic
820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC
Topic 820 does not require any new fair value measurements, but
provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a
fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the
information. We adopted the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820 on
January 1, 2009. The adoption of FASB ASC Topic 820 did not
have a significant impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, FASB ASC Topic 855 was issued. FASB ASC Topic 855
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued or available to be issued. We
adopted FASB ASC Topic 855 for the quarter ending June 30,
2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Subsequent
Events
We evaluate subsequent events through the date we issue our
financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made within the liability
section of our prior years balance sheet and the investing
section of our prior years statement of cash flows to be
consistent with the current years presentation. The
reclassifications did not change total assets, total liabilities
or net loss as previously recorded.
F-15
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
We have historically invested excess cash balances in an
enhanced cash fund managed by Columbia Management Advisers, LLC,
a subsidiary of Bank of America, N.A. (Columbia
Management). We refer to this investment fund as the
Columbia Fund.
On December 6, 2007, Columbia Management initiated a series
of steps which included the temporary suspension of all
immediate cash distributions from the Columbia Fund and changed
its method of valuation from a fixed asset valuation to a
fluctuating asset valuation. Since that date, Columbia
Management has commenced the liquidation of the Columbia Fund.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, Columbia
Management completed the liquidation and distribution of our
investment.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we
recorded a
mark-to-market
expense of $2,100, $383,000 and $88,000, respectively,
reflecting a decrease in market value of our original investment
in the Columbia Fund. As of December 31, 2009, we no longer
had funds invested in the Columbia Fund. Our balance in the
Columbia Fund net of the
mark-to-market
adjustment as of December 31, 2008 was $1.4 million
and was recorded as a current marketable security.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we
received cash distributions of $1.4 million,
$4.5 million and $623,000, respectively, and we earned
interest income of $5,000, $116,000 and $78,000, respectively,
from the Columbia Fund.
Fair value is based on quoted prices of similar assets in active
markets. Valuation of these items entails a significant amount
of judgment and the inputs that are significant to the fair
value measurement are Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
See Note 5. Fair Value Measurement for further
discussion of fair value.
As of December 31, 2009, all excess cash is held in a bank
account and we do not have any cash equivalents.
|
|
3.
|
Long-term
Debt and Accrued Facility Fee
|
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior credit facility current portion
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
|
$
|
8,085
|
|
Senior credit facility long-term portion
|
|
|
783,729
|
|
|
|
792,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt including current portion
|
|
|
791,809
|
|
|
|
800,380
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt and accrued facility fee
|
|
$
|
810,116
|
|
|
$
|
800,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing availability under our senior credit facility
|
|
$
|
31,681
|
|
|
$
|
12,262
|
|
Leverage ratio as defined in our senior credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
|
|
7.14
|
|
Maximum allowed
|
|
|
8.75
|
|
|
|
7.25
|
|
Our senior credit facility consists of a revolving loan and a
term loan. The amount outstanding under our senior credit
facility as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
was $791.8 million and $800.4 million, respectively,
comprised solely of the term loan. Under the revolving loan
portion of our senior credit facility, the maximum available
borrowing capacity was $50.0 million as of
December 31, 2009. Of the maximum borrowing capacity
available under our revolving loan, the amount that we can draw
is limited by certain
F-16
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
restrictive covenants, including our total net leverage ratio
covenant. Based on such covenant, as of December 31, 2009
and December 31, 2008, we could have drawn
$31.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively, of the
$50.0 million maximum borrowing capacity under the
revolving loan. Effective as of March 31, 2010, the maximum
borrowing capacity available under the revolving loan was
reduced to $40.0 million.
Under our revolving and term loans, we can choose to pay
interest at an annual rate equal to the London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR) plus 3.5% or at the lenders base
rate, generally equal to the lenders prime rate, plus
2.5%. This interest is payable in cash throughout the year.
In addition, effective as of April 1, 2009, we incur a
facility fee at an annual rate of 3.0% on all principal balances
outstanding under the revolving and term loans. For the period
from April 4, 2009 until April 30, 2010, the annual
facility fee for the revolving and term loans accrues and is
payable on the respective revolving and term loan maturity
dates. The revolving loan and term loan maturity dates are
March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
For the period from April 30, 2010 until maturity of the
senior credit facility, the annual facility fee will be payable
in cash on a quarterly basis and the amount accrued through
April 30, 2010 will bear interest at an annual rate of
6.5%, payable quarterly. As of December 31, 2009, our
accrued facility fee of $18.3 million was classified as a
long-term liability on our balance sheet. The accrued facility
fee is included in determining the amount of total debt in
calculating our total net leverage ratio covenant as defined in
our senior credit facility.
The average interest rates on our total debt balance outstanding
under the senior credit facility as of December 31, 2009
and 2008 were 6.8% and 4.8%, respectively. These rates are as of
the period end and do not include the effects of our interest
rate swap agreements. See Note 4. Derivatives.
Including the effects of our interest rate swap agreements, the
average interest rates on our total debt balance outstanding
under our senior credit facility at December 31, 2009 and
2008 were 9.8% and 5.6%, respectively.
Also under our revolving loan, we pay a commitment fee on the
average daily unused portion of the $50.0 million revolving
loan. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the annual
commitment fees were 0.5% and 0.4%, respectively.
Collateral
and Restrictions
The collateral for our senior credit facility consists of
substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets. In
addition, our subsidiaries are joint and several guarantors of
the obligations and our ownership interests in our subsidiaries
are pledged to collateralize the obligations. The senior credit
facility contains affirmative and restrictive covenants. These
covenants include but are not limited to (i) limitations on
additional indebtedness, (ii) limitations on liens,
(iii) limitations on amendments to our by-laws and articles
of incorporation, (iv) limitations on mergers and the sale
of assets, (v) limitations on guarantees,
(vi) limitations on investments and acquisitions,
(vii) limitations on the payment of dividends and the
redemption of our capital stock, (vii) maintenance of a
specified total net leverage ratio not to exceed certain maximum
limits, (viii) limitations on related party transactions,
(ix) limitations on the purchase of real estate, and
(x) limitations on entering into multiemployer retirement
plans, as well as other customary covenants for credit
facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
we were in compliance with all restrictive covenants as required
by our senior credit facility.
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or
operations, other than our investments in our subsidiaries. The
aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the
subsidiary guarantors as defined in our senior credit facility
are substantially equivalent to our assets, liabilities,
earnings and equity on a consolidated basis. The subsidiary
guarantors are, directly or indirectly, our wholly owned
subsidiaries and the guarantees of the subsidiary guarantors are
full, unconditional and joint and several. All of our current
and future direct and indirect subsidiaries are and will be
guarantors under the senior credit facility. Accordingly,
F-17
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
separate financial statements and other disclosures of each of
the subsidiary guarantors are not presented because we have no
independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and
unconditional and joint and several and any of our subsidiaries
other than the subsidiary guarantors are immaterial.
Amendments
to Our Senior Credit Facility
Effective as of March 31, 2009, we amended our senior
credit facility (the 2009 amendment). The 2009
amendment included (i) an increase in the maximum total net
leverage ratio covenant for the year ended December 31,
2009, (ii) a general increase in the restrictiveness of our
remaining covenants and (iii) increased interest rates, as
described below. In connection therewith, we incurred loan
issuance costs of approximately $7.4 million, including
legal and professional fees. These fees were funded from our
existing cash balances. The 2009 amendment of our senior credit
facility was determined to be significant and, as a result, we
recorded a loss from early extinguishment of debt of
$8.4 million.
Without the 2009 amendment, we would not have been in compliance
with the total net leverage ratio covenant under the senior
credit facility and such noncompliance would have caused a
default under the agreement as of March 31, 2009. Such a
default would have given the lenders thereunder certain rights,
including the right to declare all amounts outstanding under our
senior credit facility immediately due and payable or to
foreclose on the assets securing such indebtedness. The 2009
amendment increased our annual cash interest rate by 2.0% and,
beginning March 31, 2009, required the payment of a 3.0%
annual facility fee.
As stated above, our senior credit facility requires us to
maintain our total net leverage ratio below certain maximum
amounts. Our actual total net leverage ratio and our maximum
total net leverage ratio allowed under our senior credit
facility for recent reporting periods was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage Ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Allowed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Giving Effect
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to 2009
|
|
|
Pre-2009
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Amendment
|
|
|
Amendment
|
|
|
Leverage ratios under our senior credit facility as of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7.14
|
|
|
|
NA
|
|
|
|
7.25
|
|
March 31, 2009
|
|
|
7.48
|
|
|
|
8.00
|
|
|
|
7.25
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
7.98
|
|
|
|
8.25
|
|
|
|
7.25
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
8.22
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
7.25
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
|
|
8.75
|
|
|
|
7.00
|
|
Assuming we maintain compliance with the financial and other
covenants in our senior credit facility, including the total net
leverage ratio covenant, we believe that our current cash
balance, cash flows from operations and any available funds
under the revolving credit line of our senior credit facility
will be adequate to provide for our capital expenditures, debt
service and working capital requirements through
December 31, 2010.
Compliance with our total net leverage ratio covenant depends on
a number of factors, including the interrelationship of our
ability to reduce our outstanding debt
and/or the
results of our operations. The continuing general economic
recession, including the significant decline in advertising by
the automotive industry, adversely impacted our ability to
generate cash from operations during 2009. Based upon certain
internal financial projections, we did not believe that we would
be in compliance with our total net leverage ratio as of
March 31, 2010 unless we further amended the terms of our
senior credit facility. As a result, we requested and obtained
such an amendment of our senior credit facility on
March 31, 2010.
F-18
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Effective March 31, 2010, we amended our senior credit
facility which, among other things, increased the maximum amount
of the total net leverage ratio covenant through March 31,
2011, and reduced the maximum availability under the revolving
loan to $40.0 million.
Based upon our internal financial projections as of the date of
filing this Annual Report and the amended terms of our senior
credit facility, we believe that we will be in compliance with
all covenants required by our amended senior credit facility as
of March 31, 2010. The March 2010 amendment also imposed an
additional fee, equal to 2.0% per annum, payable quarterly, in
arrears, until such time as we complete an offering of capital
stock or certain debt securities that results in the repayment
of not less than $200.0 million of the term loan
outstanding under our senior credit facility. That fee would be
eliminated upon such a repayment of amounts under the term loan.
In addition, upon completion of a financing that results in the
repayment of at least $200.0 million of our term loan, we
would achieve additional flexibility under various covenants in
our senior credit facility. The use of proceeds from any
issuance of additional securities will generally be limited to
the repayment of amounts outstanding under our term loan and, in
certain circumstances, to the repurchase of outstanding shares
of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to complete such a capital
raising transaction, or to repurchase any of our preferred
stock, at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we
are unable to complete such a financing and repayment of amounts
under our term loan, we would continue to incur increased fees
under our senior credit facility and to be subject to the
stricter limits contained in our existing financial covenants.
For additional details regarding the March 2010 amendment to our
senior credit facility, see Note 14. Subsequent
Event Long-term Debt Amendment to our audited
financial statements included elsewhere herein.
Loss
on Early Extinguishment of Debt in 2007
On March 19, 2007, we entered into the senior credit
facility and repaid all then-outstanding obligations under our
previous credit facility. As a result of these transactions, in
the first quarter of 2007 we incurred lender and legal fees of
approximately $3.2 million and recognized a loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $6.5 million, including the
write-off of a portion of our previously capitalized loan fees.
On April 18, 2007, we redeemed all of our then-outstanding
9.25% Notes and, accordingly, recorded a loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $16.4 million during the second
quarter of 2007.
Maturities
Aggregate minimum principal maturities on long-term debt and
long-term accrued facility fee as of December 31, 2009,
were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Principal Maturities
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Accrued
|
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Facility Fee
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
2014
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
759,489
|
|
|
|
777,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
18,307
|
|
|
$
|
791,809
|
|
|
$
|
810,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Interest
Payments
For all of our interest bearing obligations, including
derivative contracts, we made interest payments of approximately
$46.8 million, $59.6 million and $61.2 million
during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We did not capitalize
any interest payments during the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007.
Risk
Management Objective of Using Derivatives
We are exposed to certain risks arising from business operations
and economic conditions. We attempt to manage our exposure to a
wide variety of business and operational risks principally
through management of our core business activities. We attempt
to manage economic risk, including interest rate, liquidity, and
credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and
duration of our debt funding and the use of interest rate swap
agreements. Specifically, we enter into interest rate swap
agreements to manage interest rate exposure with the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
managing current and forecasted interest rate risk while
maintaining financial flexibility and solvency;
|
|
|
|
proactively managing our cost of capital to ensure that we can
effectively manage operations and execute our business strategy,
thereby maintaining a competitive advantage and enhancing
shareholder value; and
|
|
|
|
complying with covenant requirements in our senior credit
facility.
|
Cash
Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
In using interest rate derivatives, our objectives are to add
stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to
interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, we
primarily use interest rate swap agreements as part of our
interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps
designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable
rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for our making
fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements, without
exchange of the underlying notional amount. Under the terms of
our senior credit facility, we are required to fix the interest
rate on at least 50.0% of the outstanding balance thereunder
through March 19, 2010.
During 2007, we entered into three swap agreements to convert
$465.0 million of our variable rate debt under our senior
credit facility to fixed rate debt. These interest rate swap
agreements expire on April 3, 2010, and they were our only
derivatives as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Upon entering
into the swap agreements, we designated them as hedges of
variability of our variable rate interest payments attributable
to changes in three-month LIBOR, the designated interest rate.
Therefore, these interest rate swap agreements are considered
cash flow hedges.
Upon entering into a swap agreement, we document our hedging
relationships and our risk management objectives. Our swap
agreements do not include written options. Our swap agreements
are intended solely to modify the payments for a recognized
liability from a variable rate to a fixed rate. Our swap
agreements do not qualify for the short-cut method of accounting
because the variable rate debt being hedged is pre-payable.
Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the end of each quarter. We
compare the notional amount, the variable interest rate and the
settlement dates of the interest rate swap agreements to the
hedged portion of the debt. Historically, our swap agreements
have been highly effective at hedging our interest rate
exposure, although no assurances can be provided that they will
continue to be effective for future periods.
During the period of each interest rate swap agreement, we
recognize the swap agreements at their fair value as an asset or
liability on our balance sheet. The effective portion of the
change in the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The
ineffective
F-20
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is
recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will be
reclassified to interest expense as the related interest
payments are made on our variable rate debt. We estimate that an
additional $6.3 million will be reclassified as an increase
in interest expense and a decrease in other comprehensive income
(loss) between January 1, 2010 and April 3, 2010.
Under these swap agreements, we receive variable rate interest
at the LIBOR and pay fixed interest at an annual rate of 5.48%.
The variable LIBOR is reset in three-month periods for the swap
agreements. At our option, the variable LIBOR is reset in
one-month or three-month periods for the hedged portion of our
variable rate debt.
Beginning in April 2009 and ending in early October 2009, we
chose to hedge our long-term debt against a one-month LIBOR
contract that is renewed monthly rather than a three-month LIBOR
contract. By doing so, we took advantage of the lower one-month
LIBOR during this period. As a result, our hedge was not 100%
effective during this period and the ineffective portion was
recognized in earnings.
The table below presents the fair value of our interest rate
swap agreements as well as their classification on our balance
sheet as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. These interest rate
swap agreements are our only derivative financial instruments.
We did not have any derivatives classified as assets as of
December 31, 2009 or 2008. The fair values of the
derivative instruments are estimated by obtaining quotations
from the financial institutions that are counterparties to the
instruments. The fair values are estimates of the net amount
that we would have been required to pay on December 31,
2009 and 2008 if the agreements were transferred to other
parties or cancelled on such dates. Amounts in the following
table are in thousands.
Fair
Values of Derivative Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Value
|
|
Location
|
|
Value
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
$
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
$
|
24,611
|
|
The following table presents the effect of our derivative
financial instruments on our consolidated statement of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
(in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
|
|
|
|
for the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset (liability) at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
(24,611
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,625
|
)
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Effective portion of gains (losses) recognized in other
comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
35,497
|
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
|
(17,693
|
)
|
Effective portion of gains (losses) recorded in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into interest
expense
|
|
|
(17,230
|
)
|
|
|
(7,705
|
)
|
|
|
64
|
|
Portion of gains (losses) representing the amount of hedge
ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from the assessment of
hedge effectiveness and recorded as an increase (decrease) in
interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset (liability) at end of period
|
|
$
|
(6,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,611
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a loss on
derivatives as other comprehensive income of $11.2 million,
net of a $7.1 million income tax expense. For the year
ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a loss on derivatives
as other comprehensive expense of $4.3 million, net of a
$2.7 million income tax benefit. For the year ended
December 31, 2007, we recorded a loss on derivatives as
other comprehensive expense of $10.8 million, net of a
$6.9 million income tax benefit.
Credit-risk
Related Contingent Features
We manage our counterparty risk by entering into derivative
instruments with global financial institutions that we believe
present a low risk of credit loss resulting from nonperformance.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had not recorded a
credit value adjustment related to our interest rate swap
agreements.
Our interest rate swap agreements incorporate the covenant
provisions of our senior credit facility. Failure to comply with
the covenant provisions of the senior credit facility could
result in our being in default of our obligations under our
interest rate swap agreements.
|
|
5.
|
Fair
Value Measurement
|
Fair value is the price that market participants would pay or
receive to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction. Fair value is also considered the exit
price. We utilize market data or assumptions that market
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability,
including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the
inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily
observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. We
utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs
are prioritized into a hierarchy that gives the highest priority
to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest
priority to unobservable inputs that require assumptions to
measure fair value (Level 3).
Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their
entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant
to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement
requires judgment and may affect the fair value of assets and
liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy
levels. The following table sets forth our financial assets and
liabilities, which were accounted for at fair value, by level
within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 (in thousands):
Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Total
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,344
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,344
|
|
F-22
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Total
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,384
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,384
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,611
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,611
|
|
Fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is based on
estimates provided by the counterparties. Fair value of our
marketable securities was based on estimates provided by
Columbia Management. Valuation of these items does entail a
significant amount of judgment.
Non-Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
We have certain assets that are measured at fair value on a
non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value only when the
carrying values exceed their fair values. Included in the
following table are the significant categories of assets
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of
December 31, 2009 (amounts in thousands).
Non-Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment Loss
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
for the Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
148,092
|
|
|
$
|
148,092
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Program broadcast rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,265
|
|
|
|
11,265
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Investment in broadcasting company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,163,775
|
|
|
$
|
1,163,775
|
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment Loss
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
for the Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
162,903
|
|
|
$
|
162,903
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Program broadcast rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,068
|
|
|
|
11,068
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
Investment in broadcasting company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
240,085
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
98,596
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,893
|
|
|
|
1,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,178,966
|
|
|
$
|
1,178,966
|
|
|
$
|
339,308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of our property and equipment is estimated by our
engineers. Fair value of our program broadcast rights is based
upon estimated future advertising revenue generated by the
programming. Fair value of our investment in broadcasting
company is based upon estimated future cash flows. Fair value of
broadcast
F-23
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets is described in
Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies. Our program broadcast
rights impairment charge was recorded as a broadcast operating
expense in the respective periods.
Fair
Value of Other Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value of other financial instruments is
determined using the best available market information and
appropriate valuation methodologies. Interpreting market data to
develop fair value estimates involves considerable judgment.
Accordingly, the estimates presented are not necessarily
indicative of the amounts that we could realize in a current
market exchange, or the value that ultimately will be realized
upon maturity or disposition. The use of different market
assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair
value amounts.
The carrying amounts of the following instruments approximate
fair value, due to their short term to maturity:
(i) accounts receivable, (ii) prepaid and other
current assets, (iii) accounts payable, (iv) accrued
employee compensation and benefits, (v) accrued interest,
(vi) other accrued expenses, (vii) dividends payable,
(viii) acquisition-related liabilities and
(ix) deferred revenue.
The carrying amount of our long-term debt, including the current
portion and long-term accrued facility fee, was
$810.1 million and $800.4 million, respectively, and
the fair value was $704.8 million and $312.1 million,
respectively as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Fair value
of our long-term debt, including the current portion and
long-term accrued facility fee, is based on estimates provided
by third party financial professionals as of December 31,
2009 and 2008. Management believes that these estimated fair
values as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were not an
accurate indicator of fair value, given that (i) our debt
has a relatively limited number of market participants,
relatively infrequent market trading and generally small dollar
volume of actual trades and (ii) management believes there
continues to exist a general disruption of the financial
markets. Based upon consideration of alternate valuation
methodologies, including our historic and projected future cash
flows, as well as historic private trading valuations of
television stations
and/or
television companies, we believe that the estimated fair value
of our long-term debt would more closely approximate the
recorded book value of the debt as of December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
We are authorized to issue 135 million shares of all
classes of stock, of which 15 million shares are designated
Class A common stock, 100 million shares are
designated common stock, and 20 million shares are
designated blank check preferred stock for which our
Board of Directors has the authority to determine the rights,
powers, limitations and restrictions. The rights of our common
stock and Class A common stock are identical, except that
our Class A common stock has 10 votes per share and our
common stock has one vote per share. If declared, our common
stock and Class A common stock receive cash dividends on an
equal
per-share
basis.
As of December 31, 2009, we are authorized by our Board of
Directors to repurchase an aggregate total of up to
5,000,000 shares of our common stock and Class A
common stock in the open market. When we have determined that
market and liquidity conditions are favorable, we have
repurchased shares. As of December 31, 2009,
279,200 shares of our common stock and Class A common
stock are available for repurchase under these authorizations.
There is no expiration date for these authorizations. Shares
repurchased are held as treasury shares and used for general
corporate purposes including, but not limited to, satisfying
obligations under our employee benefit plans and long term
incentive plan. Treasury stock is recorded at cost.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not make
any repurchases under these authorizations. During the year
ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 883,200 shares
of our common stock at an average price of $0.20 per share for a
total cost of $177,000. During the year ended December 31,
2007, we
F-24
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
repurchased 647,800 shares of our common stock at an
average price of $8.49 per share for a total cost of
$5.5 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not declare or
pay any common stock or Class A common stock dividends. For
the year ended December 31, 2008, we declared common stock
and Class A common stock dividends in the first, second and
third quarters and did not declare a common stock or
Class A common stock dividend in the fourth quarter.
We deferred cash dividends on our Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock and correspondingly suspended cash dividends on
our common and Class A common stock to reallocate cash
resources to support our ability to pay increased interest costs
and fees associated with our senior credit facility.
As of December 31, 2009, we had not funded our
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend for at least
three consecutive quarters. See Note 7 Preferred
Stock for further discussion of our Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend payments. As long as these
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends remain in
arrears, we are prohibited from paying additional common stock
or Class A common stock dividends.
In connection with our various employee benefit plans, we may,
at our discretion, issue authorized and unissued shares of our
Class A common stock and common stock or previously issued
shares of our Class A common stock or common stock
reacquired by Gray, including stock purchased in the open
market, held in the treasury. As of December 31, 2009, we
had reserved 8,868,940 shares and 1,000,000 shares of
our common stock and Class A common stock, respectively,
for future issuance under various employee benefit plans. As of
December 31, 2008, we had reserved 9,523,365 shares
and 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and Class A
common stock, respectively, for future issuance under various
employee benefit plans.
During 2008, we issued 1,000 shares of perpetual preferred
stock to a group of private investors. This preferred stock was
designated Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par
value. The issuance of the Series D Perpetual Preferred
Stock generated net cash proceeds of approximately
$91.6 million, after a 5.0% original issue discount,
transaction fees and expenses. The $8.4 million of original
issue discount, transaction fees and expenses are being accreted
over a seven-year period ending June 30, 2015.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had 1,000 shares
of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock outstanding. The
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a liquidation value
of $100,000 per share for a total liquidation value of
$100.0 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and a
recorded value of $93.4 million and $92.2 million as
of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The difference
between the liquidation values and the recorded values was the
un-accreted portion of the original issuance discount and
issuance cost. Our accrued Series D Perpetual Preferred
Stock dividend balances as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
were $18.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no mandatory
redemption date, but is redeemable, at our option, at any time.
The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock may also be
redeemed, at the stockholders option, on or after
June 30, 2015. If the Series D Perpetual Preferred
Stock is redeemed, we are required to pay the liquidation price
per share in cash plus the pro-rata accrued dividends to the
date fixed for redemption. If the
F-25
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock is redeemed before
January 1, 2012, the redemption price per share will
include a premium as described in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption
|
|
|
Price
|
Date of Redemption
|
|
per Share
|
|
January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
105,000
|
|
July 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
106,500
|
|
January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
108,000
|
|
July 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
106,000
|
|
January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
104,000
|
|
July 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
102,000
|
|
January 1, 2012 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
We made our most recent Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
cash dividend payment on October 15, 2008 for dividends
earned through September 30, 2008. We have deferred the
cash payment of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
dividends earned thereon since October 1, 2008. When three
consecutive cash dividend payments with respect to the
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remain unfunded, the
dividend rate increases from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per annum.
Thus, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend began
accruing at 17.0% per annum on July 16, 2009 and will
accrue at that rate as long as at least three consecutive cash
dividend payments remain unfunded. Our Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock dividend rate was 15.0% per annum from
December 31, 2008 through July 16, 2009. Prior to
December 31, 2008, our Series D Perpetual Preferred
Stock dividend rate was 12% per annum.
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend
payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing,
declaring
and/or
paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities
having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in
ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and
Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to
when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated
and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends
presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the future.
|
|
8.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
Long
Term Incentive Plan
The 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (the 2007 Incentive
Plan) provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, stock
appreciation rights, and performance awards to our officers and
employees to acquire shares of our Class A common stock,
common stock or to receive other awards based on our
performance. We recognize the fair value of the stock options on
the date of grant as compensation expense, and such expense is
amortized over the vesting period of the stock option. The 2007
Incentive Plan allows us to grant share-based awards for a total
of 6.0 million shares of stock, with not more than
1.0 million out of that 6.0 million to be Class A
common stock and the remaining shares to be common stock. As of
December 31, 2009, 5.0 million shares were available
for issuance under the 2007 Incentive Plan. Shares of common
stock underlying outstanding options or performance awards are
counted against the 2007 Incentive Plans maximum shares.
Under the 2007 Incentive Plan, the options granted typically
vest after a two-year period and expire three years after fully
vesting. However, options will vest immediately upon a
change in control as such term is defined in the
2007 Incentive Plan. All options have been granted with purchase
prices that equal the market value of the underlying stock at
the close of business on the date of the grant.
F-26
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Directors
Restricted Stock plan
On May 14, 2003, our shareholders approved a restricted
stock plan for our Board of Directors (the Directors
Restricted Stock Plan). We have reserved 1.0 million
shares of our common stock for issuance under this plan and as
of December 31, 2009 there were 770,000 shares
available for award. Under the Directors Restricted Stock
Plan, each director can be awarded up to 10,000 shares of
restricted stock each calendar year. Under this plan, we granted
a total of 55,000 shares of restricted common stock to our
directors during each of the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2007, respectively. We did not grant any shares of
restricted common stock to our directors during the year ended
December 31, 2009. Of the total shares granted to the
directors since the inception of the Directors Restricted
Stock Plan, 66,000 shares were not fully vested as of
December 31, 2009.
|
|
8.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
Stock-Based
Compensation Valuation Assumptions for Stock
Options
Included in corporate and administrative expenses in the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were
$1.4 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million,
respectively, of non-cash expense for stock-based compensation
which included amortization of restricted stock and stock option
expense.
We did not grant any stock options during 2009. The assumptions
used to value stock options granted during 2008 and 2007 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
2.63
|
|
|
|
2.76
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
36.71
|
%
|
|
|
32.20
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.77
|
%
|
|
|
4.41
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
1.65
|
%
|
|
|
1.41
|
%
|
Expected forfeitures
|
|
|
2.57
|
%
|
|
|
3.65
|
%
|
Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of
our common stock and Class A common stock. The expected
life represents the weighted average period of time that options
granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to
the vesting schedules and our historical exercise patterns. The
risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in
effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the
expected life of the option. Expected forfeitures were estimated
based on historical forfeiture rates.
Stock
Option and Restricted Share Activity
A summary of our stock option activity for Class A common
stock, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
is as follows (in thousands, except weighted average data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Stock options outstanding beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
15.39
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
15.39
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
15.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options outstanding end of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
15.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at end of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
15.39
|
|
F-27
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A summary of our stock option activity for common stock for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows
(in thousands, except weighted average data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Stock options outstanding beginning of period
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
$
|
8.31
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
$
|
9.96
|
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
$
|
9.82
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,333
|
|
|
|
7.49
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
8.69
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
7.78
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
|
|
8.31
|
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
8.17
|
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
9.55
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
12.37
|
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
|
|
(805
|
)
|
|
|
10.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options outstanding end of period
|
|
|
1,476
|
|
|
$
|
8.28
|
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
$
|
8.31
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
$
|
9.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at end of period
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
$
|
9.93
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
$
|
10.01
|
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
$
|
10.05
|
|
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.76 and $2.05
per share, respectively.
Information concerning common stock options outstanding has been
segregated into five groups with similar exercise prices and is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Average
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
per Share of
|
Exercise Price per Share
|
|
Options
|
|
Price
|
|
Contractual
|
|
that are
|
|
Options that are
|
Low
|
|
High
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
per Share
|
|
Life
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
(In years)
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
|
$
|
3.56
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
3.56
|
|
|
|
5.34
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.13
|
|
|
|
8.91
|
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
7.68
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
8.23
|
|
|
8.91
|
|
|
|
10.69
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
9.71
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
9.71
|
|
$
|
12.47
|
|
|
$
|
14.25
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
12.77
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
12.77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value of our stock options was $0 based
on the closing market price of our common stock at
December 31, 2009.
The following table summarizes the activity for our non-vested
restricted shares during the year ended December 31, 2009
under our Directors Restricted Stock Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Restricted Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested common restricted shares, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
6.64
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
7.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested common restricted shares, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
6.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2009, there was $525,000 of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to all non-vested share
based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of 0.9 years.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax
consequences attributable to differences between our financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities
and their respective tax bases. We measure deferred tax assets
and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences
are expected to reverse. We recognize the effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities resulting from a change in tax rates in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.
Under certain circumstances, we recognize liabilities in our
financial statements for positions taken on uncertain tax
issues. When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that
some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the
taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty
about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the
position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a
tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the
period during which, based on all available evidence, we believe
it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained
upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or
litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset
or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the
largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent
likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable
taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with
tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as
described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax
benefits in the balance sheet along with any associated interest
and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities
upon examination. Interest and penalties associated with
unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense
in the statement of operations.
Federal and state income tax expense (benefit) is summarized as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
State and local reserve for uncertain tax
positions
|
|
|
(385
|
)
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax expense
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(11,640
|
)
|
|
|
(99,510
|
)
|
|
|
(12,504
|
)
|
State and local
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
(12,380
|
)
|
|
|
(1,319
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax benefit
|
|
|
(11,219
|
)
|
|
|
(111,890
|
)
|
|
|
(13,823
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(11,260
|
)
|
|
$
|
(111,011
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Significant components of our deferred tax liabilities and
assets are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net book value of property and equipment
|
|
$
|
16,800
|
|
|
$
|
17,469
|
|
Broadcast licenses, goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
|
245,520
|
|
|
|
231,351
|
|
Unearned income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Network compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
Restricted stock
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
262,332
|
|
|
|
249,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability under supplemental retirement plan
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Liability for accrued vacation
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
602
|
|
Liability under severance and purchase liabilities
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Liability under health and welfare plan
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
Capital loss carryforwards
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
Liability for pension plan
|
|
|
5,434
|
|
|
|
7,307
|
|
Federal operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
99,853
|
|
|
|
77,172
|
|
State and local operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
13,931
|
|
|
|
11,540
|
|
Alternative minimum tax carryforwards
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
|
890
|
|
Unearned income
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
955
|
|
Network compensation
|
|
|
1,162
|
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
2,474
|
|
|
|
9,598
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
Other
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
128,187
|
|
|
|
111,936
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
(6,462
|
)
|
|
|
(4,909
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
121,725
|
|
|
|
107,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net of deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
140,607
|
|
|
$
|
142,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have approximately $285.3 million in federal net
operating loss carryforwards, and those carryforwards expire
during the years 2020 through 2029. Additionally, we have an
aggregate of approximately $328.6 million of various state
net operating loss carryforwards. We are projecting taxable
income in the carryforward periods. Therefore, we believe that
it is more likely than not that the Federal net operating loss
carryforwards will be fully utilized.
A valuation allowance has been provided for a portion of the
state net operating loss carryforwards. We believe that we will
not meet the more likely than not threshold in certain states
due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient income prior to
expiration. Therefore, the state valuation allowance net of
federal tax benefit at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was
$6.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, a full valuation allowance of
$264,000 and $261,000, respectively, has been provided for the
capital loss carryforwards, as we believe that we will not meet
the more likely than not threshold due to the uncertainty of
generating sufficient capital gains in the carryforward period.
Our total valuation allowance provided for deferred tax assets
increased $1.6 million for the year ended December 31,
2009 and decreased $306,000 for the year ended December 31,
2008.
F-30
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal
income tax rate and income taxes as reflected in the
consolidated financial statements is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Statutory federal rate applied to loss before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(12,007
|
)
|
|
$
|
(109,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,493
|
)
|
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
(906
|
)
|
|
|
(11,584
|
)
|
|
|
(1,476
|
)
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
431
|
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
(385
|
)
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,301
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other items, net
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit as recorded
|
|
$
|
(11,260
|
)
|
|
$
|
(111,011
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
32.8
|
%
|
|
|
35.5
|
%
|
|
|
35.1
|
%
|
As of each year end, we are required to adjust our pension
liability to an amount equal to the funded status of our pension
plans with a corresponding adjustment to other comprehensive
income on a net of tax basis. During 2009, we decreased our
recorded non-current pension liability by $6.6 million and
recognized other comprehensive income of $4.0 million, net
of a $2.6 million tax expense. During 2008, we increased
our recorded non-current pension liability by $11.7 million
and recognized other comprehensive loss of $7.2 million,
net of a $4.6 million tax benefit. During 2007, we
decreased our recorded non-current pension liability by $222,000
and recognized other comprehensive income of $136,000, net of an
$86,000 income tax expense.
During 2009, we recognized a long term asset for the positive
change in market value of our interest rate swap agreements of
$18.3 million, and recorded a gain on derivatives as other
comprehensive income of $11.2 million, net of a
$7.1 million income tax expense. During 2008, we recognized
a long term liability for the negative market value of our
interest rate swap agreements of $7.0 million, and recorded
a loss on derivatives as other comprehensive expense of
$4.3 million, net of a $2.7 million income tax
benefit. During 2007, we recognized a long-term liability for
the negative market value of our interest rate swap agreements
of $17.7 million, and recorded a loss on derivatives as
other comprehensive expense of $10.8 million, net of a
$6.9 million income tax benefit.
We made income tax payments (net of refunds) of $97,000 in 2009.
We made income tax payments (net of refunds) of $225,000 in
2008. We received a net income tax refund of $24,000 in 2007. At
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had current income taxes
payable of approximately $4.2 million and
$4.4 million, respectively.
On January 1, 2007, we adopted accounting provisions which
require us to prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement
attribution for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return. For benefits to be recognized, a tax position must
be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by
taxing authorities.
As a result of the implementation of these requirements in 2007,
we determined that no material adjustment was required to our
existing $2.9 million liability for unrecognized tax
benefits, including accrued interest and penalties. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had approximately
$4.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of
unrecognized tax benefits. All of these unrecognized tax
benefits would impact our effective tax rate if recognized. The
liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded net of any
federal tax benefit that would result from payment.
Also on January 1, 2007 and in conjunction with the
adoption of this provision, we accrued interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense based
on our accounting policy election.
F-31
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had recorded a
liability for potential penalties and interest of approximately
$1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related
to uncertain tax positions.
The following table summarizes the activity related to our
unrecognized tax benefits, net of federal benefit, excluding
interest and penalties for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
3,227
|
|
|
$
|
2,949
|
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
Change resulting from positions taken in prior periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Decrease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Increase resulting from positions taken in current period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
Decrease as a result of settlements with taxing authorities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction in benefit from lapse in statute of limitations
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
(285
|
)
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,828
|
|
|
$
|
3,227
|
|
|
$
|
2,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
While it is difficult to calculate with any certainty, we
estimate a decrease of $358,000, exclusive of interest and
penalties, will be recorded for uncertain tax positions over the
next twelve months resulting from expiring statutes of
limitations for state tax issues.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and multiple
state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer
subject to U.S. federal, or state and local tax
examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2000. This
extended open adjustment period is due to material amounts of
net operating loss carryforwards, which exist at the federal and
multi-state jurisdictions originating from the 2000, 2001, 2002
and 2003 tax years.
We sponsor and contribute to several types of retirement plans
covering substantially all of our full time employees. Our
defined benefit pension plans include our active plan as well as
two frozen plans that we assumed when we acquired the related
businesses. The Gray Television, Inc. Capital Accumulation Plan
(the Capital Accumulation Plan) is a defined
contribution plan that is intended to meet the requirements of
section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Gray
Pension Plan
Our active defined benefit plan covers substantially all of our
full-time employees. Retirement benefits are based on years of
service and the employees highest average compensation for
five consecutive years during the last ten years of employment.
The funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements
of existing federal laws and regulations under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
The measurement dates used to determine the benefit information
for our active defined benefit pension plan were
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The following
summarizes the active plans funded
F-32
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively (dollars in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change in projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
37,998
|
|
|
$
|
31,498
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
3,248
|
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,189
|
|
|
|
1,925
|
|
Actuarial (gains) losses
|
|
|
(3,201
|
)
|
|
|
2,350
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(717
|
)
|
|
|
(692
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
39,517
|
|
|
$
|
37,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
20,901
|
|
|
$
|
25,267
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
3,102
|
|
|
|
(6,387
|
)
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
3,430
|
|
|
|
2,713
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(717
|
)
|
|
|
(692
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
|
26,716
|
|
|
|
20,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status of plan
|
|
$
|
(12,801
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,097
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in our balance sheets consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued benefit cost
|
|
$
|
(4,721
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,094
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
(8,080
|
)
|
|
|
(14,003
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net liability recognized
|
|
$
|
(12,801
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,097
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accumulated benefit obligation amounts for our active
defined benefit pension were $33.5 million and
$32.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The increase in the accumulated benefit obligation
is due primarily to increases in service costs and salaries and
decreases in the discount period till retirement for continuing
employees, as well as discount rate changes. The long-term rate
of return on assets assumption was chosen from a best estimate
range based upon the anticipated long-term returns for asset
categories in which the plan is invested. The long-term rate of
return may be viewed as the sum of (i) 3% inflation,
(ii) 1% risk-free rate of return and (iii) 3% risk
premium. The estimated rate of increase in compensation levels
is based on historical compensation increases for our employees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic
benefit cost for our active plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.79
|
%
|
|
|
6.10
|
%
|
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
Estimated rate of increase in compensation levels
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
F-33
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.27
|
%
|
|
|
5.79
|
%
|
Estimated rate of increase in compensation levels
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Pension expense is computed using the projected unit credit
actuarial cost method. The net periodic pension cost for our
active plan includes the following components (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Components of net periodic pension cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
3,248
|
|
|
$
|
2,917
|
|
|
$
|
2,974
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,189
|
|
|
|
1,925
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(1,558
|
)
|
|
|
(1,763
|
)
|
|
|
(1,590
|
)
|
Recognized net actuarial loss
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
5,055
|
|
|
$
|
3,177
|
|
|
$
|
3,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For our active plan, the estimated future benefit payments for
subsequent years are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Amount
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,028
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,131
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,360
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,508
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
2015-2019
|
|
|
11,032
|
|
The active plans weighted-average asset allocations by
asset category are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Asset category:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance general account
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
Cash management accounts
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Equity accounts
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
Fixed income account
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-34
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The investment objective is to achieve a consistent total rate
of return (income, appreciation, and reinvested funds) that will
equal or exceed the actuarial assumption with aversion to
significant volatility. The following is the target asset
allocation:
|
|
|
|
|
Target Range
|
|
Asset class:
|
|
|
Large cap equities
|
|
23% to 91%
|
Mid cap equities
|
|
0% to 15%
|
Small cap equities
|
|
0% to 16%
|
International equities
|
|
5% to 25%
|
Fixed income
|
|
0% to 30%
|
Cash
|
|
0% to 20%
|
Our equity portfolio contains attractively priced securities of
financially sound companies necessary to build a diversified
portfolio. Our fixed income portfolio contains obligations
generally rated A or better with no maturity restrictions and an
actively managed duration. The cash equivalents strategy uses
securities of the highest credit quality.
Fair
Value of Active Pension Plan Assets
We calculate the fair value of our active pension plans
assets based upon the observable and unobservable net asset
value of its underlying investments. We utilize valuation
techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and
minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are
prioritized into a hierarchy that gives the highest priority to
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets
or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest
priority to unobservable inputs that require assumptions to
measure fair value (Level 3). The following
table presents the fair value of our active pension plans
assets and classifies them by level within the fair value
hierarchy as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
(in thousands):
Active
Pension Plan Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate participation guarantee contract
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,925
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,925
|
|
Common and collective trust fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,717
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate participation guarantee contract
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,399
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,399
|
|
Common and collective trust fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,901
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
Pension Plans
In 2002 and 1998, we acquired companies with two underfunded
pension plans (the Acquired Pension Plans). The
Acquired Pension Plans were frozen by their prior plan sponsors
and no new participants can be
F-35
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
added to the Acquired Pension Plans. Combined and as of
January 1, 2009, the acquired pension plans have 176
participants as compared to our active plan which has
approximately 2,352 participants and is described above. As of
December 31, 2009, the Acquired Pension Plans had combined
plan assets of $4.0 million and the combined projected
benefit obligations of $5.1 million. As of
December 31, 2008, the Acquired Pension Plans had combined
plan assets of $3.9 million and combined projected benefit
obligations of $5.6 million. The net liability for the two
Acquired Pension Plans is recorded as a liability in our
financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Contributions
We expect to contribute a combined total of approximately
$4.5 million to the active plan and the Acquired Pension
Plans during the year ending December 31, 2010.
Capital
Accumulation Plan
The Capital Accumulation Plan provides additional retirement
benefits for substantially all employees. The Capital
Accumulation Plan provides our employees with an investment
option in our common stock and Class A common stock. It
also allows for our matching contribution to be made in the form
of our common stock. On December 9, 2008 and May 2,
2007, our Board of Directors increased the number of shares
reserved for the Capital Accumulation Plan by 2,000,000 and
1,000,000 shares of our common stock, respectively. As of
December 31, 2009, 1,642,849 shares were available for
the plan.
We match employee contributions to the Capital Accumulation
Plan, and such contributions may not exceed 6% of the
employees gross pay. Our percentage match amount is
declared by our Board of Directors before the beginning of each
plan year and is made by a contribution of our common stock. Our
percentage match was 50% during each of the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007. As of December 31, 2008,
our Board of Directors temporarily suspended our matching
contributions for the majority of our employees. For the year
ended December 31, 2009, our percentage match was 50% for
certain employees included in a collective bargaining unit at
one of our stations and we did not match contributions for the
remainder of our employees. Our contributions vest, based upon
each employees number of years of service, over a period
not to exceed five years.
In addition to the matching contributions, we made voluntary
contributions in The Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
for active participants in the Capital Accumulation Plan. This
voluntary contribution was equal to 1% of each active
participants earnings. Our matching and voluntary
contributions are as follows (In thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Contributions to the Capital Accumulation Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matching contributions
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
$
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
$
|
1,593
|
|
Voluntary contributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
673
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
$
|
648
|
|
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
Effective June 30, 2009, we discontinued our Gray
Television, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Stock
Purchase Plan). The Stock Purchase Plan was intended to
qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and to provide
eligible employees with an opportunity to purchase our common
stock through payroll deductions. Originally, an aggregate of
500,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for
issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan and were available for
purchase, subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split,
stock dividend or other similar change in our common stock
F-36
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
or capital structure. In order to ensure that our Stock Purchase
Plan had adequate shares available for issuance through
June 30, 2009, we proposed and our shareholders approved at
our annual 2009 shareholders meeting that an additional
600,000 shares of our common stock be reserved for issuance
under our Stock Purchase Plan. As of June 30, 2009 and
before discontinuance of our Stock Purchase Plan,
480,510 shares were available for issuance under this plan.
The price per share at which shares of common stock were
purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan during any purchase
period was 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on
the last day of the purchase period.
|
|
11.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
We have various operating lease commitments for equipment, land
and office space. We also have commitments for various
syndicated television programs and commitments for the purchase
of equipment.
Future minimum payments for these commitments are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Syndicated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Television
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
Lease
|
|
|
Programming
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
832
|
|
|
$
|
1,321
|
|
|
$
|
4,502
|
|
|
$
|
6,655
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
|
|
11,431
|
|
|
|
12,533
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
5,095
|
|
|
|
5,773
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
1,615
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
873
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
3,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
832
|
|
|
$
|
8,119
|
|
|
$
|
22,304
|
|
|
$
|
31,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts in the table above are estimates of commitments that
are in addition to the liabilities accrued for on our balance
sheet as of December 31, 2009.
Leases
We have no material capital leases. Where leases include rent
holidays, rent escalations, rent concessions and leasehold
improvement incentives, the value of these incentives are
amortized over the lease term including anticipated renewal
periods. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
associated lease term including anticipated renewal periods.
Rent expense resulting from operating leases for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $1.6 million,
$1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Sports
Marketing Agreements
On October 12, 2004, the University of Kentucky
(UK) jointly awarded a sports marketing agreement to
a subsidiary of IMG Worldwide, Inc. (IMG) and us
(the UK Agreement). The UK Agreement commenced on
April 16, 2005 and has an initial term of seven years with
the option to extend for three additional years.
On July 1, 2006, the terms between IMG and us concerning
the UK Agreement were amended. The amended agreement provides
that we will share in profits in excess of certain amounts
specified by the agreement, if any, but not losses. The
agreement also provides that we will separately retain all local
broadcast advertising revenue and pay all local broadcast
expenses for activities under the agreement. Under the amended
agreement, IMG agreed to make all license fee payments to UK.
However, if IMG is unable to pay the license fee to UK, we will
then pay the unpaid portion of the license fee to UK. As of
December 31, 2009, the aggregate license fees to be paid by
IMG to UK over the remaining portion of the full ten-year term
(including optional three additional years) for the agreement is
approximately $45.4 million. If we make
F-37
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
advances on behalf of IMG, IMG is required to reimburse us for
the amount paid within 60 days after the close of each
contract year which ends on June 30th. IMG has also agreed
to pay interest on any advance at a rate equal to the prime
rate. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we
did not advance any amounts to UK on behalf of IMG under this
agreement. As of December 31, 2009, we do not consider the
risk of non-performance by IMG to be high.
Legal
Proceedings and Claims
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the
normal course of our business. In the opinion of management, the
amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these
actions, will not materially affect our financial position.
|
|
12.
|
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
|
A summary of changes in our goodwill and other intangible
assets, on a net basis, for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Balance at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
170,522
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
170,522
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
Definite lived intangible assets
|
|
|
1,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangible assets net of accumulated amortization
|
|
$
|
991,396
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(577
|
)
|
|
$
|
990,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Balance at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
269,118
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(98,596
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
170,522
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
1,059,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240,085
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
Definite lived intangible assets
|
|
|
2,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(792
|
)
|
|
|
1,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangible assets net of accumulated amortization
|
|
$
|
1,330,869
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(338,681
|
)
|
|
$
|
(792
|
)
|
|
$
|
991,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of changes in our goodwill, on a gross basis, for the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Goodwill, gross
|
|
$
|
269,118
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
269,118
|
|
Accumulated goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(98,596
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(98,596
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
$
|
170,522
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Goodwill, gross
|
|
$
|
269,118
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
269,118
|
|
Accumulated goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(98,596
|
)
|
|
|
(98,596
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
$
|
269,118
|
|
|
$
|
(98,596
|
)
|
|
$
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, our intangible assets and
related accumulated amortization consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Intangible assets not currently subject to amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
$
|
872,680
|
|
|
$
|
(53,699
|
)
|
|
$
|
818,981
|
|
|
$
|
872,680
|
|
|
$
|
(53,699
|
)
|
|
$
|
818,981
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,043,202
|
|
|
$
|
(53,699
|
)
|
|
$
|
989,503
|
|
|
$
|
1,043,202
|
|
|
$
|
(53,699
|
)
|
|
$
|
989,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Network affiliation agreements
|
|
$
|
1,264
|
|
|
$
|
(1,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
1,264
|
|
|
$
|
(1,119
|
)
|
|
$
|
145
|
|
Other definite lived intangible assets
|
|
|
13,484
|
|
|
|
(12,249
|
)
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
|
|
13,484
|
|
|
|
(11,736
|
)
|
|
|
1,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,748
|
|
|
$
|
(13,432
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,316
|
|
|
$
|
14,748
|
|
|
$
|
(12,855
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangibles
|
|
$
|
1,057,950
|
|
|
$
|
(67,131
|
)
|
|
$
|
990,819
|
|
|
$
|
1,057,950
|
|
|
$
|
(66,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
991,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 was $0.6 million, $0.8 million and
$0.8 million, respectively. Based on the current amount of
intangible assets subject to amortization, we expect that
amortization expense for the succeeding five years will be as
follows: 2010, $479,000; 2011, $125,000; 2012, $75,000; 2013,
$50,000 and 2014, $38,000. As acquisitions and dispositions
occur in the future, actual amounts may vary from these
estimates.
Impairment
of goodwill and broadcast license
As of December 31, 2009, we tested our goodwill, broadcast
licenses and other intangible asset recorded values for
potential impairment and concluded that the balances were
reasonably stated. As a result, we did not record an impairment
expense for our goodwill, broadcast licenses or other intangible
assets during fiscal 2009.
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the recorded value of our goodwill and a
write-down of $240.1 million in the recorded value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. We tested our unamortized intangible assets for
impairment at December 31, 2008. As of the testing date, we
believed events had occurred and circumstances changed that more
likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses
and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events, which
accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008, included:
(i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock
and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the
current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the
decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding
political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the
operating profit margins of some of our stations. We did not
record a similar impairment expense in the prior year.
F-39
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies for further discussion of
our accounting policies regarding goodwill, broadcast licenses
and other intangible assets.
|
|
13.
|
Selected
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarters
|
|
|
First
|
|
Second
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for per share data)
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
$
|
65,057
|
|
|
$
|
66,446
|
|
|
$
|
77,517
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
8,998
|
|
|
|
10,630
|
|
|
|
18,685
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(6,648
|
)
|
|
|
(5,520
|
)
|
|
|
(1,959
|
)
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(12,970
|
)
|
|
|
(10,699
|
)
|
|
|
(9,988
|
)
|
|
|
(6,509
|
)
|
Basic net loss available to common stockholders per share
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.22
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
Diluted net loss available to common stockholders per share
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.22
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues
|
|
$
|
70,999
|
|
|
$
|
78,743
|
|
|
$
|
82,631
|
|
|
$
|
94,803
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
9,281
|
|
|
|
18,738
|
|
|
|
20,511
|
|
|
|
(307,425
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(3,850
|
)
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
4,644
|
|
|
|
(206,025
|
)
|
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(3,850
|
)
|
|
|
3,090
|
|
|
|
1,477
|
|
|
|
(209,326
|
)
|
Basic net (loss) income available to common stockholders per
share
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(4.32
|
)
|
Diluted net (loss) income available to common stockholders per
share
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(4.32
|
)
|
Because of the method used in calculating per share data, the
quarterly per share data will not necessarily add to the per
share data as computed for the year.
|
|
14.
|
Subsequent
Event Long-term Debt Amendment
|
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our existing
senior credit facility to provide for, among other things:
(i) an increase in the maximum total net leverage ratio
covenant under the senior credit facility through March 30,
2011 and (ii) a potential issuance of capital stock
and/or
senior or subordinated debt securities, which could include
securities with a second lien security interest (the
Replacement Debt). This amendment to the senior
credit facility also provides for a reduction in the revolving
loan commitment under the senior credit facility from
$50.0 million to $40.0 million.
From March 31, 2010 until the date we complete an offering
of Replacement Debt resulting in the repayment of not less than
$200.0 million of our term loan outstanding under the
senior credit facility, (i) we are required to pay an
annual incentive fee equal to 2.0%, which fee will be eliminated
upon the consummation of such offering and repayment,
(ii) the annual facility fee will remain at 3.0%, which fee
will, following such repayment, be reduced to 1.25% per year,
with a potential for further reductions in future periods, and
(iii) we will remain subject to a maximum total net
leverage ratio, which will, following such repayment, be
replaced by a first lien leverage test, as described in the
following paragraph. In addition, from and after such repayment,
we will be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge
coverage ratio of 0.90x to 1.0x.
Upon the completion of an offering of Replacement Debt that
results in the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of
our term loan outstanding under the senior credit facility, we
will, from the date of such repayment, be subject to a maximum
first lien leverage ratio covenant, which will replace our
current
F-40
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
maximum total leverage ratio covenant. The covenant will range
from 7.5x to 6.5x, depending upon the amount of any such
repayment.
The use of proceeds from any issuance of Replacement Debt will
generally be limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding
under the term loan under the senior credit facility and, in
certain circumstances, to the repurchase of outstanding shares
of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. We cannot
provide any assurances that such a sale of Replacement Debt, or
any repurchase of such preferred stock, will be completed by us,
or of the terms or timing thereof.
Beginning April 30, 2010 and thereafter, all interest and
fees accrued under the senior credit facility will be payable in
cash upon their respective due dates, with no portion of such
accrued interest and fees being subject to deferral.
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior
credit facility (i) before the March 31, 2010
amendment, (ii) as so amended, and (iii) as amended
and after giving affect to a potential issuance of Replacement
Debt and repayment of at least $200.0 million of term loans
under the senior credit facility, are summarized in the table
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
After Giving Effect
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to Potential
|
|
to a Potential
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of
|
|
Issuance of
|
|
|
|
|
Replacement Debt
|
|
Replacement Debt
|
|
|
Prior to Amendment
|
|
and Related
|
|
and Related
|
|
|
on March 31,
|
|
Repayment of Term
|
|
Repayment of Term
|
Description
|
|
2010
|
|
Loan
|
|
Loan
|
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50% or BASE plus 2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50% or BASE plus 2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual facility fee rate
|
|
3.00% with a potential for reduction in future periods.
|
|
3.00% with a potential for reduction in future periods.
|
|
1.25% with a potential for reduction in future periods.
|
Annual incentive fee rate
|
|
0.00%
|
|
2.00%
|
|
0.00%
|
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
|
|
0.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Revolving loan commitment
|
|
$50 million
|
|
$40 million
|
|
$40 million
|
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 through June 29, 2010
|
|
7.00x
|
|
9.00x
|
|
Replaced with
|
June 30, 2010 through September 29, 2010
|
|
6.50x
|
|
9.50x
|
|
a first lien leverage test
|
September 30, 2010 through March 30, 2011
|
|
6.50x
|
|
9.75x
|
|
as described above.
|
March 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
6.50x
|
|
6.50x
|
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
None
|
|
Same
|
|
0.90x to 1.00x
|
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to
calculate net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or first
lien leverage test, as applicable)
|
|
$10.0 million
|
|
Same
|
|
$15.0 million
|
In order to obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance
costs of approximately $4.1 million, in addition to other
legal and professional fees. We are currently evaluating the
accounting treatment of the loan issuance costs incurred and the
related tax effects of the transaction. As of December 31,
2009, we had a deferred loan cost balance of $1.6 million.
If the amendment constitutes a significant modification to the
senior credit facility in the three-month period ended
March 31, 2010, we may be required to expense all or a
portion of our deferred loan cost balance. As of March 31,
2010, after giving effect to the amendment, we expect to be in
compliance with all covenants under the senior credit facility.
F-41
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS:
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
13,664
|
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
of $847 and $1,092, respectively
|
|
|
52,580
|
|
|
|
57,179
|
|
Current portion of program broadcast rights, net
|
|
|
6,781
|
|
|
|
10,220
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
1,597
|
|
|
|
1,597
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
3,429
|
|
|
|
1,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
78,051
|
|
|
|
86,784
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
143,196
|
|
|
|
148,092
|
|
Deferred loan costs, net
|
|
|
5,631
|
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
Investment in broadcasting company
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4,641
|
|
|
|
4,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,235,815
|
|
|
$
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
$
|
5,666
|
|
|
$
|
6,047
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
9,553
|
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
12,664
|
|
|
|
13,531
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,193
|
|
|
|
4,814
|
|
Interest rate hedge derivatives
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
Federal and state income taxes
|
|
|
4,371
|
|
|
|
4,206
|
|
Current portion of program broadcast obligations
|
|
|
11,883
|
|
|
|
15,271
|
|
Acquisition related liabilities
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
6,255
|
|
|
|
6,241
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
|
|
8,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
63,888
|
|
|
|
75,072
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
781,709
|
|
|
|
783,729
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
|
24,245
|
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
Program broadcast obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
|
1,531
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
141,079
|
|
|
|
142,204
|
|
Long-term deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,578
|
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
Long-term accrued dividends
|
|
|
23,167
|
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
Accrued pension costs
|
|
|
13,761
|
|
|
|
13,969
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,170
|
|
|
|
2,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,053,988
|
|
|
|
1,058,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, no par value; cumulative; redeemable;
designated 1.00 shares, issued and outstanding
1.00 shares ($100,000 aggregate liquidation value)
|
|
|
93,687
|
|
|
|
93,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, no par value; authorized 100,000 shares,
issued 47,534 shares and 47,530 shares, respectively
|
|
|
453,987
|
|
|
|
453,824
|
|
Class A common stock, no par value; authorized
15,000 shares, issued 7,332 shares
|
|
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
15,321
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(312,992
|
)
|
|
|
(303,698
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax
|
|
|
(5,663
|
)
|
|
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,653
|
|
|
|
156,133
|
|
Treasury stock at cost, common stock, 4,655 shares
|
|
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
|
(40,115
|
)
|
Treasury stock at cost, Class A common stock,
1,579 shares
|
|
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
88,140
|
|
|
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,235,815
|
|
|
$
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-42
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for per share data)
|
|
|
Revenues (less agency commissions)
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
Operating expenses before depreciation, amortization and gain on
disposal of assets, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
47,567
|
|
|
|
45,654
|
|
Corporate and administrative
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
7,975
|
|
|
|
8,261
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
Gain on disposal of assets, net
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,542
|
|
|
|
56,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous income, net
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(19,611
|
)
|
|
|
(10,113
|
)
|
Loss from early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,981
|
)
|
|
|
(13,687
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
|
(4,767
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
Preferred dividends (includes accretion of issuance cost of $301
and $301, respectively)
|
|
|
4,551
|
|
|
|
4,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(9,294
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,971
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted per share information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
48,565
|
|
|
|
48,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared per common share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-43
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for number of shares)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
47,529,502
|
|
|
$
|
453,824
|
|
|
$
|
(303,698
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(4,654,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,620
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on derivatives, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,092
|
)
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,551
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,551
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock: 401(k) plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,805
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
7,331,574
|
|
|
$
|
15,321
|
|
|
|
47,534,307
|
|
|
$
|
453,987
|
|
|
$
|
(312,992
|
)
|
|
|
(1,578,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,398
|
)
|
|
|
(4,654,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40,115
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,663
|
)
|
|
$
|
88,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-44
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,920
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used
in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
7,975
|
|
|
|
8,261
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
Amortization of deferred loan costs
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
Amortization of restricted stock awards
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Amortization of stock option awards
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
Write-off loan acquisition costs from early extinguishment of
debt
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
8,352
|
|
Accrual of long-term facility fee
|
|
|
5,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of program broadcast rights
|
|
|
3,853
|
|
|
|
3,770
|
|
Payments on program broadcast obligations
|
|
|
(3,875
|
)
|
|
|
(3,856
|
)
|
Common stock contributed to 401(k) plan
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(3,458
|
)
|
|
|
(4,718
|
)
|
Gain on disposal of assets, net
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
Pension expense net of contributions
|
|
|
(205
|
)
|
|
|
703
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables and other current assets
|
|
|
3,084
|
|
|
|
5,082
|
|
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(1,322
|
)
|
|
|
(3,730
|
)
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
(867
|
)
|
|
|
(5,359
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
6,986
|
|
|
|
(1,296
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(2,888
|
)
|
|
|
(5,183
|
)
|
Proceeds from asset sales
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Equipment transactions related to spectrum reallocation, net
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Payments on acquisition related liabilities
|
|
|
(162
|
)
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(3,185
|
)
|
|
|
(5,469
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of borrowings on long-term debt
|
|
|
(2,020
|
)
|
|
|
(2,021
|
)
|
Deferred loan costs
|
|
|
(4,117
|
)
|
|
|
(7,006
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(6,137
|
)
|
|
|
(9,027
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash
|
|
|
(2,336
|
)
|
|
|
(15,792
|
)
|
Cash at beginning of period
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
30,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of period
|
|
$
|
13,664
|
|
|
$
|
14,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-45
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2009, which was derived from the audited
financial statements as of December 31, 2009 of Gray
Television, Inc. (we, us,
our, Gray or the Company)
and our accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements as of and for the period ended March 31, 2010
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America
(U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information
and with the instructions to
Form 10-Q
and Article 10 of
Regulation S-X.
Accordingly, such financial statements do not include all of the
information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for
complete financial statements. In our opinion, all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary
for a fair statement have been included. Our operations consist
of one reportable segment. For further information, refer to the
consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included
in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the 2009
Form 10-K).
Operating results for the three month period ended
March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be expected for any future interim period or
for the year ending December 31, 2010.
Seasonality
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the
second and fourth quarters each year, due in part to increases
in advertising in the spring and in the period leading up to and
including the holiday season. In addition, broadcast advertising
revenues are generally higher during even numbered years due to
increased spending by political candidates and special interest
groups in advance of upcoming elections, which spending
typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter of such years.
Earnings
Per Share
We compute basic earnings per share by dividing net income by
the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during
the relevant period. The weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding does not include unvested restricted shares.
These shares, although classified as issued and outstanding, are
considered contingently returnable until the restrictions lapse
and are not included in the basic earnings per share calculation
until the shares are vested. Diluted earnings per share is
computed by including all potentially dilutive common shares
issuable, including restricted stock and stock options in the
diluted weighted-average shares outstanding calculation. The
following table reconciles basic weighted-average shares
outstanding to diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for
the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding-basic
|
|
|
48,565
|
|
|
|
48,489
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding-diluted
|
|
|
48,565
|
|
|
|
48,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For periods in which we reported losses, all potentially
dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of
diluted earnings per share, since their inclusion would be
antidilutive. Securities that could potentially dilute earnings
per share in the future, but which were not included in the
calculation of diluted
F-46
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
earnings per share because their inclusion would have been
antidilutive for the periods presented are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Potentially dilutive common shares outstanding at end of period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock options
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Unvested restricted stock
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,449
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss
Our accumulated other comprehensive loss balances as of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 consist of
adjustments to our derivative liability as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Accumulated balances of items included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives, net of income tax
|
|
$
|
(219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,870
|
)
|
Pension liability adjustments, net of income tax
|
|
|
(5,444
|
)
|
|
|
(5,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(5,663
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is
computed principally by the straight-line method. Buildings,
towers, improvements and equipment are generally depreciated
over estimated useful lives of approximately 35 years,
20 years, 10 years and 5 years, respectively.
Maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to
operations as incurred; and major replacements and betterments
are capitalized. The cost of any assets sold or retired and the
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts
at the time of disposition, and any resulting profit or loss is
reflected in income or expense for the period. The following
table lists components of property and equipment by major
category (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
23,052
|
|
|
$
|
23,046
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
51,599
|
|
|
|
51,606
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
293,337
|
|
|
|
291,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
367,988
|
|
|
|
366,334
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(224,792
|
)
|
|
|
(218,242
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
143,196
|
|
|
$
|
148,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
The following accounting pronouncements were recently issued by
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and
we consider them relevant to our operations and the preparation
of our financial reports.
F-47
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
In February 2010, the FASB issued FASB Accounting Standards
Update
2010-09,
Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain
Recognition and Disclosure Requirements. Topic 855 removes
the requirement for a U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) filer to disclose a date in both
issued and revised financial statements. Revised financial
statements include financial statements revised as a result of
either correction of an error or retrospective application of
U.S. GAAP. This update was effective upon issuance for
Gray. Our adoption of this update did not have a significant
impact upon our financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued FASB Accounting Standards
Update
2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820):
Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This
update provides amendments to Topic 820 that will provide for
more robust disclosures about the (1) different classes of
assets and liabilities measured at fair value,
(2) valuation techniques and inputs used, (3) activity
in Level 3 fair value measurements, and (4) transfers
between Levels 1, 2, and 3. This update is effective for
interim and annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2009 and we adopted this update on
January 1, 2010. Our adoption of this update did not have a
significant impact upon our financial statements.
|
|
2.
|
Long-term
Debt and Accrued Facility Fee
|
Long-term debt consists of our senior credit facility as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior credit facility current portion
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
Senior credit facility long-term portion
|
|
|
781,709
|
|
|
|
783,729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt including current portion
|
|
|
789,789
|
|
|
|
791,809
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
|
24,245
|
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt and accrued facility fee
|
|
$
|
814,034
|
|
|
$
|
810,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing availability under our senior credit facility
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,681
|
|
Leverage ratio as defined in our senior credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
8.43
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
Maximum allowed
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
8.75
|
|
Excluding accrued interest, the amounts outstanding under our
senior credit facility as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 consisted of our term loan and an accrued
facility fee. The revolving credit facility did not have an
outstanding balance as of March 31, 2010 or
December 31, 2009.
Amendment
of Senior Credit Facility
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our existing
senior credit facility to provide for, among other things:
(i) an increase in the maximum total net leverage ratio
covenant under the senior credit facility through March 30,
2011 and (ii) a potential issuance of capital stock
and/or
senior or subordinated debt securities, which could include
securities with a second lien security interest (the
Replacement Debt). This amendment to the senior
credit facility reduced the revolving loan commitment under the
senior credit facility from $50.0 million to
$40.0 million.
Pursuant to this amendment, from March 31, 2010 until the
date we completed an offering of Replacement Debt resulting in
the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of our term
loan outstanding under the senior credit facility, (i) we
were required to pay an annual incentive fee equal to 2.0%,
which fee would be eliminated upon the consummation of such
offering and repayment, (ii) the annual facility fee
remained at 3.0%, which fee, following such repayment, would be
reduced to 1.25% per year, with a potential
F-48
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
for further reductions in future periods, and (iii) we
remained subject to a maximum total net leverage ratio, which
ratio, following such repayment, would be replaced by a first
lien leverage test, as described in the following paragraph. In
addition, from and after such repayment, we would be required to
comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 0.90x to
1.0x.
Upon the completion of an offering of Replacement Debt that
results in the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of
our term loan outstanding under the senior credit facility, we
are, from the date of such repayment, subject to a maximum first
lien leverage ratio covenant, which replaces the current maximum
total leverage ratio covenant. The covenant ranges from 7.5x to
6.5x, depending upon the amount of any such repayment.
The use of proceeds from any issuance of Replacement Debt is
generally limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding under
the term loan under the senior credit facility and, in certain
circumstances, to the repurchase of outstanding shares of our
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock.
Beginning April 30, 2010 and thereafter, all interest and
fees accrued under the senior credit facility are payable in
cash upon their respective due dates, with no portion of such
accrued interest and fees being subject to deferral.
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior
credit facility (i) before the March 31, 2010
amendment, (ii) as so amended, and (iii) as amended
and after giving effect to a potential issuance of Replacement
Debt and repayment of at least $200.0 million of term loans
under the senior credit facility is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the
|
|
After Giving Effect to
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of
|
|
the Issuance of
|
|
|
|
|
Replacement
|
|
Replacement Debt
|
|
|
|
|
Debt and Related
|
|
and Related
|
|
|
Prior to Amendment
|
|
Repayment of
|
|
Repayment of
|
Description
|
|
on March 31, 2010
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50%
or BASE plus
2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50%
or BASE plus
2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual facility fee rate
|
|
3.00% with
a potential for
reduction in
future periods.
|
|
3.00% with
a potential for
reduction in
future periods.
|
|
1.25% with
a potential for
reduction in
future periods.
|
Annual incentive fee rate
|
|
None
|
|
2.00%
|
|
None
|
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
|
|
0.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Revolving loan commitment
|
|
$50 million
|
|
$40 million
|
|
$40 million
|
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 through
June 29, 2010 June 30, 2010 through
September 29, 2010 September 30, 2010 through
March 30, 2011 March 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
7.00x
6.50x
6.50x
6.50x
|
|
9.00x
9.50x
9.75x
6.50x
|
|
Replaced with
a first lien
leverage test
as described above.
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
None
|
|
Same
|
|
0.90x to 1.00x
|
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to
calculate net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or first
lien leverage test, as applicable)
|
|
$10.0 million
|
|
Same
|
|
$15.0 million
|
F-49
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
In order to obtain the March 31, 2010 amendment, we
incurred loan issuance costs of approximately $4.4 million,
including legal and professional fees. We recorded a loss from
early extinguishment of debt of $0.3 million for the three
month period ended March 31, 2010. As of March 31,
2010, we had a deferred loan cost balance of $5.6 million
and we were in compliance with all covenants under the senior
credit facility.
On April 29, 2010, we completed the issuance of
$365 million of our
101/2% senior
secured second lien notes due 2015 (the Notes),
which Notes met the definition of Replacement Debt.
We used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to, among
other things, repay $300.0 million of outstanding term
loans under our senior credit facility. See Note 11.
Subsequent Events.
Risk
Management Objective of Using Derivatives
We are exposed to certain risks arising from business operations
and economic conditions. We attempt to manage our exposure to a
wide variety of business and operational risks principally
through management of our core business activities. We attempt
to manage economic risk, including interest rate, liquidity, and
credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and
duration of our debt financing and the use of interest rate swap
agreements. Specifically, we enter into interest rate swap
agreements to manage interest rate exposure with the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
managing current and forecasted interest rate risk while
maintaining financial flexibility and solvency;
|
|
|
|
proactively managing our cost of capital to ensure that we can
effectively manage operations and execute our business strategy,
thereby maintaining a competitive advantage and enhancing
shareholder value; and
|
|
|
|
complying with applicable covenant requirements and restrictions.
|
Cash
Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
In using interest rate derivatives, our objectives are to add
stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to
interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, we
primarily use interest rate swap agreements as part of our
interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps
designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable
rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for our making
fixed-rate payments over the life of the applicable agreement,
without exchange of the underlying notional amount. Under the
terms of our senior credit facility, we were required to fix the
interest rate on at least 50.0% of the outstanding balance
thereunder through March 19, 2010. From and after such
date, we are no longer required to fix interest rates on any
amounts outstanding thereunder.
During 2007, we entered into three swap agreements to convert
$465.0 million of our variable rate debt under our senior
credit facility to fixed rate debt. These interest rate swap
agreements expired on April 3, 2010, and they were our only
derivatives as of March 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009. Upon entering into the swap agreements, we designated them
as hedges of variability of our variable rate interest payments
attributable to changes in three month London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR), the designated interest rate.
Therefore, these interest rate swap agreements were, prior to
their respective expiration dates, considered cash flow hedges.
Upon entering into a swap agreement, we document our hedging
relationships and our risk management objectives. Our swap
agreements do not include written options. Our swap agreements
are intended solely to modify the payments for a recognized
liability from a variable rate to a fixed rate. Our swap
agreements do not qualify for the short-cut method of accounting
because the variable rate debt being hedged is pre-payable.
F-50
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the end of each quarter. We
compare the notional amount, the variable interest rate and the
settlement dates of the interest rate swap agreements to the
hedged portion of the debt. Historically, our swap agreements
have been highly effective at hedging our interest rate
exposure, although no assurances can be provided that they will
continue to be effective for future periods.
During the period of each interest rate swap agreement, we
recognize the swap agreements at their fair value as an asset or
liability on our balance sheet. The effective portion of the
change in the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The
ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the
derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.
Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest
expense as the related interest payments are made on our
variable rate debt. We estimate that an additional $360,000 will
be reclassified as an increase in interest expense and a
decrease in other comprehensive income (loss) between
April 1, 2010 and April 3, 2010.
Under these swap agreements, we receive variable rate interest
at the LIBOR and pay fixed interest at an annual rate of 5.48%.
The variable LIBOR is reset in three month periods under the
swap agreements. At our option, the variable LIBOR is reset in
one month or three month periods for the hedged portion of our
variable rate debt.
The table below presents the fair value of our interest rate
swap agreements as well as their classification on our balance
sheet as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
These interest rate swap agreements are our only derivative
financial instruments. We did not have any derivatives
classified as assets as of March 31, 2010 or
December 31, 2009. The fair values of the derivative
instruments are estimated by obtaining quotations from the
financial institutions that are counterparties to the
instruments. The fair values are estimates of the net amount
that we would have been required to pay on March 31, 2010
and December 31, 2009 if the agreements were transferred to
other parties or cancelled on such dates. Amounts in the
following table are in thousands.
Fair
Values of Derivative Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Value
|
|
Location
|
|
Value
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
$
|
360
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
$
|
6,344
|
|
The following table presents the effect of our derivative
financial instruments on our consolidated statements of
operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and
2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Hedging
|
|
|
|
Relationships for the
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
(6,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,611
|
)
|
Effective portion of gains recognized in other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
12,093
|
|
|
|
5,777
|
|
Effective portion of losses recorded in accumulated other
comprehensive loss and reclassified into interest expense
|
|
|
(6,109
|
)
|
|
|
(1,617
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability at end of period
|
|
$
|
(360
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,451
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
For the three months ended March 31, 2010, we recorded
income on derivatives as other comprehensive income of
$3.7 million, net of a $2.3 million income tax
expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, we
recorded income on derivatives as other comprehensive income of
$2.5 million, net of a $1.6 million income tax benefit.
Credit-risk
Related Contingent Features
We manage our counterparty risk by entering into derivative
instruments with global financial institutions that we believe
present a low risk of credit loss resulting from nonperformance.
As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we had not
recorded a credit value adjustment related to our interest rate
swap agreements.
Our interest rate swap agreements incorporate the covenant
provisions of our senior credit facility. Failure to comply with
the covenant provisions of the senior credit facility could
result in our being in default of our obligations under our
interest rate swap agreements.
|
|
4.
|
Fair
Value Measurement
|
Fair value is the price that market participants would pay or
receive to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction. Fair value is also considered the exit
price. We utilize market data or assumptions that market
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability,
including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the
inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily
observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. We
utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs
are prioritized into a hierarchy that gives the highest priority
to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest
priority to unobservable inputs that require assumptions to
measure fair value (Level 3).
Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their
entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant
to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement
requires judgment and may affect the fair value of assets and
liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy
levels. The following table sets forth our financial agreements,
which were accounted for at fair value, by level within the fair
value hierarchy as of March 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009 (in thousands):
Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Total
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
360
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Total
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,344
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,344
|
|
Fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is based on
estimates provided by the counterparties. Valuation of these
items does entail a significant amount of judgment.
F-52
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
Non-Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
We have certain assets that are measured at fair value on a
non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value only when the
carrying values exceed their fair values. Included in the
following table are the significant categories of assets
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and any
impairment charges recorded for those assets in the three months
ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands).
Non-Recurring
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment Loss for the
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,196
|
|
|
$
|
143,196
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Program broadcast rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Investment in broadcasting company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,155,255
|
|
|
$
|
1,155,255
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
148,092
|
|
|
$
|
148,092
|
|
Program broadcast rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,265
|
|
|
|
11,265
|
|
Investment in broadcasting company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
|
|
13,599
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
|
|
818,981
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
|
|
170,522
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,163,775
|
|
|
$
|
1,163,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of our property and equipment is estimated by our
engineers. Fair value of our program broadcast rights is based
upon estimated future advertising revenue expected to be
generated by the programming. Fair value of our investment in
broadcasting company is based upon estimated future cash flows.
Fair value of broadcast licenses, goodwill and other intangible
assets, net, are subjected to impairment testing. Our program
broadcast rights impairment charges were recorded as a broadcast
operating expense in the respective periods.
Fair
Value of Other Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value of other financial instruments is
determined using the best available market information and
appropriate valuation methodologies. Interpreting market data to
develop fair value estimates involves considerable judgment.
Accordingly, the estimates presented are not necessarily
indicative of the
F-53
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
amounts that we could realize in a current market exchange, or
the value that ultimately will be realized upon maturity or
disposition. The use of different market assumptions may have a
material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
The carrying amounts of the following instruments approximate
fair value, due to their short term to maturity:
(i) accounts receivable, (ii) prepaid and other
current assets, (iii) accounts payable, (iv) accrued
employee compensation and benefits, (v) accrued interest,
(vi) other accrued expenses, (vii) dividends payable,
(viii) acquisition-related liabilities and
(ix) deferred revenue.
The carrying amount of our long-term debt, including the current
portion and long-term accrued facility fee, was
$814.0 million and $810.1 million, respectively, and
the fair value was $786.6 million and $704.8 million,
respectively as of March 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009. Fair value of our long-term debt, including the current
portion and long-term accrued facility fee, is based on
estimates provided by third party financial professionals as of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we had
1,000 shares of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
outstanding. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a
liquidation value of $100,000 per share, for a total liquidation
value of $100.0 million as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 and a recorded value of
$93.7 million and $93.4 million as of March 31,
2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The difference
between the liquidation values and the recorded values was the
unaccreted portion of the original issuance discount and
issuance cost. Our accrued Series D Perpetual Preferred
Stock dividend balances as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 were $23.2 million and
$18.9 million, respectively.
We have deferred the cash payment of dividends on our
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock since October 1,
2008. When three consecutive cash dividend payments with respect
to the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remain unfunded,
the dividend rate increases from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per
annum. Thus, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
dividend began accruing at 17.0% per annum on July 16, 2009
and will accrue at that rate as long as at least three
consecutive cash dividend payments remain unfunded.
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend
payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing,
declaring
and/or
paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities
having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in
ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and
Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to
when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated
and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends
presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the future.
On April 29, 2010, we completed the repurchase of
approximately $60.7 million in face amount, and
$14.9 million in accrued dividends, of our Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock in exchange for $50.0 million in
cash, using proceeds from the offering of Notes, and the
issuance $8.5 million shares of our common stock. See
Note 11. Subsequent Events.
F-54
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
The following table provides the components of net periodic
benefit cost for our pension plans for the three- month periods
ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
884
|
|
|
$
|
776
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
550
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(478
|
)
|
|
|
(501
|
)
|
Loss amortization
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
1,295
|
|
|
$
|
928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the three months ended March 31, 2010, we
contributed $1.5 million to our pension plans. During the
remainder of fiscal 2010, we expect to contribute an additional
$2.5 million to our pension plans.
|
|
7.
|
Stock-based
Compensation
|
We recognize compensation expense for stock-based payment awards
made to our employees and directors, including stock options and
restricted shares under our 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan and
our Directors Restricted Stock Plan. The following table
provides our stock-based compensation expense and related income
tax benefit for the three month periods ended March 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense, gross
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
$
|
353
|
|
Income tax benefit at our statutory rate associated with
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense, net
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
Long-term
Incentive Plan
During the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and
2009, we did not grant any stock options to our employees or
directors. A summary of stock option activity related to our
common stock for the three month periods ended March 31,
2010 and 2009 is as follows (option amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options outstanding beginning of period
|
|
|
1,476
|
|
|
$
|
8.28
|
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
$
|
8.31
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.78
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.41
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
$
|
11.38
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options outstanding end of period
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
$
|
8.04
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
$
|
8.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at end of period
|
|
|
1,338
|
|
|
$
|
8.20
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
$
|
9.91
|
|
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
For the three month period ended March 31, 2010, we did not
have any options outstanding for our Class A common stock.
As of March 31, 2010, options to acquire 10,000 shares
of our outstanding common stock had a per-share exercise price
lower than the per-share market price of our common stock and,
as of that date, those options had a combined intrinsic value of
$2,000.
Directors
Restricted Stock Plan
During the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and
2009, we did not grant any shares of restricted stock to our
directors. The unearned compensation associated with prior
grants of our restricted common stock is being amortized as an
expense over the vesting period of the restricted common stock.
The total amount of unearned compensation is equal to the market
value of the shares at the date of grant.
The following table summarizes our non-vested restricted shares
during the three month period ended March 31, 2010 (shares
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Restricted Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested common restricted shares, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
6.64
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested common restricted shares, March 31, 2010
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
6.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-56
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
|
|
8.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Legal
Proceedings and Claims
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the
normal course of our business. In our opinion, the amount of
ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions, will
not materially affect our financial position.
Sports
Marketing Agreement
On October 12, 2004, the University of Kentucky
(UK) awarded a sports marketing agreement jointly to
us and IMG Worldwide, Inc. (IMG) (the UK
Agreement). The UK Agreement commenced on April 16,
2005 and has an initial term of seven years with the option to
extend for three additional years.
On July 1, 2006, the terms of the agreement between IMG and
us were amended. As amended, the UK Agreement provides that we
will share in profits in excess of certain amounts specified by
the agreement, if any, but not losses. The agreement also
provides that we will separately retain all local broadcast
advertising revenue and pay all local broadcast expenses for
activities under the agreement. Under the amended agreement, IMG
agreed to make all license fee payments to UK. However, if IMG
is unable to pay the license fee to UK, we will then be required
to pay the unpaid portion of the license fee to UK. As of
March 31, 2010, the aggregate license fee to be paid by IMG
to UK over the remaining portion of the full ten-year term
(including the optional three year extension) of the agreement
is approximately $45.4 million. If we make advances on
behalf of IMG, IMG is required to reimburse us for the amount
paid within 60 days after the close of each contract year,
which ends on June 30th. IMG has also agreed to pay
interest on any advance at a rate equal to the prime rate.
During the three months ended March 31, 2010, we did not
advance any amounts to UK on behalf of IMG under this agreement.
As of March 31, 2010, we do not consider the risk of
non-performance by IMG to be high.
|
|
9.
|
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
|
Our intangible assets consist primarily of network affiliations
and broadcast licenses. We did not acquire any network
affiliation agreements or broadcast licenses and none of our
network affiliation agreements or broadcast licenses were
renewed during the three month period ended March 31, 2010.
Upon any renewal, we expense all related fees as incurred. There
were no triggering events that required a test of impairment of
our intangible assets during the three month period ended
March 31, 2010. See Critical Accounting Policies included
in the Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations section of this quarterly
report.
F-57
GRAY
TELEVISION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited) (Continued)
For the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009,
our effective tax rates were 40.6% and 34.8%, respectively. The
effective tax rates differ from the statutory tax rate due to
the impact of the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Adjustments to valuation allowance of deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
34.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,767
|
)
|
On April 29, 2010, we issued $365 million aggregate
principal amount of Notes. The Notes were priced at 98.085% of
par, resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of
$358.0 million. The Notes mature on June 29, 2015.
Interest accrues on the Notes from April 29, 2010, and
interest is payable semi-annually, on May 1 and November 1 of
each year. The first interest payment date is November 1,
2010. We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time after
November 1, 2012 at specified redemption prices. We may
also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the
Notes using the proceeds from certain equity offerings completed
before November 1, 2012. In addition, we may redeem some or
all of the Notes at any time prior to November 1, 2012 at a
price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a make
whole premium, and accrued and unpaid interest. If we sell
certain of our assets or experience specific kinds of changes of
control, we must offer to repurchase the Notes.
The Notes and the guarantees thereof are secured by a second
priority lien on substantially all of the assets owned by Gray
and its subsidiary guarantors, including, among other things,
all present and future shares of capital stock, equipment, owned
real property, leaseholds and fixtures, in each case subject to
certain exceptions and customary permitted liens (the
Notes Collateral). The Notes Collateral also secures
obligations under our senior credit facility, subject to certain
exceptions and permitted liens.
On April 29, 2010, we used a portion of the net proceeds
from the sale of Notes to repay $300.0 million in principal
amount of term loans outstanding under our senior credit
facility, to repay interest thereon and to repay certain fees
due thereunder. As a result of the completion of the offering of
Notes and the related repayment of term loans, Gray is, from and
after April 29, 2010, subject to and required to comply
with the terms and conditions of its senior credit facility as
set out under the heading As Amended and After Giving
Effect to the Issuance of Replacement Debt and Related Repayment
of the Term Loan in Note 2. Long-term Debt and
Accrued Facility Fee in these notes to condensed
consolidated financial statements.
Also on April 29, 2010, we repurchased approximately
$60.7 million in face amount of Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock, and $14.9 million in accrued dividends
thereon, in exchange for $50.0 million in cash, using net
proceeds from the sale of Notes, and the issuance of
8.5 million shares of common stock. As a result of the
completion of this exchange, the liquidation value of
outstanding Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock was reduced
to $39.3 million, and the accrued dividends thereon were
reduced to $9.6 million, each as of April 29, 2010.
F-58
Gray Television, Inc.
Offer to Exchange up to
$365,000,000
Aggregate Principal Amount of
Newly
Issued
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015
For
a Like Principal Amount of
Outstanding
Restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015
Issued in April 2010
PROSPECTUS
July 9, 2010